Slide background


The best software solution for the Machinery Directive

CEM4: view the New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100

Download CEM4 free Trial 30 days

Slide background
cem4

certifico machinery directive

The best software solution for Machinery Directive

Download CEM4 free trial 30 days

Slide background


The best software solution for Machinery Directive

CEM4 Edition 2017: view the New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100

Download CEM4 free trial 30 days

Slide background


The best software solution for Machinery Directive

CEM4 Edition 2017: view the New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100

Download CEM4 free trial 30 days

Slide background


The best software solution for Machinery Directive

CEM4 Edition 2017: view the New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100

Download CEM4 free trial 30 days

Slide background
The best software solution for Machinery Directive

CEM4 Edition 2017: view the New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100

Download CEM4 free trial 30 days

Slide background
cem4
certifico machinery directive

The best software solution for Machinery Directive

CEM4 Edition 2017: view the New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100

Download CEM4 free trial 30 days

Slide background
cem4

certifico machinery directive

The best software solution for Machinery Directive

Steps

 

Slide background
Slide background

Products

Upgrade segnaletica ISO 7010 Ed. 2025 - FIle CEM

Raccolta segnaletica ISO 7010 Ed. 2025 - File CEM

ID 977 | 08.04.2025

File CEM Nuovo upgrade della raccolta segnaletica ISO 7010:2019 Ed. 2020 aggiornata alla versione ISO 7010:2019/Amd 8:2024 ed ISO 7010:2019/Amd 9:2025.

Update raccolta segnaletica ISO 7010:2019 Ed. 2020

Upgrade Ed. 2025 - ISO 7010:2019/Amd 8:2024 ed ISO 7010:2019/Amd 9:2025

Upgrade Ed. 2024 - ISO 7010:2019/Amd 7:2023

ISO 7010:2019 Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety signs - Registered safety signs

Corrigenda/Amendments:

ISO 7010:2011/Amd 1:2012
ISO 7010:2011/Amd 2:2012
ISO 7010:2011/Amd 3:2012
ISO 7010:2011/Amd 4:2013
ISO 7010:2011/Amd 5:2014
ISO 7010:2011/Amd 6:2014
ISO 7010:2011/Amd 7:2016
ISO 7010:2011/Amd 8:2017
ISO 7010:2011/Amd 9:2018
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 1:2020
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 2:2020
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 3:2021
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 4:2021
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 5:2022
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 6:2022
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 7:2023
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 8:2024
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 9:2025

ISO 7010:2019: https://www.iso.org/standard/72424.html

Upgrade segnaletica

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 2:2020

E017 Firefighters lift
E064 First aid responder
M055 Keep out of reach of children
W071 Warning - Substance or mixture presenting a health hazard
W072 Warning - Substance or mixture that can cause an environmental hazard

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 3:2021

E067 Evacuation mattress
E068 Lifebuoy with light and smoke
E069 Person overboard call point
F019 Unconnected fire hose

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 4:2021

F018 - Fire alarm flashing light
M059 - Wear laboratory coat
W073 - Warning; Large-scale fire zone
W074 - Warning; Tornado zone
W075 - Warning; Active volcano zone
W076 - Warning; Debris flow zone
W077 - Warning; Flood zone
W078 - Warning; Landslide zone

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 5:2022

M056 - Ventilate before and during entering
M057 - Ensure continuous ventilation
M058 - Entry only with supervisor outside

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 6:2022

E065 Natural disaster outdoor refuge area
E070 Evacuation lift for people unable to use stairs
M060 Hold the trolley handle
P073 Do not shut lid when burners are operating
P074 Child seat installation prohibited

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 7:2023

P075 Do not stare at light source
W079 Warning; Hot content
W080 Warning; Hot steam

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 8:2024

ISO 7010 M061 - Disinfect your hands
ISO 7010 M062 - Disinfect surface

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 9:2025

ISO 7010 M070: Use lamp in luminaire with shield,
ISO 7010 M071: Use anti-tip restraints,
ISO 7010 P081: Do not cover,
ISO 7010 W087: Warning; High sound volume levels,
ISO 7010 W088: Warning; Moving blades,
ISO 7010 W089: Warning; Moving gears.

Attenzione: l'importazione della raccolta non sovrascrive la Raccolta segnaletica ISO 7010 ED. 2020 - FILE CEM. Usando il filtro per la selezione delle raccolte sarà possibile usare l'edizione 2020 oppure l'upgrade 2023 e l'upgrade 2025.

Importare come Raccolta segnaletica: File / Importazione da file di scambio / Raccolta.

Download Raccolta file JPG/PNG

(*) Attenzione: Importare in CEM4 come "Raccolta segnaletica":

Da CEM4 - File/Importa file di scambio/Raccolte di cartelli

Attachments:
Download this file (Upgrade ISO 7010_2019 Amd 9_2025_IT.zip)Upgrade ISO 7010:2019 Amd 9:2025 (IT)[Certifico Srl - Ed. 2025][IT]134 kB62 Downloads
Download this file (Upgrade ISO 7010_2019 Amd 9_2025_EN.zip)Upgrade ISO 7010:2019 Amd 9:2025 (EN)[Certifico Srl - Ed. 2025][EN]156 kB51 Downloads
  • Published: 08 April 2025
  • Hits: 195

DECISION (EU) 2024/2408

Decision (EU) 2024/2408 of 13 September 2024 amending Implementing Decision (EU) 2023/1586 as regards harmonised standards for lifting tables, earth-moving machinery, cranes and power operated pedestrian doorsets

OJ L, 2024/2408 of 16.9.2024

Attachments:
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 2408 IT.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024/2408[ ][IT]457 kB212 Downloads
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 2408 EN.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 2408[ ][EN]456 kB190 Downloads
  • Published: 17 September 2024
  • Hits: 579

CEI EN IEC 61439-1:2022 Verifiche di progetto ed individuali | File CEM

CEI EN IEC 61439-1:2022 Verifiche di progetto ed individuali | File CEM

ID 21887 | 20.05.2024 / File .CEM importabile nel software CEM4 in allegato

File di analisi importabile nel software CEM4 di riferimento per le verifiche di progetto ed individuali in accordo ai capitoli 10 e 11 della CEI EN IEC 61439-1:2022.

I file .cem sono dei file nativi di CEM4 importabili/esportabili dal Software, e possono essere:

1. Documenti di analisi normativa;
2. Check list;
3. Macchine;
4. Raccolte segnaletica;
5. Raccolte pericoli.

Verifica di progetto: verifica eseguita su un quadro campione o su parti di quadro per dimostrare che il progetto soddisfa le prescrizioni della relativa norma del quadro.

Verifica individuale: verifica eseguita su ciascun quadro durante e/o dopo la fabbricazione per confermare che il quadro soddisfi le prescrizioni della relativa norma del quadro.

La verifica di progetto è prevista per verificare la conformità del progetto di un quadro o di un sistema di quadri con le prescrizioni di questa serie di norme.

Un quadro che è stato verificato in accordo con la CEI EN IEC 61439-1:2022 dal costruttore originale ed è stato realizzato o assemblato da un altro costruttore non richiede la ripetizione delle verifiche originarie di progetto se tutte le prescrizioni e le istruzioni specificate e fornite dal costruttore originale sono state pienamente soddisfatte. Se il costruttore del quadro installa delle proprie disposizioni che non sono comprese nelle verifiche fatte dal costruttore originale, il costruttore del quadro, per quanto riguarda queste disposizioni, diventa il costruttore originale.

La verifica individuale ha lo scopo di individuare i difetti nei materiali e nella fabbricazione e di accertare il corretto funzionamento del quadro assemblato. Essa è eseguita su ogni quadro. Il costruttore del quadro deve stabilire se la verifica individuale è effettuata durante e/o dopo l’assemblaggio. Se del caso, la verifica individuale deve confermare che la verifica di progetto sia documentata.

La CEI EN IEC 61439-1:2022 (Ed. 3a) sostituisce l’edizione 2012 che resta applicabile fino al 21.05.2024.

A partire dal 22.05.2024 è in vigore solo la norma CEI EN IEC 61439-1:2022 (Ed. 3a).

Verifiche di progetto

1. Costruzione:

- Robustezza dei materiali e delle parti del quadro;
- Grado di protezione IP del quadro;
- Distanze d’isolamento (in aria e superficiali);
- Protezione contro la scossa elettrica ed integrità dei circuiti di protezione;
- Installazione degli apparecchi di manovra e dei componenti;
- Circuiti elettrici interni e collegamenti;
- Terminali per conduttori esterni.

2. Prestazioni:

- Proprietà dielettriche;
- Sovratemperatura;
- Resistenza al cortocircuito;
- Compatibilità elettromagnetica (EMC).

Verifiche individuali

1. Costruzione:

- grado di protezione contro il contatto con parti attive pericolose e dell’involucro;
- distanze di isolamento in aria e superficiali;
- protezione contro la scossa elettrica ed integrità dei circuiti di protezione;
- installazione degli apparecchi di manovra e dei componenti;
- circuiti elettrici interni e collegamenti;
- terminali per conduttori esterni;
- funzionamento meccanico.

2. Prestazioni:

- proprietà dielettriche;
- cablaggio, prestazioni in condizioni operative e funzionalità.

[...] segue in allegato file .CEM importabile software CEM4

Fonti
CEI EN IEC 61439-1:2022

Vedi Documento doc/pdf

Attachments:
Download this file (CEI EN IEC 61439-1 2022 Verifiche di progetto ed individuali.zip)CEI EN IEC 61439-1 2022 Verifiche di progetto ed individuali[File CEM - 2024][EN]1465 kB298 Downloads
  • Published: 20 May 2024
  • Hits: 793

DECISION (EU) 2024/1256

Decision (EU) 2024/1256

Decision (EU) 2024/1256 of 26 April 2024 amending and correcting Implementing Decision (EU) 2023/1586 as regards harmonised standards for front loader agricultural machinery, all terrain vehicle quads, as well as electric motor-operated hand-held tools

(OJ L 2024/1256 of 30.4.2024)

 
Attachments:
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 1256  IT.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 1256 IT[ ][IT]500 kB308 Downloads
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 1256  EN.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 1256 EN[ ][IT]497 kB313 Downloads
  • Published: 30 April 2024
  • Hits: 908

CEM4 New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100 - Guida breve

CEM4: i metodi di Valutazione tipo EN ISO 12100

Rev. 3.0 del 08 Maggio 2021

Guida Breve CEM4 2010/2021

Disponibile il Documento "Guida breve Maggio/May 2021" aggiornato.

In CEM4 è al momento possibile strutturare una VR secondo 3 Metodi. (*)

Metodi AR:

1. Metodo Valutazione dei Rischi” (Metodo | EN ISO 12100 EstesoDownload Es. Report IT | Download Es. Report EN
2. Metodo Valutazione dei Rischi” (Metodo | EN ISO 12100 Standard) Download Es. Report IT | Download Es. Report EN
3. Metodo Valutazione dei Rischi” (Metodo | EN ISO 12100 OperativeDownload Es. Report IT | Download Es. Report EN

(*) CEM4 è strutturato in moda tale da poter avere altri Metodi di VR (solo con sviluppo interno Certifico)

Download Tabella Correlazioni EN ISO 12100 / Metodi CEM4



L’ultimo campo (22) prevede l’associazione della “AR” ai RESS pertinenti dell’Allegato I della Direttiva macchine 2006/42/CE.

Note
(a) E’ possibile selezionare quali campi saranno resi visibili/non visibili nel Report AR.
(b) Possono essere aperte più schede AR per lo stesso Pericolo
(c) In prossima Release, potranno essere selezionabili altri Metodi di Stima oltre a ISO/TR 14121-2 Metodo Ibrido

________

Rev. 00 18 Novembre 2016

CEM4: New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100

18 Novembre 2016

Guida Breve Rel. 4.8.X Versione Maggiore CEM4 2010/2017 

Dalla Versione 4.8.0 di CEM4 (18 Novembre 2016), oltre al metodo classico di Valutazione dei Rischi "VRQ" implementato sin dalla Versione 3 di CEM4 (2004), è presente il nuovo metodo "EN ISO 12100" (2016) con 2 nuovi Report VR:

1. Analisi dei Rischi (AR)
2. Conformità RESS (CR)

Il metodo di Valutazione dei Rischi preferito da utilizzare e' a libera scelta dell’Utente, il metodo classico di valutazione dei Rischi "VRQ" non ha subito nessuna variazione ed è quello che consigliano al momento.

Invitiamo i Gentili Clienti a prenderete visione del Documento allegato che illustra il nuovo metodo, la Rel. 4.8.0 è la "Versione Maggiore" rilasciata dal 2010 ad oggi, sono previsti entro il 30 Novembre ed il 16 Dicembre, due aggiornamenti che aggiungeranno altre funzioni.

Gradite segnalazioni

____


CEM4: Schermate New Standard Risk Assessment EN ISO 12100

Passo 1: Selezione metodo Valutazione dei Rischi

Passo 2: Selezione Documento di Analisi dei Rischi AR:

Passo 3. Selezione AR:

Passo 4: Compilazione scheda AR:

Passo 5: Compilazione scheda CR:



Estratto EN ISO 12100 (Campi AR)

Allegati esempi i Modelli di Report AR /CR

Matrice di Revisioni

Rev. Data Oggetto
0.0 18 Novembre 2017 Metodo EN ISO 12100
1.0 19 Maggio 2017 Metodo EN ISO 12100 Standard
2.0 28 Aprile 2021 Metodo EN ISO 12100 Operative
3.0 09 Maggio 2021 Versione EN metodi


Certifico Srl - IT Rev. 3.0 2021

Download Trial gratuita 30 gg

Attachments:
Download this file (Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100 Rev. 3.0 2021.pdf)Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100[Certifico Srl - Rev. 3.0 2021][IT/EN]1696 kB1893 Downloads
Download this file (4. Extended RA Method Report 2021 EN.pdf)04. Extended RA Method Report 2021 EN[Certifico Srl - Rev. 3.0 2021][IT/EN]201 kB1256 Downloads
Download this file (5. Standard RA Method Report 2021 EN.pdf)05. Standard RA Method Report 2021 EN[Certifico Srl - Rev. 3.0 2021][IT/EN]175 kB1261 Downloads
Download this file (6. Operative RA Method Report 2021 EN.pdf)06. Operative RA Method Report 2021 EN[Certifico Srl - Rev. 3.0 2021][IT/EN]174 kB1092 Downloads
Download this file (1. Metodo VR Esteso Report 2021.pdf)01. Metodo VR Esteso Report 2021[Certifico Srl - Rev. 2.0 2021][IT]109 kB1612 Downloads
Download this file (2. Metodo VR Standard Report 2021.pdf)02. Metodo VR Standard Report 2021[Certifico Srl - Rev. 2.0 2021][IT]107 kB1370 Downloads
Download this file (3. Metodo VR Operative Report 2021.pdf)03. Metodo VR Operative Report 2021[Certifico Srl - Rev. 2.0 2021][IT]83 kB1355 Downloads
Download this file (Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100 - Correlazione 2021.pdf)Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100 - Correlazione 2021[Certifico Srl. - Rev. 2.0 2021][IT]66 kB1268 Downloads
Download this file (Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100 Rev. 2.0 2021.pdf)Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100[Certifico Srl. - Rev. 2.0 2021][IT]995 kB1198 Downloads
Download this file (Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100 - Correlazione.pdf)Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100 - Correlazione[Certifico Srl. - Rev. 1.0 2017][IT]201 kB2423 Downloads
Download this file (Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100 Rev. 1.0 2017.pdf)Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100 [Certifico Srl. - Rev. 1.0 2017][IT]947 kB2921 Downloads
Download this file (Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100.pdf)Guida breve CEM4 Nuova Valutazione dei Rischi EN ISO 12100[Certifico Srl - Rev. 00 2016][IT]994 kB613 Downloads
  • Published: 08 February 2024
  • Hits: 14535

Check list Sicurezza Rettificatrici

Check list Sicurezza Rettificatrici

Esempio completo modalità di gestione di una VR Check list in file CEM importabile in CEM4:

- Progetto macchina
- Testo requisiti
- Report
- Screenshot CEM4

Check list per la verifica di Sicurezza di macchina rettificatrice tipo in accordo con il D. Lgs. 81/08 All. V e VIDirettiva 2006/42/CE All. I e norma verticale EN ISO 16089:2016.

Norma di riferimento

EN ISO 16089:2016
Macchine utensili - Sicurezza - Rettificatrici fisse

La nuova Norma di riferimento, di tipo B, alla data notizia non ancora armonizzata Direttiva macchine 2006/42/CE (Vedi elenco norme), sostituisce EN 13218:2008.

La norma specifica i requisiti di sicurezza e/o le misure per eliminare i pericoli e ridurre i rischi nei seguenti gruppi di rettificatrici fisse progettate inizialmente per modellare il metallo mediante molatura:
Gruppo 1: rettificatrici a controllo manuale senza assi motorizzate e senza controllo numerico.
Gruppo 2: rettificatrici a controllo manuale con assi motorizzate e controllo numerico limitato, se applicabile.
Gruppo 3: rettificatrici a controllo numerico.

Documenti

Impresa Sicura metalmeccanica

Procedura Compilazione VR Check list

Per procedere ad una Valutazione Check list, importato il file CEM allegato in CEM4 (da "File/Importa da file di scambio/Check list"), ed eventualmente corretta e integrata la CKL, per procedere alla Compilazione della VR, costruire Azienda/Progetto/Macchina, selezionare " Valutazione personalizzata":

e procedere al Check della VR con possibilità di inserire immagini e commenti nel Report da produrre (Vedi allegati).

Allegato anche il Progetto completo della macchina file CEM importabile in CEM4, (da "File/Importa da file di scambio/Machine").

Attenzione, la Check è in versione beta 1, è utilizzabile per macchine rettificatrici non CE, (nel Report sono valutati, RESS conformi della Direttiva macchine ma non necessari, è comunque possibile ometterli).


Certifico Srl - IT 2017

Attachments:
Download this file (00. Progetto Esempio CEM4 Rettificatrice CKL.zip)00. Progetto Esempio CEM4 Rettificatrice CKL[File CEM - Rev. 0.0 2016][IT]1382 kB326 Downloads
Download this file (CEM4_Panoramica_VR_check_list_2.PNG)CEM4 Panoramica VR Check list - 2[Certifico Srl - 2016][IT]141 kB2379 Downloads
Download this file (CEM4_Panoramica_VR_check_list_1.png)CEM4 Panoramica VR Check list - 1[Certifico Srl - 2016][IT]118 kB2185 Downloads
Download this file (CEM4 Modello Report Check List.PDF)Check List sicurezza rettificatrici[Certifico Srl - 2016][IT]110 kB323 Downloads
Download this file (01. Check list sicurezza rettificatrici.zip)Check list sicurezza rettificatrici[File CEM - Rev. 0.0 2016][IT]272 kB426 Downloads
  • Published: 30 September 2023
  • Hits: 7480

Regulation (EU) 2023/1230

Regulation  EU  2023 1230

Regulation (EU) 2023/1230 / Machinery Regulation

 Download Text / Download consolidate text 06.2023Download consolidate text 05.2026 expected

Regulation (EU) 2023/1230 the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2023 on machinery and repealing Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Council Directive 73/361/EEC.

(OJ L 165/1 of 29.06.2023)

In force: 19.07.2023

Amended by:

M1 - Regulation (EU) 2024/2748 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 October 2024 (OJ L, 2024/2748, 8.11.2024)

Corrected by:

C1 - Corrigendum, OJ L 169, 4.7.2023, p. 35 (2023/1230)

...

The European Parliament and of the Council,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 114 thereof,

Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,

After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national parliaments,

Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee ,

Acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative procedure,

Whereas:

(1) Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council was adopted in the context of establishing the internal market, in order to harmonise health and safety requirements for machinery in all Member States and to remove obstacles to trade in machinery between Member States.

(2) The machinery sector is an important part of the engineering industry and is one of the industrial mainstays of the Union economy. The social cost of the large number of accidents caused directly by the use of machinery can be reduced by inherently safe design and construction of machinery and by proper installation and maintenance.

(3) Experience with the application of Directive 2006/42/EC has shown inadequacies and inconsistencies in the product coverage and conformity assessment procedures. It is therefore necessary to improve, simplify and adapt the provisions set out in that Directive to the needs of the market and provide clear rules in relation to the framework within which products within the scope of this Regulation may be made available on the market.

(4) Since the rules setting out the requirements for products within the scope of this Regulation, in particular the essential health and safety requirements and the conformity assessment procedures, need to be of uniform application for all operators across the Union, and not give room for divergent implementation by Member States, Directive 2006/42/EC should be replaced by a regulation.

(5) Member States are responsible for protecting, on their territory, the health and safety of persons, in particular workers and consumers, and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, for protecting the environment, notably in relation to the risks arising out of the intended use or any reasonably foreseeable misuse of machinery or related products. For the avoidance of doubt, domestic animals should be considered to include farm animals.

(6) Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council lays down rules on the accreditation of conformity assessment bodies, and the general principles of the CE marking. That Regulation should be applicable to products within the scope of this Regulation in order to ensure that those products, which are benefiting from the free movement of goods within the Union, fulfil requirements providing for a high level of protection of public interests such as the protection of the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, of the environment.

(7) Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 of the European Parliament and of the Council sets out rules on market surveillance and control of products entering the Union market. As Directive 2006/42/EC is listed in Annex I of Regulation (EU) 2019/1020, that Regulation already applies to products within the scope of this Regulation. However, Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 applies to products within the scope of this Regulation insofar as there are no specific provisions with the same objective, which regulate in a more specific manner particular aspects of market surveillance and enforcement.

(8) Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 lays down the tasks of economic operators regarding products subject to certain Union harmonisation legislation. It also provides that such products are to be placed on the market only if there is an economic operator established in the Union who is responsible for those tasks. That Union harmonisation legislation includes Directive 2006/42/EC. As a result, products within the scope of this Regulation are to be placed on the market only if there is an economic operator established in the Union who is responsible for the tasks set out in Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 in respect of those products.

(9) Decision No 768/2008/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council lays down common principles and reference provisions intended to apply across sectoral legislation. In order to ensure consistency with other sectoral product legislation, it is appropriate to align certain provisions of this Regulation to that Decision, insofar as sectoral specificities do not require a different solution. Therefore, certain definitions, the general obligations of economic operators, the rules on presumption of conformity, the rules on EU declaration of conformity, the rules on CE marking, the requirements for conformity assessment bodies, the rules on notification procedures and conformity assessment procedures and the rules on procedures to deal with machinery or related products, and, where applicable, with partly completed machinery, presenting a risk should be adapted to the reference provisions laid down in that Decision.

(10) This Regulation should cover products which are new to the Union market when placed on the market, and are either new products made by a manufacturer established in the Union or products, whether new or second-hand, imported from a third country.

(11) Where there is a possibility that machinery or related products will be used by a consumer, that is to say, a non-professional user, the manufacturer should take account of the fact that the consumer does not have the same knowledge of and experience in handling machinery or related products in the design and construction of the products. The same applies where the machinery or related product is normally used to provide a service to a consumer.

(12) Recently, more advanced machinery, which is less dependent on human operators, has been introduced on the market. Such machinery is working on defined tasks and in structured environments, yet it can learn to perform new actions in this context and become more autonomous. Further refinements to machinery, already in place or to be expected, include real-time processing of information, problem solving, mobility, sensor systems, learning, adaptability, and capability of operating in unstructured environments (for example construction sites). The Commission Report on the safety and liability implications of Artificial Intelligence, the Internet of Things and Robotics of 19 February 2020, states that the emergence of new digital technologies, like artificial intelligence, the Internet of things and robotics, raises new challenges in terms of product safety. The report concludes that the current product safety legislation, including Directive 2006/42/EC, contains a number of gaps in this respect that need to be addressed. Thus, this Regulation should cover the safety risks stemming from new digital technologies.

(13) In order to ensure protection of the health and safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, of the environment, this Regulation should apply to all forms of supply of products within the scope of this Regulation, including distance selling as referred to in Regulation (EU) 2019/1020.

(14) In order to ensure legal certainty, the scope of this Regulation should be set out in a clear manner and the concepts relating to its application should be defined as precisely as possible.

(15) In order to ensure that the scope of this Regulation is sufficiently clear, a distinction should be made between machinery, related products and partly completed machinery. Moreover, related products should be understood as comprising interchangeable equipment, safety components, lifting accessories, chains, ropes and webbing, and removable mechanical transmission devices, which are all products within the scope of this Regulation.

(16) In order to avoid legislating twice on the same product, it is appropriate to exclude from the scope of this Regulation weapons, including firearms, that are subject to Directive (EU) 2021/555 of the European Parliament and of the Council .

(17) The purpose of this Regulation is to address the risks stemming from machinery function and not from the transport of goods, persons or animals. Consequently, this Regulation should not apply to means of transport by air, on water and on rail networks although it should still apply to the machinery mounted on those means of transport. Means of transport by road that are not yet covered by a specific Union legal act should be regulated by this Regulation except in respect of risks that might arise from circulation on public roads. This means that vehicles, including e-bikes, e-scooters and other personal mobility devices that are not subject to EU type approval under Regulation (EU) No 167/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council or Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council or approval under Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council are covered by this Regulation.

(18) Household appliances intended for domestic use which are not electrically operated furniture, audio and video equipment, information technology equipment, office machinery, low-voltage switchgear and control gear and electric motors fall within the scope of Directive 2014/35/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council and should therefore be excluded from the scope of this Regulation. Some of those products, for example washing machines, are progressively incorporating Wi-Fi functions and are therefore covered by Directive 2014/53/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council as radio equipment. Those products should also be excluded from the scope of this Regulation.

(19) The evolution of the machinery sector has resulted in the growing use of digital means and software plays a more and more important role in machinery design. Consequently, the definition of machinery should be adapted. In this respect, machinery missing only the upload of software intended for the specific application foreseen by the manufacturer, and which is the subject of the conformity assessment procedure of the machinery, should fall under the definition of machinery and not under the definitions of related products or partly completed machinery. Furthermore, the definition of safety components should cover not only physical devices but also digital devices. In order to take into account the increasing use of software as a safety component, software that performs a safety function and which is placed independently on the market should be considered a safety component.

(20) Considering their critical protective function, certain components included in the indicative list of safety components in Annex II should also be subject to specific conformity assessment procedures and included in Annex I.

(21) Partly completed machinery is a product within the scope of this Regulation which needs to undergo further construction in order to be able to perform its specific application, namely the well-defined operations for which the product is designed. It is not necessary that all requirements of this Regulation apply to partly completed machinery but, in order to ensure the safety of the product as a whole, it is nevertheless important that the free movement of such partly completed machinery be guaranteed by means of a specific procedure.

(22) Where products within the scope of this Regulation present risks that are addressed by the essential health and safety requirements set out in this Regulation but which are also wholly or partly covered by more specific Union harmonisation legislation than this Regulation, this Regulation should not apply to the extent that those risks are covered by that other Union legislation. In other cases, products within the scope of this Regulation might present risks that are not covered by the essential health and safety requirements set out in this Regulation. For example, products incorporating a Wi-Fi function might present risks not addressed by the essential health and safety requirements set out in this Regulation, as this Regulation does not deal with risks specific to such Wi-Fi function.

(23) For trade fairs, exhibitions and demonstrations or similar events, it should be possible to display products within the scope of this Regulation which do not meet the requirements of this Regulation, since this would not present any safety risk. However, for the sake of transparency, interested parties should be properly informed that the products within the scope of this Regulation are not compliant and cannot be purchased.

(24) The evolution of the state of the art in the machinery sector has an impact on the classification of categories of machinery or related products listed in Annex I. With a view to properly reflecting any categories of machinery or related products presenting a higher risk factor, criteria should be established for the assessment of categories of products which should be included in the list of categories of machinery or related products subject to a stricter conformity assessment procedure.

(25) Other risks related to new digital technologies are those provoked by malicious third parties that have an impact on the safety of products within the scope of this Regulation. In this respect, manufacturers should be required to adopt proportionate measures which are limited to the protection of the safety of the product within the scope of this Regulation. This does not preclude the application to products within the scope of this Regulation of other Union legal acts specifically addressing cybersecurity aspects.

(26) In order to ensure that machinery or related products, when placed on the market or put into service, do not entail health and safety risks for persons or domestic animals and do not cause harm to property, and, where applicable, to the environment, essential health and safety requirements should be set out which have to be met in order for the machinery or related products to be allowed on the market. Machinery or related products should comply with the essential health and safety requirements when placed on the market or put into service. Where such products are subsequently modified, by physical or digital means, in a way that is not foreseen or planned by the manufacturer and which affects the safety of such products by creating a new hazard or increasing an existing risk, the modification should be considered as substantial when new significant protective measures are required. However, repair and maintenance operations which do not affect the machinery or related product’s compliance with the relevant essential health and safety requirements should not be considered to be substantial modifications. In order to ensure the compliance of such a product with the relevant essential health and safety requirements, the person that carries out the substantial modification should be required to perform a new conformity assessment before placing the modified product on the market or putting it into service. In order to avoid an unnecessary and disproportionate burden, the person carrying out the substantial modification should not be required to repeat tests and produce new documentation in relation to machinery or related products that are part of an assembly of machinery, and that are not affected by the modification.

(27) In the machinery sector, approximately 98 % of companies are small or medium sized enterprises (SMEs). In order to reduce the regulatory burden on SMEs, it is important that notified bodies consider adapting the fees for conformity assessment and reducing them proportionately to the specific interests and needs of SMEs.

(28) Economic operators should be responsible for the compliance of products within the scope of this Regulation with the requirements of this Regulation in relation to their respective roles in the supply chain so as to ensure a high level of protection of public interests, such as the protection of the health and safety of persons, in particular consumers and professional users, and, where appropriate, domestic animals, property, and, where applicable, of the environment, as well as fair competition on the Union market.

(29) All economic operators intervening in the supply and distribution chain should take appropriate measures to ensure that they make available on the market only products within the scope of this Regulation, which are in conformity with this Regulation. This Regulation should provide a clear and proportionate distribution of obligations, which correspond to the role of each economic operator in the supply and distribution chain.

(30) In order to facilitate communication between economic operators, market surveillance authorities and users, manufacturers and importers should indicate a website, email address or other digital contact in addition to the postal address.

(31) The manufacturer, having detailed knowledge of the design and production process, is best placed to carry out the conformity assessment procedure. Conformity assessment should therefore remain solely the obligation of the manufacturer.

(32) The manufacturer should also ensure that a risk assessment is carried out for the product within the scope of this Regulation, which the manufacturer wishes to place on the market or put into service. In this context, the manufacturer should determine which essential health and safety requirements are applicable to the product within the scope of this Regulation and which measures need to be taken to address the risks that the product might present. The risk assessment should also address future updates or developments of software installed in the machinery or related product, which are foreseen when the machinery or related product is placed on the market or put into service. The risks identified during the risk assessment should include those risks that might arise during the product’s lifecycle due to an intended evolution of its behaviour to operate with varying levels of autonomy.

(33) The safety of the entire machinery or related product relies on the dependencies and interactions between its components, including partly completed machinery, and, if relevant, with other machinery or related products that participate in a coordinated assembly of a machinery system, which can also result in an assembly of machinery. Therefore, manufacturers should be required to assess all those interactions in the risk assessment.

(34) It is essential that, before drawing up the EU declaration of conformity or the EU declaration of incorporation, the manufacturer prepare technical documentation. The manufacturer should be required to make that technical documentation available to national authorities on request or to notified bodies in the context of the relevant conformity assessment procedure. Detailed plans of subassemblies used for the manufacture of the product within the scope of this Regulation should only be required as part of the technical documentation where knowledge of such plans is essential for assessing conformity with the essential health and safety requirements set out in this Regulation.

(35) A person who manufactures machinery or related products for his or her own use is considered as to be a manufacturer and should be required to fulfil all the related obligations. In that case, the machinery or related product is not placed on the market, since it is not made available by the manufacturer to another person but is used by the manufacturer itself. However, such machinery needs to comply with this Regulation before it is put into service.

(36) It is necessary to ensure that products within the scope of this Regulation from third countries entering the Union market comply with the requirements of this Regulation and do not present a risk to the health and safety of persons, in particular consumers and professional users, and, where appropriate, to domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment, and in particular that appropriate conformity assessment procedures have been carried out by manufacturers with regard to such products. Provision should therefore be made for importers to ensure that products within the scope of this Regulation that they place on the market comply with the requirements of this Regulation and do not present a risk to the health and safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment. For the same reason, provision should also be made for importers to ensure that the conformity assessment procedures have been carried out and that the CE marking, in the case of machinery and related products, is affixed and technical documentation drawn up by manufacturers is available for inspection by the competent national authorities.

(37) When placing products within the scope of this Regulation on the market, importers should indicate on those products their respective names, registered trade names or registered trade marks, postal addresses, websites, email addresses or other digital contacts at which they can be contacted. Exceptions should be provided for in cases where the size or nature of the product does not allow it. This includes cases where the importers would have to open the packaging to put their names and addresses on the product.

(38) As the distributor makes products within the scope of this Regulation available on the market after they have been placed on the market by the manufacturer or the importer, the distributor should act with due care to ensure that its handling of the product within the scope of this Regulation does not adversely affect its compliance with the requirements set out in this Regulation.

(39) With a view to ensuring the health and safety of the users of products within the scope of this Regulation, economic operators should ensure that all relevant documentation, such as the instructions for use, while containing precise and comprehensible information, is easily understandable and available in a language which can be easily understood by users, as determined by the Member State concerned, takes into account technological developments and changes to user behaviour, and is as up to date as possible. When products within the scope of this Regulation are made available on the market in packages containing multiple units, the instructions and information should accompany the smallest commercially available unit.

(40) Instructions and other relevant documentation may be provided in a digital printable format. However, the manufacturer should ensure that distributors can provide, at the request of the user at the time of the purchase, the instructions for use in a paper format free of charge. The manufacturer should also consider providing the contact details where the user can request the instructions to be dispatched by mail.

(41) Distributors and importers, being close to the market place, should be involved in market surveillance tasks carried out by the competent national authorities, and should be prepared to participate actively, providing those authorities with all necessary information relating to the product within the scope of this Regulation concerned.

(42) Any economic operator who either places a product within the scope of this Regulation on the market under its own name or trademark or modifies a product within the scope of this Regulation in such a way that compliance with the requirements of this Regulation might be affected should be considered to be the manufacturer and should assume the obligations of the manufacturer.

(43) Ensuring traceability of products within the scope of this Regulation throughout the whole supply chain enables a simpler and more efficient market surveillance. The economic operators should therefore be required to keep the information on their transactions of products within the scope of this Regulation for a certain period of time. However, that obligation should be proportionate to the role of each economic operator in the supply chain and the economic operators should not be required to update information that they have not produced.

(44) This Regulation should be limited to setting out the essential health and safety requirements, supplemented by a number of more specific requirements for certain categories of products within the scope of this Regulation. In order to facilitate the assessment of conformity with those health and safety requirements, it is necessary to provide for a presumption of conformity for products within the scope of this Regulation which are in conformity with harmonised standards that are developed and in respect of which the references are published in the Official Journal of the European Union in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council for the purpose of expressing the detailed technical specifications of those requirements.

(45) The current EU standardisation framework which is based on the New Approach principles set out in Council Resolution of 7 May 1985 on a new approach to technical harmonization and standards and on Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 represents the framework by default to elaborate standards that provide for a presumption of conformity with the relevant essential health and safety requirements of this Regulation. European standards should be market-driven, take into account the public interest, as well as the policy objectives clearly stated in the Commission’s request to one or more European standardisation organisations to draft harmonised standards, within a set deadline and be based on consensus. However, in the absence of relevant references to harmonised standards, the Commission should be able to adopt implementing acts establishing common specifications for the essential health and safety requirements of this Regulation, provided that in doing so it duly respects the role and functions of standardisation organisations, as an exceptional fall back solution to facilitate the manufacturer’s obligation to comply with those health and safety requirements, when the standardisation process is blocked or when there are delays in the establishment of appropriate harmonised standards. If such delay is due to the technical complexity of the standard in question, this should be considered by the Commission before contemplating the establishment of common specifications.

(46) With a view to establishing, in the most efficient way, common specifications that cover the essential health and safety requirements of this Regulation, the Commission should involve relevant stakeholders in the process.

(47) Reasonable period should mean, in relation to the publication of reference to harmonised standards in the Official Journal of the European Union in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012, a period during which the publication in the Official Journal of the European Union of the reference to the standard, its corrigendum or its amendment is expected and which should not exceed one year after the deadline for drafting a European standard set in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012.

(48) Compliance with harmonised standards and with common specifications established by the Commission should be voluntary. Alternative technical solutions should therefore be acceptable where compliance of the products within the scope of this Regulation with the relevant essential health and safety requirements is demonstrated in the technical file.

(49) The essential health and safety requirements should be satisfied in order to ensure that the product within the scope of this Regulation is safe. Those requirements should be applied with discernment to take account of the state of the art at the time of construction and of technical and economic requirements.

(50) Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 provides for a procedure for objections to harmonised standards where those standards do not satisfy or entirely satisfy the requirements of this Regulation.

(51) With a view to addressing the risks stemming from malicious third party actions that have an impact on the safety of products within the scope of this Regulation, this Regulation should include essential health and safety requirements in respect of which conformity to the appropriate extent can be presumed as the result of a certificate or statement of conformity issued under a relevant cybersecurity certification scheme adopted in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/881 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

(52) Manufacturers should draw up an EU declaration of conformity to provide information on the conformity of machinery or related products with this Regulation. Manufacturers may also be required by other Union legal acts to draw up an EU declaration of conformity. To ensure effective access to information for market surveillance purposes, a single EU declaration of conformity should be drawn up in respect of all Union legal acts. In order to reduce the administrative burden on economic operators, it should be possible for that single EU declaration of conformity to be a dossier made up of relevant individual declarations of conformity.

(53) The harmonised standards relevant to this Regulation should take into account the requirements of Directive (EU) 2019/882 of the European Parliament and of the Council and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.

(54) The list of products in Annex IV of Directive 2006/42/EC has until now been based on the risk emanating from the intended use or any reasonably foreseeable misuse of those products or their critical protective function. Nevertheless, the machinery field embraces new ways of designing and constructing machinery or related products that might present higher risk factors, regardless of such intended use or any reasonably foreseeable misuse. For example, systems with self-evolving behaviour ensuring safety functions should be included in Annex I due to their characteristics such as data dependency, opacity, autonomy and connectivity, which might considerably increase the probability and severity of harm and seriously affect the safety of the machinery or related product. Therefore, the conformity assessment of a safety component or a system with self-evolving behaviour ensuring safety functions should be carried out by a third party, whether or not the safety component has been placed independently on the market or is part of a system embedded in machinery that is placed on the market. However, where machinery embeds a system of which the safety component has already been subject to third party conformity assessment when it was placed independently on the market, that machinery should not have to be re-certified by a third party solely on the basis of the embedding of that system.

(55) Provisions related to the third-party conformity assessment of software ensuring safety functions set out in this Regulation should only apply to systems with a fully or partially self-evolving behaviour using machine learning approaches ensuring safety functions. On the contrary, those provisions should not apply to software incapable of learning or evolving, and programmed only to execute certain automated functions of machinery or related products.

(56) The CE marking, indicating the conformity of a product, is the visible consequence of a whole process comprising conformity assessment in a broad sense. The general principles governing the CE marking are set out in Regulation (EC) No 765/2008. Rules governing the affixing of the CE marking on machinery or related products should be laid down in this Regulation.

(57) The CE marking should be the only marking which guarantees that machinery or related products comply with the requirements of this Regulation. Member States should therefore take appropriate action as regards other markings which are likely to mislead third parties as to the meaning or the form of the CE marking.

(58) In order to enable economic operators to demonstrate and the competent authorities to ensure that machinery or related products made available on the market are in conformity with the essential health and safety requirements, it is necessary to provide for conformity assessment procedures. Decision No 768/2008/EC establishes modules for conformity assessment procedures, which include procedures from the least to the most stringent, in proportion to the level of risk involved and the level of safety required. In order to ensure inter-sectoral coherence and to avoid ad hoc variants, conformity assessment procedures should be chosen from among those modules.

(59) Manufacturers should be responsible for ensuring that a conformity assessment is carried out in respect of their machinery or related products in accordance with this Regulation. Nevertheless, for certain categories of machinery or related products that have a higher risk factor, a stricter conformity assessment procedure requiring the participation of a notified body should be required.

(60) It is essential that all notified bodies perform their functions to the same level and under conditions of fair competition. That requires the setting of obligatory requirements for conformity assessment bodies wishing to be notified in order to provide conformity assessment services.

(61) If a conformity assessment body demonstrates conformity with the criteria laid down in harmonised standards, it should be presumed to comply with the corresponding requirements set out in this Regulation.

(62) In order to ensure a consistent level of quality in the performance of conformity assessment of machinery or related products, it is also necessary to set requirements for notifying authorities and other bodies involved in the assessment, notification and monitoring of notified bodies.

(63) The system set out in this Regulation should be complemented by the accreditation system provided for in Regulation (EC) No 765/2008. Since accreditation is an essential means of verifying the competence of conformity assessment bodies, it should also be used for the purposes of notification.

(64) Transparent accreditation as provided for in Regulation (EC) No 765/2008, ensuring the necessary level of confidence in certificates of conformity, should be considered by the national public authorities throughout the Union as the preferred means of demonstrating the technical competence of conformity assessment bodies. However, national authorities may consider that they possess the appropriate means of carrying out that evaluation themselves. In such cases, in order to ensure the appropriate level of credibility of evaluations carried out by other national authorities, they should provide the Commission and the other Member States with the necessary documentary evidence demonstrating the compliance of the conformity assessment bodies evaluated with the relevant regulatory requirements.

(65) Conformity assessment bodies frequently subcontract parts of their activities linked to the assessment of conformity or have recourse to a subsidiary. In order to safeguard the level of protection required for the machinery or related products to be placed on the market, it is essential that conformity assessment subcontractors and subsidiaries fulfil the same requirements as notified bodies in relation to the performance of conformity assessment tasks. Therefore, it is important that the assessment of the competence and the performance of bodies to be notified, and the monitoring of bodies already notified, cover also activities carried out by subcontractors and subsidiaries.

(66) Since notified bodies may offer their services throughout the Union, it is appropriate to give the other Member States and the Commission the opportunity to raise objections concerning a notified body. It is therefore important to provide for a period during which any doubts or concerns as to the competence of conformity assessment bodies can be clarified before they start operating as notified bodies.

(67) In the interests of competitiveness, it is crucial that notified bodies apply the conformity assessment procedures without creating unnecessary burdens for economic operators. For the same reason, and to ensure equal treatment of economic operators, consistency in the technical application of the conformity assessment procedures needs to be ensured. That can best be achieved through appropriate coordination and cooperation between notified bodies.

(68) Market surveillance is an essential instrument to ensure the proper and uniform application of Union law. It is therefore appropriate to put in place a legal framework within which market surveillance can be carried out in an appropriate manner with regard to products within the scope of this Regulation.

(69) Member States should take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery and related products may be placed on the market or put into service only if, where properly installed and maintained and used for its intended purpose, or under conditions of use which can be reasonably foreseen, they do not endanger the health or safety of persons, in particular consumers and professional users, and, where appropriate, of domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, the environment. In particular, the proper installation of lifting machinery is essential to ensure the compliance with applicable essential health and safety requirements. Machinery and related products should be considered as non-compliant with the essential health and safety requirements laid down in this Regulation only under conditions of use, which could result from lawful and readily predictable human behaviour.

(70) In the context of market surveillance, a clear distinction should be established between the disputing of a harmonised standard or of common specifications conferring a presumption of conformity on products within the scope of this Regulation and the safeguard clause relating to products within the scope of this Regulation.

(71) Directive 2006/42/EC already provides for a safeguard procedure, which is necessary to allow for the possibility of contesting the conformity of products within the scope of this Regulation. In order to increase transparency and to reduce processing time, it is necessary to improve the existing safeguard procedure, with a view to making it more efficient and drawing on the expertise available in Member States.

(72) The existing safeguard procedure should be supplemented by a procedure under which interested parties are informed of measures intended to be taken with regard to products within the scope of this Regulation presenting a risk to the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment. It should allow market surveillance authorities, in cooperation with the relevant economic operators, to act at an earlier stage in respect of such products.

(73) Where the Member States and the Commission agree as to the justification of a measure taken by a Member State, no further involvement of the Commission should be required, except where non-compliance can be attributed to shortcomings in a harmonised standard or in common specifications.

(74) In order to take into account technical progress and knowledge or new scientific evidence and to ensure a sufficient level of data availability, the power to adopt acts in accordance with Article 290 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union should be delegated to the Commission in respect of amending the list of categories of machinery and related products in Annex I and the indicative list of safety components in Annex II, and if necessary of supplementing the obligations of Member States to provide data and information on the categories of machinery and related products which are subject to a specific conformity assessment procedure through the establishment of a common methodology. Where a new category of machinery or related products is added to the list in Annex I, the Commission should ensure that economic operators are provided with sufficient time to comply with their obligations under this Regulation. It is of particular importance that the Commission carry out appropriate consultations during its preparatory work, including with the stakeholders concerned and that those consultations be conducted in accordance with the principles laid down in the Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making. In particular, to ensure equal participation in the preparation of delegated acts, the European Parliament and the Council receive all documents at the same time as Member States’ experts, and their experts systematically have access to meetings of Commission expert groups dealing with the preparation of delegated acts.

(75) In order to ensure uniform conditions for the implementation of this Regulation, implementing powers should be conferred on the Commission for the establishment of a uniform template for the collection of data and information for the purpose of adding a category of machinery or related products to Annex I or withdrawing a category of machinery or related products from Annex I, for the establishment of common specifications for the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, for requesting the notifying Member State to take the necessary corrective measures in respect of a notified body that does not meet the requirements for its notification, and for establishing whether a national measure in respect of compliant products within the scope of this Regulation which are found by a Member State to present a risk to the health and safety of persons, in particular consumers and professional users, or, where appropriate, to domestic animals or property, or, where applicable, to the environment, is justified. Those powers should be exercised in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

(76) In order to facilitate the proper implementation of this Regulation, when adopting the implementing acts setting out and updating a template concerning the collection of the data and the information by the Member States on accidents or damage to health caused by machinery or related products, the Commission should issue guidance regarding the collection and transmission of comparable, high-quality data and information.

(77) The Commission should adopt immediately applicable implementing acts determining whether a national measure taken in respect of compliant products within the scope of this Regulation that present a risk is justified or not where, in duly justified cases relating to the protection of the health or safety of persons, imperative grounds of urgency so require.

(78) In line with established practice, the committee set up by this Regulation can play a useful role in examining matters concerning the application of this Regulation raised either by its chair or by a representative of a Member State in accordance with its rules of procedure.

(79) When matters relating to this Regulation, other than its implementation or infringements, are being examined in a Commission expert group, the European Parliament should, in line with existing practice, receive full information and documentation and, where appropriate, an invitation to attend such meetings.

(80) The Commission should, by means of implementing acts and, given their special nature, acting without the application of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011, determine whether measures taken by Member States in respect of non-compliant products within the scope of this Regulation are justified or not.

(81) The traceability of machinery data required for the technical file and for market surveillance purposes should comply with confidentiality rules to protect manufacturers.

(82) Member States should lay down rules on penalties applicable to infringements of this Regulation and ensure that those rules are implemented. The penalties provided for should be effective, proportionate and dissuasive.

(83) Since the objective of this Regulation, namely to ensure that the products within the scope of this Regulation placed on the market fulfil the requirements providing for a high level of protection of the health and safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, of the environment, while guaranteeing the functioning of the internal market, cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States, but can rather, by reason of the need for harmonisation, be better achieved at Union level, the Union may adopt measures, in accordance with the principle of subsidiarity set out in Article 5 of the Treaty on European Union. In accordance with the principle of proportionality, as set out in that Article, this Regulation does not go beyond what is necessary in order to achieve that objective.

(84) By including machinery and lifting accessories and chains and ropes in its scope, Directive 2006/42/EC has completely superseded Council Directive 73/361/EEC. Directive 73/361/EEC should therefore be repealed.

(85) Directive 2006/42/EC has been amended several times. Since further substantial amendments are needed, and in order to ensure a uniform implementation of the rules on products within the scope of this Regulation throughout the Union, Directive 2006/42/EC should be repealed.

(86) It is necessary to provide for sufficient time for economic operators to comply with their obligations under this Regulation, and for Member States to set up the administrative infrastructure necessary for its application. The application of this Regulation should therefore be deferred,

HAVE ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 1 Subject matter

This Regulation lays down health and safety requirements for the design and construction of machinery, related products and partly completed machinery to allow them to be made available on the market or put into service while ensuring a high level of protection of the health and safety of persons, in particular consumers and professional users, and, where appropriate, of domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, of the environment. It also establishes rules on the free movement of products within the scope of this Regulation in the Union.

Article 2 Scope

1. This Regulation applies to machinery and the following related products:

(a) interchangeable equipment;

(b) safety components;

(c) lifting accessories;

(d) chains, ropes and webbing;

(e) removable mechanical transmission devices.

This Regulation also applies to partly completed machinery.

For the purposes of this Regulation, machinery, the related products listed in the first subparagraph and partly completed machinery shall together be referred to as ‘products within the scope of this Regulation’.

2. This Regulation does not apply to:

(a) safety components that are intended to be used as spare parts to replace identical components and are supplied by the manufacturer of the original machinery, related product or partly completed machinery;

(b) specific equipment for use in fairgrounds or amusement parks;

(c) machinery and related products specially designed for use within or used in a nuclear installation and whose conformity with this Regulation may undermine the nuclear safety of that installation;

(d) weapons, including firearms;

(e) means of transport by air, on water and on rail networks except for machinery mounted on those means of transport;

(f) aeronautical products, parts and equipment that fall within the scope of Regulation (EU) 2018/1139 of the European Parliament and of the Council (21) and the definition of machinery under this Regulation, insofar as Regulation (EU) 2018/1139 covers the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in this Regulation;

(g) motor vehicles and their trailers, as well as systems, components, separate technical units, parts and equipment designed and constructed for such vehicles, which fall within the scope of Regulation (EU) 2018/858, except for machinery mounted on those vehicles;

(h) two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles, as well as systems, components, separate technical units, parts and equipment designed and constructed for such vehicles, that fall within the scope of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, except for machinery mounted on those vehicles;

(i) agricultural and forestry tractors, as well as systems, components, separate technical units, parts and equipment designed and constructed for such tractors, that fall within the scope of Regulation (EU) No 167/2013, except for machinery mounted on those tractors;

(j) motor vehicles exclusively intended for competition;

(k) seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units and machinery installed on board such vessels or units;

(l) machinery or related products specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes;

(m) machinery or related products specially designed and constructed for research purposes for temporary use in laboratories;

(n) mine winding gear;

(o) machinery or related products intended to move performers during artistic performances;

(p) the following electrical and electronic products, insofar as they fall within the scope of Directive 2014/35/EU or of Directive 2014/53/EU:

(i) household appliances intended for domestic use which are not electrically operated furniture;

(ii) audio and video equipment;

(iii) information technology equipment;

(iv) ordinary office machinery, except additive printing machinery for producing three-dimensional products;

(v) low-voltage switchgear and control gear;

(vi) electric motors;

(q) the following high-voltage electrical products:

(i) switchgear and control gear;

(ii) transformers.

Article 3 Definitions

For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions apply:

(1) ‘machinery’ means:

(a) an assembly, fitted with or intended to be fitted with a drive system other than directly applied human or animal effort, consisting of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, and which are joined together for a specific application;

(b) an assembly referred to in point (a), missing only the components to connect it on site or to sources of energy and motion;

(c) an assembly referred to points (a) and (b), ready to be installed and able to function as it stands only if mounted on a means of transport, or installed in a building or a structure;

(d) assemblies of machinery referred to in points (a), (b) and (c), or of partly completed machinery, which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole;

(e) an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, and which are joined together, intended for lifting loads and whose only power source is directly applied human effort;

(f) an assembly as referred to in points (a) to (e) missing only the uploading of the software intended for the specific application foreseen by the manufacturer;

(2) ‘interchangeable equipment’ means a device which, after the putting into service of machinery or an agricultural or forestry tractor, is assembled with that machinery or agricultural or forestry tractor by the operator in order to change its function or to attribute a new function to it, provided that the device is not a tool;

(3) ‘safety component’ means a physical or digital component, including software, of a product within the scope of this Regulation, which is designed or intended to fulfil a safety function and which is independently placed on the market, the failure or malfunction of which endanger the safety of persons, but which is not necessary in order for that product to function or for which normal components may be substituted in order for that product to function;

(4) ‘safety function’ means a function that serves to fulfil a protective measure designed to eliminate, or, if that is not possible, to reduce, a risk, which, if it fails, could result in an increase of that risk;

(5) ‘lifting accessory’ means a component or equipment, not attached to the lifting machinery, which enables the load to be held, which is placed between the machinery and the load or on the load itself, or which is intended to constitute an integral part of the load and which is independently placed on the market, including slings and their components;

(6) ‘chains’ means chains designed and constructed for lifting purposes as part of lifting machinery or lifting accessories;

(7) ‘ropes’ means ropes designed and constructed for lifting purposes as part of lifting machinery or lifting accessories;

(8) ‘webbing’ means webbing designed and constructed for lifting purposes as part of lifting machinery or lifting accessories;

(9) ‘removable mechanical transmission device’ means a removable component for transmitting power between self-propelled machinery or a tractor and other machinery or related products by joining them at the first fixed bearing; when it is placed on the market with a guard, the device and the guard are to be regarded as one item;

(10) ‘partly completed machinery’ means an assembly which is not yet machinery as it cannot in itself perform a specific application and which is only intended to be incorporated into or assembled with machinery or other partly completed machinery or equipment, thereby forming machinery;

(11) ‘making available on the market’ means any supply of a product within the scope of this Regulation for distribution or use on the Union market in the course of a commercial activity, whether in return for payment or free of charge;

(12) ‘placing on the market’ means the first making available of a product within the scope of this Regulation on the Union market;

(13) ‘putting into service’ means the first use, for its intended purpose, in the Union, of machinery or related products;

(14) ‘essential health and safety requirements’ means the mandatory provisions, set out in Annex III, relating to the design and construction of products within the scope of this Regulation to ensure a high level of protection of the health and safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, of the environment;

(15) ‘Union harmonisation legislation’ means any Union legislation harmonising the conditions for the marketing of products;

(16) ‘substantial modification’ means a modification of machinery or a related product, by physical or digital means after that machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service, which is not foreseen or planned by the manufacturer, and which affects the safety of that machinery or related product, by creating a new hazard, or by increasing an existing risk, which requires:

(a) the addition of guards or protective devices to that machinery or related product the processing of which necessitates the modification of the existing safety control system; or

(b) the adoption of additional protective measures to ensure the stability or mechanical strength of that machinery or related product;

(17) ‘instructions for use’ means the information, provided by the manufacturer when the machinery or related product is placed on the market or put into service, to inform the user of the machinery or related product, of the intended and proper use of that machinery or related product, as well as information on any precautions to be taken when using or installing the machinery or related product, including information on the safety aspects, and on how to keep that machinery or related product safe, and to ensure that it remains fit for purpose during its entire lifetime;

(18) ‘manufacturer’ means any natural or legal person who:

(a) manufactures products within the scope of this Regulation or who has those products designed or manufactured, and markets those products under its name or trademark; or

(b) manufactures products within the scope of this Regulation, and puts those products into service for its own use;

(19) ‘authorised representative’ means any natural or legal person established within the Union who has received a written mandate from a manufacturer to act on its behalf in relation to specified tasks;

(20) ‘importer’ means any natural or legal person established within the Union who places a product within the scope of this Regulation from a third country on the Union market;

(21) ‘distributor’ means any natural or legal person in the supply chain, other than the manufacturer or the importer, who makes a product within the scope of this Regulation available on the market;

(22) ‘economic operator’ means the manufacturer, the authorised representative, the importer or the distributor;

(23) ‘technical specifications’ means a document that prescribes technical requirements to be fulfilled by products within the scope of this Regulation;

(24) ‘harmonised standard’ means a harmonised standard as defined in Article 2, point 1, point (c), of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012;

(25) ‘CE marking’ means a marking by which the manufacturer indicates that machinery or a related product is in conformity with the applicable requirements set out in Union harmonisation legislation providing for its affixing;

(26) ‘accreditation’ means accreditation as defined in Article 2, point (10), of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008;

(27) ‘national accreditation body’ means a national accreditation body as defined in Article 2, point (11), of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008;

(28) ‘conformity assessment’ means the process for demonstrating whether the applicable essential health and safety requirements in this Regulation relating to machinery or related products have been fulfilled;

(29) ‘conformity assessment body’ means a body that performs conformity assessment activities, including calibration, testing, certification and inspection;

(30) ‘notified body’ means a conformity assessment body notified in accordance with this Regulation;

(31) ‘market surveillance authority’ means a ‘market surveillance authority’ as defined in Article 3, point (4), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1020;

(32) ‘recall’ means any measure aimed at achieving the return of a product within the scope of this Regulation that has already been made available to a user;

(33) ‘withdrawal’ means, for a product, any measure aimed at preventing a product within the scope of this Regulation that is in the supply chain from being made available on the market;

(34) ‘lifetime’ means the period from the moment that machinery or a related product is placed on the market or put into service until the moment that it is discarded, including the effective time when the machinery or related product is capable of being used and the phases of transport, assembly, dismantling, disabling, scrapping or other physical or digital modifications foreseen by the manufacturer;

(35) ‘source code’ means the currently installed version of the software of a product within the scope of this Regulation, written in a programming language so that it is unambiguous and understandable to humans;

(36) ‘professional user’ means a natural person who uses or operates machinery or a related product in the course of his or her professional activity or work.

(37) “crisis-relevant goods” means crisis-relevant goods as defined in Article 3, point (6), of Regulation (EU) 2024/2747 of the European Parliament and of the Council (*);

(38) “internal market emergency mode” means internal market emergency mode as defined in Article 3, point (3), of Regulation (EU) 2024/2747.

(*) Regulation (EU) 2024/2747 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 9 October 2024 (OJ L, 2024/2747)

Article 4 Free movement

1. Member States shall not impede, for reasons relating to the aspects covered by this Regulation, the making available on the market of products within the scope of this Regulation or the putting into service of machinery or related products which comply with this Regulation.

2. At trade fairs, exhibitions and demonstrations or similar events, Member States shall not prevent the display of a product within the scope of this Regulation which does not comply with this Regulation, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that it does not comply with this Regulation and will not be made available on the market until it has been brought into conformity.

During demonstrations, adequate measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

Article 5 Protection of persons during installation or use of machinery or related products

Member States may lay down requirements to ensure that persons, including workers, are protected when installing or using machinery or related products, provided that such rules do not allow for the modification of machinery or a related product in a way that is not compatible with this Regulation.

Article 6 Categories of machinery and related products listed in Annex I subject to relevant conformity assessment procedures

1. Machinery and related products that fall within the categories listed in Annex I, Part A, shall be subject to the specific conformity assessment procedures referred to in Article 25(2), and machinery and related products that fall within the categories listed in Annex I, Part B shall be subject to the specific conformity assessment procedures referred to in Article 25(3).

2. The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 47 to amend Annex I, after consulting the stakeholders concerned, in the light of technical progress, advances in knowledge or new scientific evidence by adding to the list of categories of machinery and related products in Annex I a new category of machinery or related products, withdrawing an existing category of machinery or related products from that list or moving a category of machinery or related products from one Part of Annex I to another Part of that Annex, in accordance with the criteria and the procedures laid down in paragraphs 4, 5 and 7 of this Article.

3. Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall seek the views of experts in the relevant expert group in accordance with Article 47(4).

4. The Commission shall assess the seriousness of the inherent potential risk presented by a category of machinery or related product for the purpose of determining whether to add that category of machinery or related product to Annex I or to withdraw that category of machinery or related product from Annex I. That assessment shall be established based on the combination of the probability of occurrence of harm and the severity of that harm.

In determining the probability and severity of harm, the following criteria shall, where relevant, be taken into account:

(a) the nature of the hazard inherent to the function of the category of machinery or related product, taking into account the intended use and any reasonably foreseeable misuse;

(b) the severity of harm which a person would suffer, including the degree of reversibility of that harm;

(c) the number of persons potentially affected by the harm;

(d) the frequency and the duration of the exposure to the hazard that a person would be exposed to in the course of the intended use or any reasonably foreseeable misuse of the category of machinery or related product;

(e) the possibilities of avoiding or limiting harm;

(f) in the case of safety components, the likelihood of serious consequences for the safety of the persons exposed to harm in the event of their failure.

5. When conducting the assessment referred in paragraph 4, the Commission shall consider the following elements:

(a) indications of harm that have been caused in the past by machinery or related products which have been used for their intended use or following any reasonably foreseeable misuse;

(b) information about safety defects detected in the course of market surveillance, and material possibly available in the information systems administered by the Commission;

(c) information about known accidents and serious ‘close calls’, including the characteristics of those accidents or ‘close calls’;

(d) data on accidents or damage to health caused by the machinery or related product for at least the preceding four years. In particular, information obtained, inter alia, from the Information and Communication System on Market Surveillance (ICSMS), safeguard clauses, Safety Gate Rapid Alert System, the European Injury Database (EU-IDB), Eurostat’s European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW) and the Machinery Administrative Cooperation Group (AdCo).

In addition to points (a) to (d) of this paragraph, the Commission shall take into account any other information available that is relevant to the assessment referred to in paragraph 4.

6. The data and information referred to in paragraph 5, points (a) to (d), shall be provided by Member States in accordance with paragraph 9.

7. A category of machinery or related product shall be included in Annex I, Part A, if, according to the assessment referred to in paragraph 4, and taking into account the available information, including the data referred to in paragraph 5, it presents a serious inherent potential risk, and one or more of the following conditions is fulfilled:

(a) there is a lack of harmonised standards or common specifications covering the relevant essential health and safety requirements;

(b) residual risks exist, including those which, according to the manufacturer, could be reduced by particular training or personal protective equipment, and the data and information referred to in paragraph 5, demonstrate the recurrence of similar serious or fatal accidents or damage to health in connection with those residual risks;

(c) data and information exist which according to the Commission demonstrate recurring wrongful application of the relevant harmonised standards or common specifications and for which the market surveillance activities that were carried out have not led to major improvements of the market situation, in a reasonable period;

(d) there is a degree of uncertainty in the existing risk assessment methods related to new categories of machinery or technologies.

Any other category of machinery or related product that, according to that assessment, presents a serious inherent potential risk but does not fulfil one or more of the conditions in points (a) to (d) shall be included in Annex I, Part B.

8. A Member State which has concerns about a category of machinery or related product being listed or not in Annex I shall immediately inform the Commission of those concerns and provide reasons in support thereof.

The Commission shall conduct the assessment referred to in paragraph 4 immediately after being informed by a Member State.

After making that assessment, the Commission may initiate the procedure laid down in paragraph 2.

9. By 20 July 2025, and every five years thereafter, Member States shall provide the data and information referred to in paragraph 5, including information to the effect that none of the events referred to in paragraph 5 has occurred, for every category of machinery or related products which is included in Annex I or which is not included in Annex I where that non-inclusion is a cause of concern for the Member State.

10. The Commission shall adopt implementing acts setting out and, where necessary in the light of technological and market development, updating a template concerning the collection by Member States of the data and the information referred to in paragraph 5, points (a) to (d).

When adopting those implementing acts, the Commission shall issue guidance to Member States on the collection and transmission of comparable, high-quality data and information.

Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 48(3).

The first such implementing act shall be adopted not later than 20 July 2024.

11. If necessary after the Commission report referred to in Article 53(3), the Commission shall adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 47 to supplement paragraph 5 of this Article by specifying the obligations of Member States to provide data and information required pursuant to this Article through the establishment of a common methodology concerning the data and information to be collected, including the methods for their collection and compilation, and the procedures for their transmission, as well as the relevant definitions, in order to ensure that sufficient and comparable data is available for the Commission to carry out the assessment referred to in paragraph 4.

Article 7 Safety components

1. An indicative list of safety components is set out in Annex II.

2. The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 47 to amend Annex II in the light of technical progress and knowledge or new scientific evidence by including a new safety component in the indicative list of safety components or withdrawing an existing safety component from that list.

3. A Member State which has concerns about a safety component being listed or not listed in Annex II shall immediately inform the Commission of its concerns and provide reasons in support thereof.

Article 8 Essential health and safety requirements for products within the scope of this Regulation

Machinery or related products shall only be made available on the market or put into service if, where properly installed and maintained and used for their intended use or under conditions which can reasonably be foreseen, they meet the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

Partly completed machinery shall only be made available on the market if it meets the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

Article 9 Specific Union harmonisation legislation

Where, for a certain product within the scope of this Regulation, the risks addressed by the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III are wholly or partly covered by Union harmonisation legislation that is more specific than this Regulation, this Regulation shall not apply to that product to the extent that that specific Union legislation covers such risks.

CHAPTER II OBLIGATIONS OF ECONOMIC OPERATORS

Article 10 Obligations of manufacturers of machinery and related products

1. When placing machinery or a related product on the market or putting it into service, manufacturers shall ensure that it has been designed and constructed in accordance with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

2. Before placing machinery or a related product on the market or putting it into service, manufacturers shall draw up the technical documentation set out in Annex IV, Part A and carry out the relevant conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 25 or have it carried out.

Where compliance of machinery or a related product with the essential health and safety requirements laid down in Annex III has been demonstrated by that conformity assessment procedure, manufacturers shall draw up the EU declaration of conformity in accordance with Article 21 and affix the CE marking in accordance with Article 24.

3. Manufacturers shall keep the technical documentation and the EU declaration of conformity at the disposal of the market surveillance authorities for at least 10 years after the machinery or the related product has been placed on the market or put into service. Where relevant, the source code or the programming logic included in the technical documentation shall, upon a reasoned request, be made available to the competent national authorities, if that source code or programming logic is necessary in order for them to be able to check compliance with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

4. Manufacturers shall ensure that procedures are in place in order that machinery or related products that are part of a series production remain in conformity with this Regulation. Adequate account shall be taken of changes in the production process or in the design or characteristics of the machinery or related product, and changes in the harmonised standards, in other technical specifications, or in the common specifications referred to in Article 20 by reference to which the conformity of the machinery or related product is declared.

When deemed appropriate with regard to the risks presented by machinery or related products, manufacturers shall, in order to protect the health and safety of users, carry out sample testing of machinery or related products made available on the market and investigate their results. If necessary, manufacturers shall keep a register of complaints, of non-conforming machinery or related products and machinery or related product recalls, and shall keep distributors informed of any such monitoring.

5. Manufacturers shall ensure that the machinery or related product which they place on the market or put into service bears at least a designation of the machinery or related product model, series or type, the year of construction, namely the year in which the manufacturing process was completed, and any batch or serial number or other element allowing its identification that exists, or, where the size or nature of the machinery or related product does not allow this, that the required information is provided on the packaging or in a document accompanying the machinery or related product.

6. Manufacturers shall indicate their name, registered trade name or registered trade mark, and the postal address and website, e-mail address or other digital contact at which they can be contacted, on the machinery or related product or, where that is not possible, on its packaging or in a document accompanying the machinery or related product. The address shall indicate a single point at which the manufacturer can be contacted. The contact details shall be in a language easily understood by users and market surveillance authorities.

7. Manufacturers shall ensure that the machinery or related products are accompanied by the instructions for use and the information set out in Annex III. The instructions may be provided in a digital format. Such instructions and information shall clearly describe the product model to which they correspond.

When the instructions for use are provided in digital format, the manufacturer shall:

(a) mark on the machinery or related product, or, where that is not possible, on its packaging or in an accompanying document, how to access the digital instructions;

(b) present them in a format that makes it possible for the user to print and download the instructions for use and save them on an electronic device so that he or she can access them at all times, in particular during a breakdown of the machinery or related product; this requirement also applies where the instructions for use are embedded in the software of the machinery or related product;

(c) make them accessible online during the expected lifetime of the machinery or related product and for at least 10 years after the placing on the market of the machinery or related product.

However, at the request of the user at the time of the purchase, the manufacturer shall provide the instructions for use in paper format free of charge within one month.

In the case of machinery or a related product intended for non-professional users or that can, under reasonably foreseeable conditions, be used by non-professional users, even if not intended for them, the manufacturer shall provide, in paper format, the safety information that is essential for putting the machinery or related product into service and for using it in a safe way.

The instructions for use, the safety information and the information set out in Annex III shall be in a language which can be easily understood by users, as determined by the Member State concerned, and shall be clear, understandable and legible.

8. Manufacturers shall ensure that the machinery or related product is accompanied by the EU declaration of conformity set out in Annex V, Part A or, alternatively, manufacturers shall provide the internet address or machine-readable code where that EU declaration of conformity can be accessed in the instructions for use and the information set out in Annex III.

Digital EU declarations of conformity shall be made accessible online for the expected lifetime of the machinery or related product and in any event for at least 10 years after the placing on the market or the putting into service of the machinery or related product.

9. Manufacturers who consider or have reason to believe that machinery or a related product, which they have placed on the market or put into service is not in conformity with this Regulation shall immediately take the corrective actions necessary to bring that machinery or related product into conformity, to withdraw it or to recall it, as appropriate. Furthermore, where the machinery or related product presents a risk to the health or safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or to property, and, where applicable, to the environment, manufacturers shall immediately inform the competent national authorities of the Member States in which they made the machinery or related product available on the market, or in which they put it into service, to that effect, giving details, in particular, of the non-conformity and of any corrective actions taken.

10. Manufacturers shall, further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority, provide that authority with all the information and documentation, in paper or digital format, necessary to demonstrate the conformity of the machinery or related products with this Regulation, in a language which can be easily understood by that authority. They shall cooperate with that authority, at its request, on any actions taken to eliminate the risks presented by the machinery or related products, which they have placed on the market or put into service.

Article 11 Obligations of manufacturers of partly completed machinery

1. When placing partly completed machinery on the market, manufacturers shall ensure that it has been designed and constructed in accordance with the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

2. Before placing partly completed machinery on the market, manufacturers shall draw up the technical documentation set out in Annex IV, Part B.

Where compliance of partly completed machinery with the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III has been demonstrated in the technical documentation set out in Annex IV, Part B, manufacturers shall draw up the EU declaration of incorporation in accordance with Article 22.

3. Manufacturers shall keep the technical documentation and the EU declaration of incorporation at the disposal of the market surveillance authorities for at least 10 years after the partly completed machinery has been placed on the market. Where relevant, the source code or the programming logic included in the technical documentation shall, upon a reasoned request, be made available to the competent national authorities, if that source code or programming logic is necessary in order for them to be able to check compliance with the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

4. Manufacturers shall ensure that procedures are in place for partly completed machinery that is part of a series production to remain in conformity with this Regulation. Adequate account shall be taken of changes in the production process, or in the design or characteristics of the partly completed machinery, and changes in the harmonised standards or other technical specifications, or in the common specifications referred to in Article 20, by reference to which the conformity of the partly completed machinery is declared or verified.

5. Manufacturers shall ensure that the partly completed machinery which they place on the market bears at least the designation of the partly completed machinery, the year of construction, namely the year in which the manufacturing process was completed, model and series or type and any batch or serial number or other element allowing its identification that exists, or, where the size or nature of the partly completed machinery does not allow this, that the required information is provided on the packaging or in a document accompanying the partly completed machinery.

6. Manufacturers shall indicate their name, registered trade name or registered trade mark, and the postal address and website, email address or other digital contact at which they can be contacted, on the partly completed machinery or, where that is not possible, on its packaging or in a document accompanying the partly completed machinery. The address shall indicate a single point at which the manufacturer can be contacted. The contact details shall be in a language easily understood by the person who incorporates the partly completed machinery into machinery and by market surveillance authorities.

7. Manufacturers shall ensure that the partly completed machinery is accompanied by the assembly instructions set out in Annex XI.

The assembly instructions may be provided by the manufacturer in digital format.

When the assembly instructions are provided in digital format, the manufacturer shall:

(a) mark on the partly completed machinery, or, where that is not possible, on its packaging or in an accompanying document, how to access the digital assembly instructions;

(b) present them in a format that makes it possible for the person who incorporates the partly completed machinery to print and download the assembly instructions and save them on an electronic device so that he or she can access them at all times, in particular during a breakdown of the partly completed machinery; this requirement also applies where the assembly instructions are embedded in the software of the partly completed machinery;

(c) make them accessible online for at least 10 years after the placing on the market of the partly completed machinery.

However, at the request of the person who incorporates the partly completed machinery at the time of purchase, the manufacturer shall provide the assembly instructions in paper format free of charge within one month.

The assembly instructions shall be in a language which can be easily understood by the person who incorporates the partly completed machinery, as determined by the Member State concerned, and shall be clear, understandable, and legible.

8. Manufacturers shall ensure that the partly completed machinery is accompanied by the EU declaration of incorporation set out in Annex V, Part B or, alternatively, manufacturers shall provide the internet address or machine readable code where that EU declaration of incorporation can be accessed in the assembly instructions set out in Annex XI.

Digital EU declarations of incorporation shall be made accessible online for at least 10 years after the placing on the market of the partly completed machinery.

9. Manufacturers who consider or have reason to believe that partly completed machinery which they have placed on the market is not in conformity with this Regulation shall immediately take the corrective actions necessary to bring that partly completed machinery into conformity, to withdraw it or to recall it, as appropriate. Furthermore, where the partly completed machinery presents a risk as regards the relevant essential health and safety requirements, manufacturers shall immediately inform the competent national authorities of the Member States in which they made the partly completed machinery available on the market to that effect, giving details, in particular, of the non-conformity and of any corrective actions taken.

10. Manufacturers shall, further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority, provide that authority with all the information and documentation, in paper or digital format, necessary to demonstrate the conformity of the partly completed machinery with this Regulation, in a language which can be easily understood by that authority. They shall cooperate with that authority, at its request, on any actions taken to eliminate the risks as regards the relevant essential health and safety requirements presented by the partly completed machinery, which they have placed on the market.

Article 12 Authorised representatives

1. A manufacturer of a product within the scope of this Regulation may, by a written mandate, appoint an authorised representative.

The obligations laid down in Article 10(1) and Article 11(1) and the obligation to draw up the technical documentation set out in Annex IV shall not form part of the authorised representative’s mandate.

2. An authorised representative shall perform the tasks specified in the mandate received from the manufacturer. The mandate shall allow the authorised representative to do at least the following:

(a) keep the technical documentation and the EU declaration of conformity of machinery and related products or the EU declaration of incorporation of partly completed machinery at the disposal of the national market surveillance authorities for at least 10 years after the product has been placed on the market;

(b) further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority, provide that authority with all the information and documentation necessary to demonstrate the conformity of the product within the scope of this Regulation, either in paper or digital format;

(c) cooperate with the competent national authorities, at their request, on any actions taken to eliminate the risks presented by a product within the scope of this Regulation covered by the authorised representative’s mandate.

Article 13 Obligations of importers of machinery and related products

1. Importers shall place only compliant machinery or related products on the market.

2. Before placing machinery or a related product on the market, importers shall ensure that the appropriate conformity assessment procedures referred to in Article 25 have been carried out by the manufacturer. They shall ensure that the manufacturer has drawn up the technical documentation set out in Annex IV, Part A, that the machinery or related product bears the CE marking referred to in Article 23 and is accompanied by the required documents, and that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements set out in Article 10(5), (6) and (8).

Where an importer considers or has reason to believe that machinery or a related product is not in conformity with this Regulation, the importer shall not place it on the market until it has been brought into conformity. Furthermore, where the machinery or related product presents a risk to the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment, the importer shall inform the manufacturer and the market surveillance authorities to that effect.

3. Importers shall indicate their name, registered trade name or registered trade mark, and the postal address and website, email address or other digital contact at which they can be contacted, on the machinery or related product or, where that is not possible, on its packaging or in a document accompanying the machinery or related product. The contact details shall be in a language easily understood by users and market surveillance authorities.

4. Importers shall ensure that the machinery or related product is accompanied by the instructions for use and the information referred to in Article 10(7).

5. Importers shall ensure that, while the machinery or related product is under their responsibility, the storage or transport conditions do not jeopardise conformity with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

6. When deemed appropriate with regard to the risks presented by machinery or a related product, importers shall, in order to protect the health and safety of persons, and where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, the environment carry out sample testing of machinery or related products made available on the market, investigate, and, if necessary, keep a register of complaints, of non-conforming machinery or related products and machinery or related product recalls, and shall keep distributors informed of any such monitoring.

7. Importers who consider or have reason to believe that machinery or a related product, which they have placed on the market, is not in conformity with this Regulation shall immediately take the corrective actions necessary to bring that machinery or related product into conformity, to withdraw it or recall it, as appropriate. Furthermore, where the machinery or related product presents a risk to the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment, importers shall immediately inform the competent national authorities of the Member States in which they made the machinery or related product available on the market to that effect, giving details, in particular, of the non-conformity and of any corrective actions taken.

8. Importers shall, for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market, keep a copy of the EU declaration of conformity at the disposal of the market surveillance authorities and ensure that the technical documentation set out in Annex IV, Part A, can be made available to those authorities upon request.

Where relevant, the source code or the programming logic included in the technical documentation shall, upon a reasoned request, be made available to the competent national authorities, if that source code or programming logic is necessary in order for them to be able to check compliance with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

9. Importers shall, further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority, provide that authority with all the information and documentation, in paper or digital format, necessary to demonstrate conformity of the machinery or related products with this Regulation in a language that can be easily understood by that authority. Importers shall cooperate with that authority, at its request, on any action taken to eliminate the risks to the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment presented by machinery or related products which they have placed on the market.

Article 14 Obligations of importers of partly completed machinery

1. Importers shall place only compliant partly completed machinery on the market.

2. Before placing partly completed machinery on the market, importers shall ensure that the manufacturer has drawn up the technical documentation set out in Annex IV, Part B, that the partly completed machinery is accompanied by the required documents and that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements set out in Article 11(5), (6) and (8).

Where an importer considers or has reason to believe that partly completed machinery is not in conformity with this Regulation, the importer shall not place it on the market until it has been brought into conformity. Furthermore, where the partly completed machinery presents a risk as regards the relevant essential health and safety requirements, the importer shall inform the manufacturer and the market surveillance authorities to that effect.

3. Importers shall indicate their name, registered trade name or registered trade mark, and the postal address and website, email address or other digital contact at which they can be contacted, on the partly completed machinery or, where that is not possible, on its packaging or in a document accompanying the partly completed machinery. The contact details shall be in a language easily understood by the person who incorporates the partly completed machinery and by the market surveillance authorities.

4. Importers shall ensure that the partly completed machinery is accompanied by the assembly instructions referred to in Article 11(7).

5. Importers shall ensure that, while the partly completed machinery is under their responsibility, the storage or transport conditions do not jeopardise the conformity with the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

6. Importers who consider or have reason to believe that partly completed machinery which they have placed on the market is not in conformity with this Regulation shall immediately take the corrective actions necessary to bring that partly completed machinery into conformity, to withdraw it or recall it, as appropriate. Furthermore, where the partly completed machinery presents a risk as regards relevant essential health and safety requirements, importers shall immediately inform the competent national authorities of the Member States in which they made the partly completed machinery available on the market to that effect, giving details, in particular, of the non-conformity and of any corrective actions taken.

7. Importers shall, for at least 10 years after the partly completed machinery has been placed on the market, keep a copy of the EU declaration of incorporation at the disposal of the market surveillance authorities and ensure that the technical documentation set out in Annex IV, Part B can be made available to those authorities upon request.

8. Importers shall, further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority, provide that authority with all the information and documentation, in paper or digital format, necessary to demonstrate the conformity of the partly completed machinery with this Regulation in a language that can be easily understood by that authority. Importers shall cooperate with that authority, at its request, on any action taken to eliminate the risks as regards the relevant essential health and safety requirements presented by a partly completed machinery, which they have placed on the market.

Article 15 Obligations of distributors of machinery and related products

1. When making machinery or a related product available on the market, distributors shall act with due care in relation to the requirements of this Regulation.

2. Before making machinery or a related product available on the market, distributors shall verify that:

(a) the machinery or related product bears the CE marking;

(b) the machinery or related product is accompanied by the EU declaration of conformity referred to in Article 10(8);

(c) the machinery or related product is accompanied by the instructions for use and the information referred to in Article 10(7), and that they are in a language which can be easily understood by users, as determined by the Member State in which the machinery or related product is to be made available on the market;

(d) the manufacturer and the importer have complied with the requirements referred to in Article 10(5) and (6) and Article 13(3) respectively.

3. Where a distributor considers or has reason to believe that machinery or a related product is not in conformity with this Regulation, the distributor shall not make the machinery or related product available on the market until it has been brought into conformity. Furthermore, where the machinery or related product presents a risk to the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment, the distributor shall inform the manufacturer or the importer as well as the market surveillance authorities to that effect.

4. Distributors shall ensure that, while machinery or a related product is under their responsibility, the storage or transport conditions do not jeopardise conformity with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

5. Distributors who consider or have reason to believe that machinery or a related product which they have made available on the market is not in conformity with this Regulation shall make sure that the corrective actions necessary to bring that machinery or related product into conformity, to withdraw it or recall it, as appropriate, are taken. Furthermore, where the machinery or related product presents a risk to the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment, distributors shall immediately inform the competent national authorities of the Member States in which they have made the machinery or related product available on the market to that effect, giving details, in particular, of the non-conformity and of any corrective actions taken.

6. Distributors shall, further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority, provide that authority with all the information and documentation, in paper or digital format, necessary to demonstrate the conformity of the machinery or related product with this Regulation in a language that can be easily understood by that authority. They shall cooperate with that authority, at its request, on any action taken to eliminate the risks to the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, to the environment presented by machinery or a related product which they have made available on the market.

Article 16 Obligations of distributors of partly completed machinery

1. When making partly completed machinery available on the market, distributors shall act with due care in relation to the requirements of this Regulation.

2. Before making partly completed machinery available on the market, distributors shall verify that:

(a) the partly completed machinery is accompanied by the EU declaration of incorporation referred to in Article 11(8);

(b) the partly completed machinery is accompanied by the assembly instructions referred to in Article 11(7), and that they are in a language which can be easily understood by the person who incorporates the partly completed machinery as determined by the Member State in which the partly completed machinery is to be made available on the market;

(c) the manufacturer and the importer have complied with the requirements referred to in Article 11(5) and (6) and Article 14(3) respectively.

3. Where a distributor considers or has reason to believe that partly completed machinery is not in conformity with this Regulation, the distributor shall not make the partly completed machinery available on the market until it has been brought into conformity. Furthermore, where the partly completed machinery presents a risk as regards relevant essential health and safety requirements, the distributor shall inform the manufacturer or the importer as well as the market surveillance authorities to that effect.

4. Distributors shall ensure that, while a partly completed machinery is under their responsibility, the storage or transport conditions do not jeopardise conformity with the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

5. Distributors who consider or have reason to believe that partly completed machinery which they have made available on the market is not in conformity with this Regulation shall make sure that the corrective actions necessary to bring that partly completed machinery into conformity, to withdraw it or recall it, as appropriate, are taken. Furthermore, where the partly completed machinery presents a risk as regards the relevant essential health and safety requirements distributors shall immediately inform the competent national authorities of the Member States in which they have made the partly completed machinery available on the market to that effect, giving details, in particular, of the non-conformity and of any corrective actions taken.

6. Distributors shall, further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority, provide that authority with all the information and documentation, in paper or digital format, necessary to demonstrate the conformity of the partly completed machinery with this Regulation. They shall cooperate with that authority, at its request, on any action taken to eliminate the risks as regards the essential health and safety requirements presented by partly completed machinery which they have made available on the market.

Article 17 Cases in which obligations of manufacturers apply to importers and distributors

An importer or distributor shall be considered to be a manufacturer for the purposes of this Regulation, and shall be subject to the obligations of the manufacturer set out in Articles 10 and 11, where that importer or distributor places a product within the scope of this Regulation on the market under its name or trademark or modifies a product already placed on the market in such a way that compliance with the applicable requirements might be affected.

Article 18 Other cases in which obligations of manufacturers apply

A natural or legal person that carries out a substantial modification of machinery or a related product shall be considered to be a manufacturer for the purposes of this Regulation and shall be subject to the obligations of the manufacturer set out in Article 10 for that machinery or related product or, if the substantial modification has an impact on the safety of only machinery or a related product that is part of an assembly of machinery, for that affected machinery or related product, as demonstrated in the risk assessment.

The person who carries out the substantial modification shall in particular, but without prejudice to other obligations set out in Article 10, ensure and declare on its sole responsibility that the machinery or related product concerned is in conformity with the applicable requirements of this Regulation and shall apply the relevant conformity assessment procedure as provided in Article 25 (2), (3) and (4) of this Regulation.

A non-professional user who carries out a substantial modification to his or her machinery or related product, for his or her own use, shall not be considered to be a manufacturer for the purposes of this Regulation and shall not be subject to the obligations on the manufacturer set out in Article 10.

Article 19 Identification of economic operators

1. Economic operators shall, on request, identify the following to the market surveillance authorities:

(a) any economic operator who has supplied them with a product within the scope of this Regulation;

(b) any economic operator to whom they have supplied a product within the scope of this Regulation.

2. In order to be able to comply with the obligation in paragraph 1, economic operators shall retain the information referred to in that paragraph for at least 10 years after they supplied or were supplied with the products within the scope of this Regulation.

CHAPTER III CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS REGULATION

Article 20 Presumption of conformity of products within the scope of this Regulation

1. A product within the scope of this Regulation which is in conformity with harmonised standards or parts thereof the references of which have been published in the Official Journal of the European Union shall be presumed to be in conformity with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III covered by those standards or parts thereof.

2. The Commission shall, as provided in Article 10(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012, request one or more European standardisation organisations to draft harmonised standards for the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

3. The Commission may adopt implementing acts establishing common specifications covering technical requirements that provide a means to comply with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III for products within the scope of this Regulation.

Those implementing acts shall only be adopted where the following conditions are fulfilled:

(a) the Commission has requested, pursuant to Article 10(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012, one or more European standardisation organisations to draft a harmonised standard for the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III and:

(i) the request has not been accepted; or

(ii) the harmonised standards addressing that request are not delivered within the deadline set in accordance with Article 10(1) of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012; or

(iii) the harmonised standards do not comply with the request; and

(b) no reference to harmonised standards covering the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III has been published in the Official Journal of the European Union in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 and no such reference is expected to be published within a reasonable period.

Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 48(3).

4. Before preparing the draft implementing act referred to in paragraph 3, the Commission shall inform the committee referred to in Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 that it considers that the conditions in paragraph 3 have been fulfilled.

5. When preparing the draft implementing act referred to in paragraph 3, the Commission shall take into account the views of relevant bodies or the expert group and shall duly consult all relevant stakeholders.

6. A product within the scope of this Regulation which is in conformity with the common specifications established by implementing acts referred to in paragraph 3, or parts thereof, shall be presumed to be in conformity with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III covered by those common specifications or parts thereof.

7. Where a harmonised standard is adopted by a European standardisation organisation and proposed to the Commission for the purpose of publishing its reference in the Official Journal of the European Union, the Commission shall assess the harmonised standard in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012. When reference of a harmonised standard is published in the Official Journal of the European Union, the Commission shall repeal the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 3, or parts thereof which cover the same essential health and safety requirements as those covered by that harmonised standard.

8. When a Member State considers that a common specification does not entirely satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, it shall inform the Commission thereof by submitting a detailed explanation. The Commission shall assess that detailed explanation and may, if appropriate, amend the implementing act establishing the common specification in question.

9. Machinery and related products that have been certified or for which a statement of conformity has been issued under a cybersecurity certification scheme adopted in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/881 the references of which have been published in the Official Journal of the European Union shall be presumed to be in conformity with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, sections 1.1.9 and 1.2.1, as regards protection against corruption and safety and reliability of control systems insofar as those requirements are covered by the cybersecurity certificate or statement of conformity or parts thereof.

Article 21 EU declaration of conformity of machinery and related products

1. The EU declaration of conformity shall state that the fulfilment of the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III has been demonstrated.

2. The EU declaration of conformity shall have the model structure set out in Annex V, Part A, and shall contain the elements specified in the relevant modules set out in Annexes VI, VIII, IX, and X. It shall be continuously updated and shall be translated into the language or languages required by the Member State in which the machinery or related product is placed on the market, is made available on the market or put into service.

3. Where machinery or a related product is subject to more than one Union legal act that requires an EU declaration of conformity, a single EU declaration of conformity shall be drawn up in respect of all such acts. That declaration shall contain the identification of the Union legal acts concerned, including their publication references.

4. By drawing up the EU declaration of conformity, the manufacturer shall assume responsibility for the compliance of the machinery or related product with the requirements laid down in this Regulation.

Article 22 EU declaration of incorporation of partly completed machinery

1. The EU declaration of incorporation shall state that the fulfilment of the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III has been demonstrated.

2. The EU declaration of incorporation shall have the model structure set out in Annex V, Part B. It shall be continually updated and shall be translated into the language or languages required by the Member State in which the partly completed machinery is placed on the market or is made available on the market.

3. Where partly completed machinery is subject to more than one Union legal act requiring an EU declaration of conformity, the EU declaration of incorporation shall include a sentence declaring the conformity with such acts. That declaration shall contain the identification of the Union legal acts concerned, including their publication references.

4. By drawing up the EU declaration of incorporation, the manufacturer shall assume responsibility for the compliance of the partly completed machinery with the requirements laid down in this Regulation.

Article 23 General principles of the CE marking

The CE marking shall be subject to the general principles set out in Article 30 of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008.

Article 24 Rules for affixing the CE marking to machinery and related products

1. The CE marking shall be affixed visibly, legibly and indelibly to the machinery or related product. Where that is not possible or not warranted on account of the nature of the machinery or related product, it shall be affixed to the packaging and to the documents accompanying the machinery or related product.

2. The CE marking shall be affixed before the machinery or related product is placed on the market or put into service.

3. Where the conformity of machinery or a related product is assessed in accordance with the conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 25(2), points (a), (b) and (c) and in Article 25(3), points (b), (c) and (d), the CE marking shall be followed by the identification number of the notified body involved in that procedure.

The identification number of that notified body shall be affixed by the body itself or, under its instructions, by the manufacturer or the manufacturer’s authorised representative.

4. The CE marking and, where applicable, the identification number of the notified body may be followed by a pictogram or any other marking indicating a special risk or use.

5. Member States shall build upon existing mechanisms to ensure correct application of the regime governing the CE marking and shall take appropriate action in the event of improper use of that marking.

CHAPTER IV CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT

Article 25 Conformity assessment procedures for machinery and related products

1. The manufacturer or the natural or legal person referred to in Article 18 shall apply one of the conformity assessment procedures referred to in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4.

2. Where the category of machinery or related product is listed in Annex I, Part A, the manufacturer or the natural or legal person referred to in Article 18 shall apply one of the following procedures:

(a) EU type-examination (module B) set out in Annex VII, followed by conformity to type based on internal production control (module C) set out in Annex VIII;

(b) conformity based on full quality assurance (module H) set out in Annex IX;

(c) conformity based on unit verification (module G) set out in Annex X.

3. Where the category of machinery or related product is listed in Annex I, Part B, the manufacturer or the natural or legal person referred to in Article 18 shall apply one of the following procedures:

(a) internal production control (module A) set out in Annex VI;

(b) EU type-examination (module B) set out in Annex VII, followed by conformity to type based on internal production control (module C) set out in Annex VIII;

(c) conformity based on full quality assurance (module H) set out in Annex IX;

(d) conformity based on unit verification (module G) set out in Annex X.

If a manufacturer applies the internal production control procedure referred to in point (a), it shall design and construct the machinery or related product in accordance with the harmonised standards or common specifications specific to that category of machinery or related product covering all the relevant essential health and safety requirements.

Where the category of machinery or related product is listed in Annex I, Part B, and the machinery or related product was not designed and constructed in accordance with the harmonised standards or common specifications specific to that category of machinery or related product covering all the relevant essential health and safety requirements for that category of machinery or related product, the manufacturer, including a natural or legal person referred to in Article 18, shall apply one of the procedures referred to in points (b), (c) or (d) of this paragraph.

4. Where the category of machinery or related product is not listed in Annex I, the manufacturer, including a natural or legal person referred to in Article 18, shall apply the internal production control procedure (module A) set out in Annex VI.

5. Notified bodies shall take into account the specific interests and needs of small and medium sized enterprises when setting the fees for conformity assessment.

CHAPTER IVa EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Article 25a Application of emergency procedures

1. Articles 25b to 25e of this Regulation shall apply only if the Commission has adopted an implementing act pursuant to Article 28 of Regulation (EU) 2024/2747 with respect to machinery and related products covered by this Regulation.

2. Articles 25b to 25e of this Regulation shall apply only to machinery and related products which have been designated as crisis-relevant goods pursuant to Article 18(4) of Regulation (EU) 2024/2747.

3. Articles 25b to 25e of this Regulation shall apply only during the internal market emergency mode that has been activated in accordance with Article 18 of Regulation (EU) 2024/2747.

However, Article 25c(7) of this Regulation shall apply during the internal market emergency mode and after its expiry or deactivation.

4. The Commission may adopt implementing acts regarding the corrective or restrictive actions to be taken, the procedures to be followed and the specific labelling and traceability requirements with respect to machinery and related products placed on the market or put into service in accordance with Articles 25c and 25d. Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 48(3).

Article 25b Prioritisation of the conformity assessment of machinery and related products designated as crisis-relevant goods

1. This Article applies to all types of machinery and related products listed in the implementing act referred to in Article 25a(1) that are subject to the conformity assessment procedures referred to in Article 25 that require the mandatory involvement of a notified body.

2. The notified bodies shall make best efforts to process as a matter of priority all applications for a conformity assessment of machinery and related products referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, irrespective of whether those applications have been lodged before or after the activation of the emergency procedures pursuant to Article 25a.

3. The prioritisation of applications for a conformity assessment of machinery and related products pursuant to paragraph 2 shall not result in additional disproportionate additional costs for the manufacturers, who have lodged those applications.

4. The notified bodies shall make reasonable efforts to increase their testing capacities for machinery and related products referred to in paragraph 1 in respect of which they have been notified.

Article 25c Derogation from conformity assessment procedures requiring the mandatory involvement of a notified body

1. By way of derogation from Article 25, a Member State may authorise, on a duly justified request from an economic operator, the placing on the market or putting into service within the territory of that Member State, of specific machinery or related products listed in the implementing act referred to in Article 25a(1) and for which the conformity assessment procedures referred to in Article 25 that require the mandatory involvement of a notified body have not been carried out but for which the compliance with all the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III has been demonstrated in accordance with procedures referred to in that authorisation.

2. The Member State shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States of any authorisation granted in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article. Provided that the requirements set out in the authorisation ensure conformity with the applicable essential health and safety requirements laid down in Annex III, the Commission shall adopt, without delay, an implementing act extending for a limited period of time the validity of the authorisation granted by a Member State in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article to the territory of the whole Union and shall set out the conditions under which the specific machinery or related products may be placed on the market or put into service. When preparing the draft implementing act, the Commission may request national market surveillance authorities to provide relevant information or comments regarding the technical assessment that served as the basis for the authorisation referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article. The implementing act shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 48(3).

The machinery or related products subject to the extension of validity referred to in the first subparagraph shall bear the information that they are placed on the market or put into service as a “crisis-relevant good”. The implementing act referred to in the first subparagraph shall specify the content and presentation of that information. That information, as well as any labelling, shall be clear, understandable and intelligible and, where relevant, in a language which can be easily understood by consumers and other end-users, as determined by the Member State concerned.

3. On duly justified imperative grounds of urgency relating to the need to preserve the health and safety of persons, the Commission shall adopt immediately applicable implementing acts in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 48(4).

4. As long as an implementing act as referred to in paragraph 2 or 3 is not adopted, the authorisation granted by a competent national authority in one Member State shall be valid only on the territory of that Member State, and on the territories of any other Member States whose competent national authorities have recognised the validity of that authorisation before the adoption of such an implementing act. Member States shall inform the Commission and the other Member States of any decision to recognise the validity of that authorisation.

5. Manufacturers of machinery or of related products subject to the authorisation procedure referred to in paragraph 1 shall declare on their sole responsibility that the machinery or the related products concerned comply with all the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III and shall be responsible for the fulfilment of all the conformity assessment procedures indicated by the competent national authority.

6. Any authorisation issued pursuant to paragraph 1 shall set out the conditions and requirements under which the machinery or the related products may be placed on the market or put into service. Such authorisations shall set out at least the following:

(a) a description of the procedures by means of which compliance with the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III to this Regulation was successfully demonstrated;

(b) any specific requirements regarding the traceability of the machinery and the related products concerned;

(c) an end date of validity of the authorisation, which cannot go beyond the last day of the period for which the internal market emergency mode has been activated in accordance with Article 18 of Regulation (EU) 2024/2747;

(d) any specific requirements regarding the need to ensure a continuous conformity assessment with respect to the machinery and the related products concerned;

(e) measures to be taken upon expiry or deactivation of the internal market emergency mode with respect to the machinery or the related products concerned that have been placed on the market or put into service.

7. By way of derogation from Articles 4, 23 and 24, machinery or related products for which an authorisation has been granted in accordance with paragraph 1 of this Article shall not bear the CE marking and Article 4 shall not apply.

8. The market surveillance authorities of a Member State where an authorisation pursuant to paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of this Article is valid shall be entitled, with respect to such machinery and related products, to take all corrective and restrictive actions at national level provided for under Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 and under this Regulation. They shall immediately inform the Commission and the market surveillance authorities of all other Member States of these actions.

9. The use of the authorisation procedure set out in paragraphs 1 to 4 of this Article shall not affect the application on the territory of the Member State concerned of the relevant conformity assessment procedures laid down in Article 25.

Article 25d Presumption of conformity based on standards and common specifications

1. Where machinery or related products have been designated as crisis-relevant goods, the Commission is empowered to adopt implementing acts, listing appropriate standards or establishing common specifications for such machinery or related products to cover the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III to this Regulation in the following cases:

(a) where a reference to harmonised standards covering the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III to this Regulation has not been published in the Official Journal of the European Union in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 and no such reference is expected to be published within a reasonable period; or

(b) where severe disruptions to the functioning of the internal market, which led to the activation of the internal market emergency mode in accordance with Article 18 of Regulation (EU) 2024/2747, significantly restrict the possibilities of manufacturers to make use of the harmonised standards that cover the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III to this Regulation and the references of which have already been published in the Official Journal of the European Union in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012.

2. The implementing acts referred to in paragraph 1 shall set out the most appropriate alternative technical solution for the purposes of providing a presumption of conformity in accordance with paragraph 5. To that end, references of European standards or references of relevant applicable national or international standards may be published in those implementing acts or, if there is no European standard or relevant applicable national or international standard, common specifications may be established by those implementing acts.

3. The implementing acts referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 48(3) and shall apply until the last day of the period during which the internal market emergency mode is activated, unless such implementing acts are amended or repealed in accordance with paragraph 7 of this Article.

4. Before preparing the draft implementing act referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the Commission shall inform the committee referred to in Article 22 of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 that it considers that the conditions in paragraph 1 of this Article have been fulfilled. When preparing that draft implementing act, the Commission shall take into account the views of relevant bodies or expert groups established under this Regulation and shall duly consult all relevant stakeholders.

5. Without prejudice to Article 20, machinery and related products that are in conformity with the standards or common specifications referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, or parts thereof, shall be presumed to be in conformity with the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III that are covered by those standards, common specifications or parts thereof. From the day following the expiry or deactivation of the internal market emergency mode, it shall no longer be possible for manufacturers to rely on the presumption of conformity provided by the standards or the common specifications referred to in the implementing acts referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.

6. By way of derogation from Article 25a(3), first subparagraph, unless there is sufficient reason to believe that the machinery and the related products covered by the standards or common specifications referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article present a risk to the health or safety of persons, the machinery and the related products that are in conformity with those standards or common specifications and which have been placed on the market or put into service shall be deemed to be in conformity with the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III after the expiry or repeal of an implementing act adopted pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Article and after the expiry or deactivation of the internal market emergency mode.

7. When a Member State considers that a standard or common specification referred to in paragraph 1 does not entirely satisfy the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, it shall inform the Commission thereof by submitting a detailed explanation. The Commission shall assess that detailed explanation and may, if appropriate, amend or repeal the implementing act listing the standard or establishing the common specification in question.

Article 25e Prioritisation of market surveillance activities and mutual assistance among authorities

1. The Member States shall prioritise the market surveillance activities for machinery and related products listed in the implementing act referred to in Article 25a(1) of this Regulation. The Commission shall facilitate coordination of such prioritisation efforts through the Union Product Compliance Network established under Article 29 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1020.

2. The market surveillance authorities of the Member States shall ensure that best efforts are made to provide assistance to other market surveillance authorities during an internal market emergency mode, including by mobilising and dispatching expert teams to temporarily reinforce the staff of market surveillance authorities requesting assistance or by providing logistical support, such as the reinforcement of the testing capacity for machinery and the related products listed in the implementing act referred to in Article 25a.

CHAPTER V NOTIFICATION OF CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT BODIES

Article 26 Notification

Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of bodies authorised to carry out third-party conformity assessment tasks in accordance with this Regulation.

Article 27 Notifying authorities

1. Member States shall designate a notifying authority that shall be responsible for setting up and carrying out the necessary procedures for the assessment and notification of conformity assessment bodies and the monitoring of notified bodies, including compliance with Article 32.

2. Member States may decide that the assessment and monitoring referred to in paragraph 1 shall be carried out by a national accreditation body, as defined in Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 in accordance with that Regulation.

3. Where the notifying authority delegates or otherwise entrusts the assessment, notification or monitoring referred to in paragraph 1 to a body, which is not a governmental entity, that body shall be a legal entity and shall comply mutatis mutandis with the requirements laid down in Article 28. In addition, that body shall have arrangements in place to cover liabilities arising out of its activities.

4. The notifying authority shall take full responsibility for the tasks performed by the body referred to in paragraph 3.

Article 28 Requirements relating to notifying authorities

1. A notifying authority shall be established in such a way that no conflict of interest with conformity assessment bodies occurs.

2. A notifying authority shall be organised and operated so as to safeguard the objectivity and impartiality of its activities.

3. A notifying authority shall be organised in such a way that each decision relating to notification of a conformity assessment body is taken by competent persons different from those who carried out the assessment.

4. A notifying authority shall not offer or provide any activities that conformity assessment bodies perform, nor shall it offer or provide consultancy services on a commercial or competitive basis.

5. A notifying authority shall safeguard the confidentiality of the information it obtains.

6. A notifying authority shall have a sufficient number of competent personnel at its disposal for the proper performance of its tasks.

Article 29 Information obligation of notifying authorities

Member States shall inform the Commission of their procedures for the assessment and notification of conformity assessment bodies and the monitoring of notified bodies, and of any changes thereto.

The Commission shall make that information publicly available.

Article 30 Requirements relating to notified bodies

1. For the purposes of notification, a conformity assessment body shall meet the requirements laid down in paragraphs 2 to 11.

2. A conformity assessment body shall be established under the national law of a Member State and shall have legal personality.

3. A conformity assessment body shall be a third-party body that is independent of the organisation or of the machinery or related product that it assesses.

A body belonging to a business association or professional federation representing undertakings involved in the design, manufacture, provision, assembly, use or maintenance of machinery or related products which it assesses, may, on condition that its independence and the absence of any conflict of interest are demonstrated, be considered such a conformity assessment body.

4. A conformity assessment body, its top-level management and the personnel responsible for carrying out the conformity assessment tasks shall not be the designer, manufacturer, supplier, importer, distributor, installer, purchaser, owner, user or maintainer of machinery or related products that they assess, nor shall it fulfil any of those roles in relation to partly completed machinery that has been incorporated into the assessed product or be the representative of any of those parties. This shall not preclude the use of assessed machinery or related products that are necessary for the operations of the conformity assessment body or the use of machinery or related products for personal purposes.

A conformity assessment body, its top-level management and the personnel responsible for carrying out the conformity assessment tasks shall not be directly involved in the design, import, distribution, manufacture, marketing, installation, use or maintenance of the machinery or related products, or represent the parties engaged in those activities. They shall not engage in any activity that may conflict with their independence of judgement or integrity in relation to conformity assessment activities for which they are notified. This shall in particular apply to consultancy services.

A conformity assessment body shall ensure that the activities of its subsidiaries or subcontractors do not affect the confidentiality, objectivity or impartiality of its conformity assessment activities.

5. A conformity assessment body and its personnel shall carry out the conformity assessment activities with the highest degree of professional integrity and the requisite technical competence in the specific field and shall be free from all pressures and inducements, particularly financial, which might influence its judgement or the results of its conformity assessment activities, especially as regards persons or groups of persons with an interest in the results of those activities.

6. A conformity assessment body shall be capable of carrying out all the conformity assessment tasks assigned to it by Annexes VII, IX and X and in relation to which it has been notified, regardless of whether those tasks are carried out by the conformity assessment body itself or on its behalf and under its responsibility.

At all times, and for each conformity assessment procedure and each kind of machinery or related products for which it has been notified, a conformity assessment body shall have at its disposal the necessary:

(a) personnel with technical knowledge and sufficient and appropriate experience to perform the conformity assessment tasks;

(b) descriptions of procedures in accordance with which conformity assessment is carried out, ensuring the transparency and the ability of reproduction of those procedures;

(c) appropriate policies and procedures to distinguish between tasks that it carries out as a notified body and other activities;

(d) procedures for the performance of conformity assessment activities which take due account of the size of an undertaking, the sector in which it operates, its structure, the degree of complexity of the machinery or related product technology in question and the mass or serial nature of the production process.

A conformity assessment body shall have the means necessary to perform the technical and administrative tasks connected with the conformity assessment activities in an appropriate manner and shall have access to all necessary equipment or facilities.

7. The personnel responsible for carrying out conformity assessment tasks shall have the following:

(a) sound technical and vocational training covering all the conformity assessment activities in relation to which the conformity assessment body has been notified;

(b) satisfactory knowledge of the requirements of the assessments they carry out and adequate authority to carry out those assessments;

(c) appropriate knowledge and understanding of the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, of the applicable harmonised standards and common specifications referred to in Article 20, and of the relevant provisions of Union harmonisation legislation and of national legislation;

(d) the ability to draw up certificates, records and reports demonstrating that conformity assessments have been carried out.

8. The impartiality of a conformity assessment body, its top-level management and the personnel responsible for carrying out the conformity assessment tasks shall be guaranteed.

The remuneration of the top-level management and the personnel responsible for carrying out the conformity assessment tasks shall not depend on the number of conformity assessments carried out or on the results of those assessments.

9. A conformity assessment body shall take out liability insurance unless liability is assumed by the Member State in accordance with national law, or the Member State itself is directly responsible for the conformity assessment.

10. The personnel of a conformity assessment body shall observe professional secrecy with regard to all information obtained in carrying out the conformity assessment tasks in accordance with Annexes VII, IX and X, except in relation to the competent authorities of the Member State in which its tasks are carried out. Proprietary rights, intellectual property rights and trade secrets shall be protected.

11. A conformity assessment body shall participate in, or ensure that its personnel responsible for carrying out the conformity assessment tasks are informed of, the relevant standardisation activities and the activities of the notified body coordination group established under Article 42 and shall apply as general guidance the administrative decisions and documents produced as a result of the work of that group.

Article 31 Presumption of conformity of notified bodies

Where a conformity assessment body demonstrates its conformity with the criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards or parts thereof the references of which have been published in the Official Journal of the European Union, it shall be presumed to comply with the requirements set out in Article 30 insofar as the applicable harmonised standards cover those requirements.

Article 32 Use of subcontractors and subsidiaries by notified bodies

1. Where a notified body subcontracts specific tasks connected with conformity assessment or has recourse to a subsidiary, it shall ensure that the subcontractor or the subsidiary meets the requirements set out in Article 30 and shall inform the notifying authority accordingly.

2. A notified body shall take full responsibility for the tasks performed by subcontractors or subsidiaries wherever those are established.

3. Activities may be subcontracted or carried out by a subsidiary only with the agreement of the client.

4. A notified body shall keep at the disposal of the notifying authority the relevant documents concerning the assessment of the qualifications of the subcontractor or the subsidiary and the work carried out by them under Annexes VII, IX and X.

Article 33 Application for notification

1. A conformity assessment body shall submit an application for notification to the notifying authority of the Member State in which it is established.

2. The application for notification shall be accompanied by a description of the conformity assessment activities, of the conformity assessment procedures set out in Annexes VII, IX and X and of the kinds or categories of machinery or related products for which the conformity assessment body claims to be competent, as well as by an accreditation certificate, where one exists, issued by a national accreditation body attesting that the conformity assessment body fulfils the requirements laid down in Article 30.

3. Where the conformity assessment body concerned cannot provide an accreditation certificate as referred to in paragraph 2, it shall provide the notifying authority with all the documentary evidence necessary for the verification, recognition and regular monitoring of its compliance with the requirements laid down in Article 30.

Article 34 Notification procedure

1. A notifying authority shall notify only conformity assessment bodies which have satisfied the requirements laid down in Article 30.

2. The notifying authority shall send a notification to the Commission and the other Member States, using the electronic notification tool developed and managed by the Commission.

3. The notification referred to in paragraph 2 shall include the following:

(a) full details of the conformity assessment activities to be performed;

(b) an indication of the conformity assessment module or modules and the kinds or categories of machinery or related products concerned;

(c) the relevant attestation of competence.

4. Where a notification is not based on an accreditation certificate referred to in Article 33(2), the notifying authority shall provide the Commission and the other Member States with documentary evidence which attests to the conformity assessment body’s competence and the arrangements in place to ensure that that body will be monitored regularly and will continue to satisfy the requirements laid down in Article 30.

5. The conformity assessment body concerned may perform the activities of a notified body only where no objections are raised by the Commission or the other Member States within two weeks of the validation of the notification where it includes an accreditation certificate referred to in Article 33(2), or within two months of the notification where it includes documentary evidence referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article.

Only such a body shall be considered a notified body for the purposes of this Regulation.

6. The notifying authority shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of any subsequent relevant changes to the notification referred to in paragraph 2.

Article 35 Identification numbers and lists of notified bodies

1. The Commission shall assign an identification number to a notified body.

It shall assign a single such number even where the body is notified under several Union acts.

2. The Commission shall make publicly available the list of bodies notified under this Regulation including the identification numbers that have been assigned to them and the conformity assessment activities for which they have been notified.

The Commission shall ensure that the list is kept up to date.

Article 36 Changes to notifications

1. Where a notifying authority has ascertained or has been informed that a notified body no longer meets the requirements laid down in Article 30, or that it is failing to fulfil its obligations as set out in Article 38 the notifying authority shall restrict, suspend or withdraw the notification, as appropriate, depending on the seriousness of the failure to meet those requirements or fulfil those obligations. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

2. In the event of restriction, suspension or withdrawal of notification, or where the notified body has ceased its activity, the notifying authority shall take appropriate steps to ensure that the files of that body are either processed by another notified body or kept available for the responsible notifying and market surveillance authorities at their request.

Article 37 Challenge of the competence of notified bodies

1. The Commission shall investigate all cases where it doubts, or doubt is brought to its attention regarding, the competence of a notified body or the continued fulfilment by a notified body of the requirements and responsibilities to which it is subject.

2. The notifying Member State shall provide the Commission, on request, with all information relating to the basis for the notification or the maintenance of the competence of the notified body concerned.

3. The Commission shall ensure that all sensitive information obtained in the course of its investigations is treated confidentially.

4. Where the Commission ascertains that a notified body does not meet or no longer meets the requirements for its notification, it shall adopt an implementing act requesting the notifying Member State to take the necessary corrective measures, including the withdrawal of the notification if necessary.

That implementing act shall be adopted in accordance with the advisory procedure referred to in Article 48(2).

Article 38 Operational obligations of notified bodies

1. A notified body shall carry out conformity assessments in accordance with the conformity assessment procedures set out in Annexes VII, IX and X.

2. A notified body shall perform its activities in a proportionate manner, avoiding unnecessary burdens for economic operators, and taking due account of the size of an undertaking, the sector in which the undertaking operates, the structure of the undertaking, the degree of complexity of the technology in question and the mass or serial nature of the production process.

In so doing, the notified body shall nevertheless respect the degree of rigour and the level of protection required for the compliance of the machinery or related product with the requirements of this Regulation.

3. Where a notified body finds that the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, or corresponding harmonised standards or common specifications referred to in Article 20 have not been met by a manufacturer, it shall require the manufacturer to take appropriate corrective actions and shall not issue an EU-type examination certificate, adopt a quality system approval decision or issue a unit verification certificate.

4. Where, in the course of the monitoring of conformity, following the adoption of an approval decision, in accordance with Annex IX, a notified body finds that machinery or a related product no longer complies, it shall require the manufacturer to take appropriate corrective actions and shall suspend or withdraw the approval decision, if necessary.

Where corrective actions are not taken or do not have the required effect, the notified body shall restrict, suspend or withdraw any approval decisions, as appropriate.

Article 39 Appeals against decisions of notified bodies

A notified body shall ensure that a transparent and accessible appeals procedure against its decisions is available.

Article 40 Information obligation of notified bodies

1. A notified body shall inform the notifying authority of the following:

(a) any refusal, restriction, suspension or withdrawal of an EU type-examination certificate, quality system approval decision or unit verification certificate;

(b) any circumstances affecting the scope of, or the conditions for, its notification;

(c) any request for information which it has received from market surveillance authorities regarding its conformity assessment activities;

(d) on request, any conformity assessment activities performed within the scope of its notification and any other activity performed, including cross-border activities and subcontracting.

2. A notified body shall provide the other bodies notified under this Regulation carrying out similar conformity assessment activities covering the same kinds of machinery or related products with relevant information on issues relating to negative and, on request, positive conformity assessment results.

Article 41 Exchange of experience

The Commission shall provide for the organisation of exchange of experience between the Member States’ national authorities responsible for notification policy.

Article 42 Coordination of notified bodies

The Commission shall ensure the establishment and good functioning of appropriate coordination and cooperation between bodies notified under this Regulation in the form of a sectoral group of notified bodies.

Notified bodies shall participate in the work of that group, directly or by means of designated representatives.

CHAPTER VI UNION MARKET SURVEILLANCE AND UNION SAFEGUARD PROCEDURES

Article 43 Procedure at national level for dealing with products within the scope of this Regulation presenting a risk

1. Where the market surveillance authorities of one Member State have sufficient reason to believe that a product within the scope of this Regulation presents a risk to the health or safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, and, where applicable, to the environment, they shall carry out an evaluation in relation to the product concerned covering all relevant requirements laid down in this Regulation. The relevant economic operators shall cooperate as necessary with the market surveillance authorities for that purpose.

Where, in the course of the evaluation referred to in the first subparagraph, the market surveillance authorities find that the product within the scope of this Regulation does not comply with the requirements laid down in this Regulation, they shall without delay require the relevant economic operator to take appropriate and proportionate corrective action, as provided for in Article 16(3) of Regulation (EU) 2019/1020, to bring the non-compliance to an end or to eliminate hazards or, if that is not possible, minimise the risk specified by the market surveillance authorities within a reasonable period which is commensurate with the nature of the risk referred to in the first subparagraph.

The market surveillance authorities shall inform the relevant notified body accordingly.

2. Where the market surveillance authorities consider that non-compliance is not restricted to their national territory, they shall inform the Commission and the other Member States of the results of the evaluation and of the actions which they have required the economic operator to take.

3. The economic operator shall ensure that all appropriate corrective action is taken in respect of the products within the scope of this Regulation concerned that the economic operator has made available on the market, throughout the Union.

4. Where the relevant economic operator does not take the corrective action referred to in paragraph 1, second subparagraph, within the specified period or where the non-compliance, referred to in paragraph 1, second subparagraph, or the risk referred to in paragraph 1, first subparagraph, persists, the market surveillance authorities shall ensure that the product concerned is withdrawn or recalled, or that making it available on the market is prohibited or restricted. In such cases, the market surveillance authorities shall ensure that the public, the Commission and the other Member States are informed accordingly, without delay.

5. The information referred to in paragraph 4 shall include all available details, in particular the data necessary for the identification of the non-compliant product within the scope of this Regulation, the origin of that product, the nature of the non-compliance alleged and the risk involved, the nature and duration of the national measures taken and the arguments put forward by the relevant economic operator. In particular, the market surveillance authorities shall indicate whether the non-compliance is due to any of the following:

(a) the failure of the product to meet the requirements relating to the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III;

(b) shortcomings in the harmonised standards referred to in Article 20(1);

(c) shortcomings in the common specifications referred to in Article 20(6).

6. Member States other than the Member State initiating the procedure under this Article shall without delay inform the Commission and the other Member States of any measures adopted and of any additional information at their disposal relating to the non-compliance of the product within the scope of this Regulation concerned, and, in the event of disagreement with the adopted national measure, of their objections.

7. Where, within three months of receipt of the information referred to in paragraph 4, no objection has been raised by either a Member State or the Commission in respect of a provisional measure taken by a Member State, that measure shall be deemed to be justified.

8. Member States shall ensure that appropriate restrictive measures, such as withdrawal of the product, are taken in respect of the product within the scope of this Regulation concerned without delay.

Article 44 Union safeguard procedure

1. Where, on completion of the procedure set out in Article 43(4), (6) and (7) objections are raised against a measure taken by a Member State, or where the Commission considers a national measure to be contrary to Union legal acts, the Commission shall without delay enter into consultation with the Member States and the relevant economic operator or operators and shall evaluate the national measure.

On the basis of the results of that evaluation, the Commission shall adopt an implementing act in the form of a decision determining whether the national measure is justified or not.

The Commission shall address its decision to all Member States and shall without delay communicate it to them and to the relevant economic operator or operators.

2. If the national measure is considered to be justified, all Member States shall ensure that appropriate restrictive measures, such as withdrawal, are taken in respect of the non-compliant product within the scope of this Regulation, and shall inform the Commission accordingly.

If the national measure is considered to be unjustified, the Member State concerned shall withdraw that measure.

3. Where the national measure is considered to be justified and the non-compliance of the product within the scope of this Regulation is attributed to shortcomings in the harmonised standards referred to in Article 43(5), point (b), of this Regulation or common specifications referred to in Article 43(5), point (c), of this Regulation, the Commission shall apply the procedure provided for in Article 11 of Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 or in Article 20(8) of this Regulation respectively.

Article 45 Compliant products within the scope of this Regulation which present a risk

1. Where, having carried out an evaluation under Article 43(1), a Member State finds that although a product within the scope of this Regulation is in compliance with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, it presents a risk to the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or to property, and, where applicable, to the environment, it shall require the relevant economic operator to take all appropriate measures to ensure that the product concerned, when placed on the market, no longer presents that risk, to withdraw that product or to recall it within a reasonable period, commensurate with the nature of the risk.

2. The economic operator shall ensure that all appropriate corrective action is taken in respect of all the products within the scope of this Regulation concerned that the economic operator has made available on the market, throughout the Union.

3. The Member State shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States about the product which presents a risk, as referred to in paragraph 1. That information shall include all available details, in particular the data necessary for the identification of the product concerned, the origin and the supply chain of that product, the nature of the risk involved and the nature and duration of the national measures taken.

4. The Commission shall without delay enter into consultation with the Member States and the relevant economic operator or operators and shall evaluate the national measures taken.

On the basis of the results of that evaluation, the Commission shall adopt an implementing act in the form of a decision determining whether the national measure is justified or not and, where necessary, order appropriate measures.

That implementing act shall be adopted in accordance with the examination procedure referred to in Article 48(3).

On duly justified imperative grounds of urgency relating to the protection of the health and safety of persons, the Commission shall adopt an immediately applicable implementing act in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 48(4).

5. The Commission shall address its decision to all Member States and shall immediately communicate it to them and to the relevant economic operator or operators.

Article 46 Formal non-compliance

1. Without prejudice to Article 43, where a Member State makes one of the following findings with regard to machinery or a related product, it shall require the relevant economic operator to put an end to the non-compliance concerned:

(a) the CE marking has been affixed in violation of Article 30 of Regulation (EC) No 765/2008 or of Article 24 of this Regulation;

(b) the CE marking has not been affixed;

(c) the identification number of the notified body involved in the production control phase has been affixed in violation of Article 24(3) or has not been affixed;

(d) the EU declaration of conformity has not been drawn up or has not been drawn up correctly;

(e) the technical documentation is either not available or not complete;

(f) the information referred to in Article 10(6) or Article 13(3) is absent, false or incomplete;

(g) any other administrative requirement provided for in Article 10 or Article 13 is not fulfilled.

2. Without prejudice to Article 43, where a Member State makes one of the following findings with regard to partly completed machinery, it shall require the relevant economic operator to put an end to the non-compliance concerned:

(a) the EU declaration of incorporation has not been drawn up or has not been drawn up correctly;

(b) the technical documentation is either not available or not complete;

(c) the information referred to in Article 11(5) or Article 14(3) is absent, false or incomplete;

(d) any other administrative requirement provided for in Article 11 or Article 14 is not fulfilled.

3. Where the non-compliance referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 persists, the Member State concerned shall take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the product within the scope of this Regulation concerned being made available on the market or ensure that it is recalled or withdrawn from the market.

CHAPTER VII DELEGATED POWERS AND COMMITTEE PROCEDURE

Article 47 Exercise of the delegation

1. The power to adopt delegated acts is conferred on the Commission subject to the conditions laid down in this Article.

2. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in Articles 6(2), 6(11) and 7(2) shall be conferred on the Commission for a period of five years from 19 July 2023. The Commission shall draw up a report in respect of the delegation of power not later than nine months before the end of the five-year period. The delegation of power shall be tacitly extended for periods of an identical duration, unless the European Parliament or the Council opposes such extension not later than three months before the end of each period.

3. The delegation of power referred to in Articles 6(2), 6(11) and 7(2) may be revoked at any time by the European Parliament or by the Council. A decision to revoke shall put an end to the delegation of the power specified in that decision. It shall take effect the day following the publication of the decision in the Official Journal of the European Union or at a later date specified therein. It shall not affect the validity of any delegated acts already in force.

4. Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall consult experts designated by each Member State in accordance with the principles laid down in the Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making.

5. As soon as it adopts a delegated act, the Commission shall notify it simultaneously to the European Parliament and to the Council.

6. A delegated act adopted pursuant to Articles 6(2), 6(11) or 7(2) shall enter into force only if no objection has been expressed either by the European Parliament or by the Council within a period of two months of notification of that act to the European Parliament and the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the European Parliament and the Council have both informed the Commission that they will not object. That period shall be extended by two months at the initiative of the European Parliament or of the Council.

Article 48 Committee procedure

1. The Commission shall be assisted by a committee. That committee shall be a committee within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011.

2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 shall apply.

3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 shall apply.

Where the committee delivers no opinion regarding the draft implementing act referred to in Article 20(3), Article 5(4), third subparagraph, of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 shall apply.

4. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 182/2011, in conjunction with Article 5 thereof, shall apply.

5. The committee shall be consulted by the Commission on any matter for which consultation of sectoral experts is required by Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 or by any other Union legal act.

The committee may furthermore examine any other matter concerning the application of this Regulation raised either by its chair or by a representative of a Member State in accordance with its rules of procedure.

CHAPTER VIII CONFIDENTIALITY AND PENALTIES

Article 49 Confidentiality

1. All parties shall respect the confidentiality of the following information and data obtained in carrying out their tasks in accordance with this Regulation:

(a) personal data;

(b) commercially confidential information and trade secrets of a natural or legal person, including intellectual property rights, unless disclosure is in the public interest.

2. Without prejudice to paragraph 1, information exchanged on a confidential basis between the competent national authorities and between competent national authorities and the Commission shall not be disclosed without the prior agreement of the competent national authority that originally provided the information.

3. Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not affect the rights and obligations of the Commission, Member States and notified bodies with regard to the exchange of information and the dissemination of warnings, nor shall it affect the obligations of the persons concerned to provide information under criminal law.

4. The Commission and Member States may exchange confidential information with regulatory authorities of third countries with which they have bilateral or multilateral confidentiality agreements and arrangements when those agreements and arrangements ensure that any exchange of information is in accordance with applicable Union law.

Article 50 Penalties

1. Member States shall lay down the rules on penalties applicable to infringements by economic operators of this Regulation and shall take all measures necessary to ensure that they are implemented. The penalties provided for shall be effective, proportionate and dissuasive and may include criminal penalties for serious infringements.

2. Member States shall, by 20 October 2026, notify the Commission of those rules and of those measures and shall notify it, without delay, of any subsequent amendment affecting them.

CHAPTER IX TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS

Article 51 Repeals

1. Directive 73/361/EEC is repealed.

References to the repealed Directive 73/361/EEC shall be construed as references to this Regulation.

2. Directive 2006/42/EC is repealed with effect from 20 January 2027.

References to the repealed Directive 2006/42/EC shall be construed as references to this Regulation and shall be read in accordance with the correlation table in Annex XII.

Article 52 Transitional provisions

1. Member States shall not impede the making available on the market of products which were placed on the market in conformity with Directive 2006/42/EC before 20 January 2027. However, Chapter VI of this Regulation shall apply, from 19 July 2023, mutatis mutandis to such products instead of Article 11 of that Directive, including products for which a procedure has already been initiated under Article 11 of Directive 2006/42/EC.

2. EC type-examination certificates and approval decisions issued in accordance with Article 12 of Directive 2006/42/EC shall remain valid until they expire.

Article 53 Evaluation and review

1. By 20 July 2028 and every four years thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report on the evaluation and review of this Regulation to the European Parliament and to the Council. The reports shall be made public.

2. Taking account of technical progress and practical experience gained in Member States as indicated in Article 6, the Commission shall in its report include an evaluation on the following aspects of this Regulation:

(a) the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III;

(b) the conformity assessment procedure applicable to machinery or related products listed in Annex I.

Where appropriate, the report shall be accompanied by a legislative proposal for amendment of the relevant provisions of this Regulation.

3. By 20 July 2026 and every five years thereafter, the Commission shall submit a specific report on the assessment of Article 6(4) and (5) of this Regulation to the European Parliament and to the Council. The reports shall be made public.

The Commission shall include in its reports the following:

(a) a summary of data and information provided by Member States in accordance with Article 6(5) during the reporting period;

(b) an assessment of the list of categories of machinery or related products in Annex I in view of the criteria set out in Article 6(4).

In the reports, the Commission shall assess the appropriateness and availability of data and information provided by Member States, including its sufficiency and suitability for the purposes of making comparisons, identifying any shortcomings, necessary to ensure effective functioning and enforcement of Article 6.

Article 54 Entry into force and application

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

It shall apply from 20 January 2027.

However, the following Articles shall apply from the following dates:

(a) Articles 26 to 42 from 20 January 2024;

(b) Article 50(1) from 20 October 2026;

(c) Article 6(7) and Articles 48 and 52 from 19 July 2023;

(d) Article 6(2) to (6), (8) and (11) and Articles 47 and 53(3) from 20 July 2024.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.

Done at Strasbourg, 14 June 2023.

For the European Parliament

The President

R. METSOLA

For the Council

The President

J. ROSWALL

...

ANNEX I CATEGORIES OF MACHINERY OR RELATED PRODUCTS TO WHICH ONE OF THE PROCEDURES REFERRED TO IN ARTICLE 25(2) AND (3) SHALL BE APPLIED

PART A

Categories of machinery or related products to which a procedure referred to in Article 25(2) shall be applied:

1. Removable mechanical transmission devices including their guards.

2. Guards for removable mechanical transmission devices.

3. Vehicle servicing lifts.

4. Portable cartridge-operated fixing and other impact machinery.

5. Safety components with fully or partially self-evolving behaviour using machine learning approaches ensuring safety functions.

6. Machinery that has embedded systems with fully or partially self-evolving behaviour using machine learning approaches ensuring safety functions that have not been placed independently on the market, in respect only of those systems.

PART B

Categories of machinery or related products to which one of the procedures referred to in Article 25(3) shall be applied:

1. Circular saws (single- or multi-blade) for working with wood and material with similar physical characteristics or for working with meat and material with similar physical characteristics, of the following types:

1.1. sawing machinery with fixed blade(s) during cutting, having a fixed bed or support with manual feed of the workpiece or with a demountable power feed;

1.2. sawing machinery with fixed blade(s) during cutting, having a manually operated reciprocating saw-bench or carriage;

1.3. sawing machinery with fixed blade(s) during cutting, having a built-in mechanical feed device for the workpieces, with manual loading and/or unloading;

1.4. sawing machinery with movable blade(s) during cutting, having mechanical movement of the blade, with manual loading and/or unloading.

2. Hand-fed surface planing machinery for woodworking.

3. Thicknessers for one-side dressing having a built-in mechanical feed device, with manual loading and/or unloading for woodworking.

4. Band-saws with manual loading and/or unloading for working with wood and material with similar physical characteristics or for working with meat and material with similar physical characteristics, of the following types:

4.1. sawing machinery with fixed blade(s) during cutting, having a fixed or reciprocating-movement bed or support for the workpiece;

4.2. sawing machinery with blade(s) assembled on a carriage with reciprocating motion.

5. Combined machinery of the types referred to in points 1 to 4 and in point 7 for working with wood and material with similar physical characteristics.

6. Hand-fed tenoning machinery with several tool holders for woodworking.

7. Hand-fed vertical spindle moulding machinery for working with wood and material with similar physical characteristics.

8. Portable chainsaws for woodworking.

9. Presses, including press-brakes, for the cold working of metals, with manual loading and/or unloading, whose movable working parts may have a travel exceeding 6 mm and a speed exceeding 30 mm/s.

10. Injection or compression plastics-moulding machinery with manual loading or unloading.

11. Injection or compression rubber-moulding machinery with manual loading or unloading.

12. Machinery for underground working of the following types:

12.1. locomotives and brake-vans;

12.2. hydraulic-powered roof supports.

13. Manually loaded trucks for the collection of household refuse incorporating a compression mechanism.

14. Devices for the lifting of persons or of persons and goods involving a hazard of falling from a vertical height of more than 3 m.

15. Protective devices designed to detect the presence of persons.

16. Power-operated interlocking movable guards designed to be used as safeguards in machinery referred to in points 9, 10 and 11 of this Part.

17. Logic units to ensure safety functions.

18. Roll-over protective structures (ROPS).

19. Falling-object protective structures (FOPS).

ANNEX II INDICATIVE LIST OF SAFETY COMPONENTS

1. Guards for removable mechanical transmission devices.

2. Protective devices designed to detect the presence of persons.

3. Power-operated interlocking movable guards designed to be used as safeguards in machinery referred to in points 9, 10 and 11 of Annex I, Part B.

4. Logic units to ensure safety functions.

5. Valves with additional means for failure detection intended for the control of dangerous movements of machinery.

6. Extraction systems for machinery emissions.

7. Guards and protective devices designed to protect persons against moving parts involved in the process of the machinery.

8. Monitoring devices for loading and movement control in lifting machinery.

9. Restraint systems to keep persons in their seats.

10. Emergency stop devices.

11. Discharging systems to prevent the build-up of potentially dangerous electrostatic charges.

12. Energy limiters and relief devices referred to in sections 1.5.7, 3.4.7 and 4.1.2.6 of Annex III.

13. Systems and devices to reduce the emission of noise and vibrations.

14. Roll-over protective structures (ROPS).

15. Falling-object protective structures (FOPS).

16. Two-hand control devices.

17. The following components for machinery designed for lifting and/or lowering persons between different landings:

(a) devices for locking landing doors;

(b) devices to prevent the load-carrying unit from falling or unchecked upwards movement;

(c) overspeed limitation devices;

(d) energy-accumulating shock absorbers, non-linear or with damping of the return movement;

(e) energy-dissipating shock absorbers;

(f) safety devices fitted to jacks of hydraulic power circuits and used to prevent falls;

(g) safety switches containing electronic components.

18. Software ensuring safety functions.

19. Safety components with fully or partially self-evolving behaviour using machine learning approaches ensuring safety functions.

20. Filtration systems intended to be integrated into machinery cabins in order to protect operators or other persons against hazardous materials and substances, includingplant protection products, and filters for such filtration systems.

ANNEX III ESSENTIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF MACHINERY OR RELATED PRODUCTS

PART A

Definitions

For the purposes of this Annex, the following definitions apply:

(a) ‘hazard’ means a potential source of injury or damage to health;

(b) ‘danger zone’ means any zone within and/or around machinery or a related product in which a person is subject to a risk to his or her health or safety;

(c) ‘exposed person’ means any person wholly or partially in a danger zone;

(d) ‘operator’ means the person or persons installing, operating, adjusting, maintaining, cleaning, repairing or moving machinery or a related product;

(e) ‘risk’ means a combination of the probability and the degree of an injury or damage to health that can arise in a hazardous situation;

(f) ‘guard’ means a part of machinery or a related product used specifically to provide protection by means of a physical barrier;

(g) ‘protective device’ means a device (other than a guard) which reduces the risk, either alone or in conjunction with a guard;

(h) ‘intended use’ means the use of machinery or a related product in accordance with the information provided in the instructions for use;

(i) ‘reasonably foreseeable misuse’ means the use of machinery or a related product in a way not intended in the instructions for use, but which may result from readily predictable human behaviour.

PART B

General principles

1. The manufacturer of machinery or a related product shall ensure that a risk assessment is carried out in order to determine the essential health and safety requirements which apply to the machinery or related product. The machinery or related product shall then be designed and constructed to eliminate hazards or, if that is not possible, to minimise all relevant risks, taking into account the results of the risk assessment.

By the iterative process of risk assessment and risk reduction referred to in the first subparagraph, the manufacturer shall:

(a) determine the limits of the machinery or related product, which include the intended use and any reasonably foreseeable misuse thereof;

(b) identify the hazards that may be generated by the machinery or related product and the associated hazardous situations;

(c) estimate the risks, taking into account the severity of the possible injury or damage to health and the probability of its occurrence;

(d) evaluate the risks, with a view to determining whether risk reduction is required, in accordance with the objective of this Regulation;

(e) eliminate the hazards or reduce the risks associated with these hazards by application of protective measures, in the order of priority established in section 1.1.2(b).

The risk assessment and risk reduction shall include hazards that might arise during the lifecycle of the machinery or related product that are foreseeable at the time of placing the machinery or related product on the market as an intended evolution of its fully or partially self-evolving behaviour or logic as a result of the machinery or related product designed to operate with varying levels of autonomy. The risk assessment and risk reduction shall include risks resulting from interactions between machinery in order to achieve the same end that are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole, thus forming machinery as defined in Article 3, point 1, point (d).

2. The obligations laid down by the essential health and safety requirements only apply when the corresponding hazard exists for the machinery or related product in question when it is used under the conditions foreseen by the manufacturer or in foreseeable abnormal situations. However, the principles of safety integration established in section 1.1.2 and the obligations concerning marking of machinery or related products referred to in section 1.7.3, and instructions for use referred to in section 1.7.4 apply in all cases.

3. The essential health and safety requirements laid down in this Annex are mandatory; however, taking into account the state of the art, it may not be possible to meet the objectives set by them. In that event, the machinery or related product shall, as far as possible, be designed and constructed with the purpose of approaching those objectives.

4. This Annex is organised into six chapters. The first chapter is of general scope and applicable to all machinery or related products. The other chapters refer to certain sorts of more specific hazards. Nevertheless, it is essential to examine the whole of this Annex in order to be sure of meeting all the relevant essential health and safety requirements. When machinery or a related product is being designed, the requirements of the first chapter and the requirements of one or more of the other chapters shall be taken into account, depending on the results of the risk assessment carried out in accordance with point 1 of these General Principles. Essential health and safety requirements for the protection of the environment are applicable only to the machinery or related products referred to in section 2.4.

5. These general principles shall apply to the risk assessment carried out by the manufacturer of partly completed machinery.

1. ESSENTIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

1.1. General remarks

1.1.1. Applicability

The obligations laid down by the essential health and safety requirements are applicable to partly completed machinery insofar as those requirements are relevant.

The relevant requirements in relation to partly completed machinery do not cover the requirements that can only be fulfilled at the time of the incorporation of the partly completed machinery. However, the principles of safety integration established in section 1.1.2 are applicable in all cases.

1.1.2. Principles of safety integration

(a) Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed so that they are fit for their function, and can be operated, adjusted and maintained without putting persons at risk when these operations are carried out under the conditions foreseen but also taking into account any reasonably foreseeable misuse thereof. The aim of protective measures shall be to eliminate any risk throughout the foreseeable lifetime of the machinery or related product including the phases of transport, assembly, dismantling, disabling and scrapping.

(b) In selecting the most appropriate methods, the manufacturer shall apply the following principles, in the order given:

(i) eliminate hazards or, if that is not possible, minimise risks (inherently safe machinery or related product design and construction);

(ii) take the necessary protective measures in relation to risks that cannot be eliminated;

(iii) inform users of the residual risks due to any shortcomings of the protective measures adopted, indicate whether any particular training is required and specify any need to provide personal protective equipment.

(c) When designing and constructing machinery or a related product and when drafting the instructions for use, the manufacturer shall envisage not only the intended use of the machinery or related product but also any reasonably foreseeable misuse thereof. The machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent abnormal use if such use would engender a risk. Where appropriate, the instructions for use shall draw the user’s attention to ways – which experience has shown might occur – in which the machinery or related product should not be used.

(d) Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed to take account of the constraints to which the operator is subject as a result of the necessary or foreseeable use of personal protective equipment.

(e) Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that it is possible for the user, where applicable, to test the safety functions. The machinery or related product shall be supplied with all the special equipment and accessories, and where appropriate, with the description of specific functional test procedures, essential to enable it to be tested, adjusted, maintained and used safely.

1.1.3. Materials and products

The materials used to construct machinery or related products, or products used or created during its use, shall not endanger the health and safety of persons. In particular, where fluids are used, machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed to prevent risks due to filling, use, recovery or draining.

1.1.4. Lighting

Machinery or related products shall be supplied with integral lighting suitable for the operations concerned, where the absence thereof is likely to cause a risk despite ambient lighting of normal intensity.

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed so that there is no area of shadow likely to cause nuisance, that there is no irritating dazzle and that there are no dangerous stroboscopic effects on moving parts due to the lighting.

Internal parts requiring frequent inspection and adjustment, and maintenance areas shall be provided with appropriate lighting.

1.1.5. Design of machinery or a related product to facilitate its handling

Machinery or a related product or each component part thereof, shall:

(a) be capable of being handled and transported safely;

(b) be packaged or designed so that it can be stored safely and without damage.

During the transportation of the machinery or related product or its component parts, there shall be no possibility of sudden movements or of hazards due to instability as long as the machinery or related product or its component parts are handled in accordance with the instructions.

Where the weight, size or shape of machinery or a related product or its various component parts prevents it or them from being moved by hand, the machinery or related product or each component part shall:

(a) either be fitted with attachments for lifting gear; or

(b) be designed so that it can be fitted with such attachments; or

(c) be shaped in such a way that standard lifting gear can easily be attached.

Where machinery or a related product or one of its component parts is to be moved by hand, it shall either:

(a) be easily moveable; or

(b) be equipped for picking up and moving safely.

Special arrangements shall be made for the handling of tools and/or machinery or related product parts, which, even if lightweight, could be hazardous.

1.1.6. Ergonomics

Under the intended conditions of use, the discomfort, fatigue and physical and psychological stress faced by the operator shall be eliminated or reduced to the minimum possible, taking into account at least, the following ergonomic principles:

(a) allowing for the variability of the operator’s physical dimensions, strength and stamina;

(b) avoiding the need for demanding work postures or movements and manual force exertions that exceed the operator’s capacity;

(c) providing enough space for movements of the parts of the operator’s body;

(d) avoiding a machine-determined work rate;

(e) avoiding monitoring that requires lengthy concentration;

(f) adapting the human-machine interface to the foreseeable characteristics of the operators, including with respect to machinery or a related product with intended fully or partially self-evolving behaviour or logic that is designed to operate with varying levels of autonomy;

(g) where relevant, adapting machinery or a related product with intended fully or partially self-evolving behaviour or logic that is designed to operate with varying levels of autonomy to respond to people adequately and appropriately (such as verbally through words and non-verbally through gestures, facial expressions or body movement) and to communicate its planned actions (such as what it is going to do and why) to operators in a comprehensible manner.

1.1.7. Operating positions

The operating position shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to avoid any risk due to exhaust gases or lack of oxygen.

If the machinery or related product is intended to be used in a hazardous environment presenting risks to the health and safety of the operator or if the machinery or related product itself gives rise to a hazardous environment, adequate means shall be provided to ensure that the operator has good working conditions and is protected against any foreseeable hazards.

Where appropriate, the operating position shall be fitted with an adequate cabin designed, constructed or equipped to fulfil the above requirements. The exit shall allow rapid evacuation. Moreover, when applicable, an emergency exit shall be provided in a direction which is different from the usual exit.

1.1.8. Seating

Where appropriate and where the working conditions so permit, work stations constituting an integral part of the machinery or related product shall be designed for the installation of seats.

If the operator is intended to sit during operation and the operating position is an integral part of the machinery or related product, the seat shall be provided with the machinery or related product.

The operator’s seat shall enable him or her to maintain a stable position. Furthermore, the seat and its distance from the control devices shall be capable of being adapted to the operator.

If the machinery or related product is subject to vibrations, the seat shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to reduce the vibrations transmitted to the operator to the lowest level that is reasonably possible. The seat mountings shall withstand all stresses to which they can be subjected. Where there is no floor beneath the feet of the operator, footrests covered with a slip-resistant material shall be provided.

1.1.9. Protection against corruption

The machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed so that the connection to it of another device, via any feature of the connected device itself or via any remote device that communicates with the machinery or related product does not lead to a hazardous situation.

A hardware component transmitting signal or data, relevant for connection or access to software that is critical for the compliance of the machinery or related product with the relevant essential health and safety requirements shall be designed so that it is adequately protected against accidental or intentional corruption. The machinery or related product shall collect evidence of a legitimate or illegitimate intervention in that hardware component, when relevant for connection or access to software that is critical for the compliance of the machinery or related product.

Software and data that are critical for the compliance of the machinery or related product with the relevant essential health and safety requirements shall be identified as such and shall be adequately protected against accidental or intentional corruption.

The machinery or related product shall identify the software installed on it that is necessary for it to operate safely, and shall be able to provide that information at all times in an easily accessible form.

The machinery or related product shall collect evidence of a legitimate or illegitimate intervention in the software or a modification of the software installed on the machinery or related product or its configuration.

1.2. Control systems

1.2.1. Safety and reliability of control systems

Control systems shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent hazardous situations from arising.

Control systems shall be designed and constructed in such a way that:

(a) they can withstand, where appropriate to the circumstances and the risks, the intended operating stresses and intended and unintended external influences, including reasonably foreseeable malicious attempts from third parties leading to a hazardous situation;

(b) a fault in the hardware or the logic of the control system shall not lead to hazardous situations;

(c) errors in the control system logic shall not lead to hazardous situations;

(d) the limits of the safety functions are to be established as part of the risk assessment performed by the manufacturer and no modifications are allowed to the settings or rules generated by the machinery or related product or by operators, including during the machinery or related product learning phase, where such modifications could lead to hazardous situations;

(e) reasonably foreseeable human errors during operation shall not lead to hazardous situations;

(f) the tracing log of the data generated in relation to an intervention and of the versions of safety software uploaded after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service is enabled for five years after such upload, exclusively to demonstrate the conformity of the machinery or related product with this Annex further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority.

Control systems of machinery or related products with fully or partially self-evolving behaviour or logic that are designed to operate with varying levels of autonomy shall be designed and constructed in such a way that:

(a) they shall not cause the machinery or related product to perform actions beyond its defined task and movement space;

(b) recording of data on the safety related decision-making process for software based safety systems ensuring safety function including safety components, after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service, is enabled and that such data is retained for one year after its collection, exclusively to demonstrate the conformity of the machinery or related product with this Annex further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority;

(c) it shall be possible at all times to correct the machinery or related product in order to maintain its inherent safety.

Particular attention shall be given to the following points:

(a) the machinery or related product shall not start unexpectedly;

(b) the parameters of the machinery or related product shall not change in an uncontrolled way, where such change could lead to hazardous situations;

(c) modifications to the settings or rules, generated by the machinery or related product or by operators, including during the machinery or related product learning phase, shall be prevented, where such modifications could lead to hazardous situations;

(d) the machinery or related product shall not be prevented from stopping if the stop command has already been given;

(e) no moving part of the machinery or related product or piece held by the machinery or related product shall fall or be ejected;

(f) automatic or manual stopping of the moving parts, whatever they may be, shall be unimpeded;

(g) the protective devices shall remain fully effective or give a stop command;

(h) the safety-related parts of the control system shall apply in a coherent way to the whole of an assembly of machinery or related products or partly completed machinery, or a combination thereof.

For wireless control, a failure of the communication or connection or a faulty connection shall not lead to a hazardous situation.

1.2.2. Control devices

Control devices shall be:

(a) clearly visible and identifiable, using pictograms where appropriate;

(b) positioned in such a way as to be safely operated without hesitation or loss of time and without ambiguity;

(c) designed in such a way that the movement of the control device is consistent with its effect;

(d) located outside the danger zones, except where necessary for certain control devices such as an emergency stop or a teach pendant;

(e) positioned in such a way that their operation cannot cause additional risk;

(f) designed or protected in such a way that the desired effect, where a hazard is involved, can only be achieved by a deliberate action;

(g) made in such a way as to withstand foreseeable forces, paying particular attention to emergency stop devices liable to be subjected to considerable forces.

Where a control device is designed and constructed to perform several different actions, namely, where there is no one-to-one correspondence, the action to be performed shall be clearly displayed and subject to confirmation, where necessary.

Control devices shall be so arranged that their layout, travel and resistance to operation are compatible with the action to be performed, taking account of ergonomic principles.

Machinery or related products shall be fitted with indicators as required for safe operation. The operator shall be able to read them from the control position.

From each control position, the operator shall be able to ensure that no one is in the danger zones, or the control system shall be designed and constructed in such a way that starting is prevented while someone is in the danger zone.

If neither of these possibilities is applicable, before the machinery or related product starts, an acoustic and/or visual warning signal shall be given. The exposed persons shall have time to leave the danger zone or prevent the machinery starting up.

If necessary, means shall be provided to ensure that the machinery or related product can be controlled only from control positions located in one or more predetermined zones or locations.

Where there is more than one control position, the control system shall be designed in such a way that the use of one of them precludes the use of the others, except for stop controls and emergency stops.

When the machinery or related product has two or more operating positions, each position shall be provided with all the required control devices without the operators hindering or putting each other into a hazardous situation.

1.2.3. Starting

It shall be possible to start the machinery or related product only by voluntary actuation of a control device provided for the purpose.

The same requirement applies:

(a) when restarting the machinery or related product after a stoppage, whatever the cause;

(b) when effecting a significant change in the operating conditions.

However, the restarting of the machinery or related product or a change in operating conditions may be effected by voluntary actuation of a device other than the control device provided for the purpose, on condition that this does not lead to a hazardous situation.

For the machinery or related product functioning in automatic mode, the starting of the machinery or related product, restarting after a stoppage, or a change in operating conditions may be possible without intervention, provided this does not lead to a hazardous situation.

Where the machinery or related product has several starting control devices and the operators can therefore put each other in danger, additional devices shall be fitted to rule out such risks. If safety requires that starting and/or stopping shall be performed in a specific sequence, there shall be devices that ensure that these operations are performed in the correct order.

1.2.4. Stopping

1.2.4.1. Normal stop

The machinery or related product shall be fitted with a control device whereby the machinery can be brought safely to a complete stop.

Each workstation shall be fitted with a control device to stop some or all of the functions of the machinery or related product, depending on the existing hazards, so that the machinery or related product is rendered safe.

The machinery or related product’s stop control shall have priority over the start controls.

Once the machinery or related product or its hazardous functions have stopped, the energy supply to the actuators concerned shall be cut off.

1.2.4.2. Operational stop

Where, for operational reasons, a stop control that does not cut off the energy supply to the actuators is required, the stop condition shall be monitored and maintained.

1.2.4.3. Emergency stop

The machinery or related product shall be fitted with one or more emergency stop devices to enable actual or impending danger to be averted.

The following exceptions apply:

(a) the machinery or related product in which an emergency stop device would not lessen the risk, either because it would not reduce the stopping time or because it would not enable the special measures required to deal with the risk to be taken;

(b) portable hand-held or hand-guided machinery or related products.

The device shall:

(a) have clearly identifiable, clearly visible and quickly accessible control devices;

(b) stop the hazardous process as quickly as possible, without creating additional risks;

(c) where necessary, trigger or permit the triggering of certain safeguard movements.

Once active operation of the emergency stop device has ceased following a stop command, that command shall be sustained by engagement of the emergency stop device until that engagement is specifically overridden; it shall not be possible to engage the device without triggering a stop command; it shall be possible to disengage the device only by an appropriate operation, and disengaging the device shall not restart the machinery or related product but only permit restarting.

The emergency stop function shall be available and operational at all times, regardless of the operating mode.

Emergency stop devices shall be a backup to other safeguarding measures and not a substitute for them.

1.2.4.4. Assembly of machinery or related products

In the case of machinery or a related product or parts of machinery or a related product designed to work together, the machinery or a related product shall be designed and constructed in such a way that the stop controls, including the emergency stop devices, can stop not only the machinery or related product itself but also all related equipment, if its continued operation may be dangerous.

1.2.5. Selection of control or operating modes

The control or operating mode selected shall override all other control or operating modes, with the exception of the emergency stop.

If the machinery or related product has been designed and constructed to allow its use in several control or operating modes requiring different protective measures and/or work procedures, it shall be fitted with a mode selector, which can be locked in each position. Each position of the selector shall be clearly identifiable and shall correspond to a single operating or control mode.

The selector may be replaced by another selection method, which restricts the use of certain functions of the machinery or related product to certain categories of operator.

If, for certain operations, the machinery or related product shall be able to operate with a guard displaced or removed and/or a protective device disabled, the control or operating mode selector shall simultaneously:

(a) disable all other control or operating modes;

(b) permit operation of hazardous functions only by control devices requiring sustained action;

(c) permit the operation of hazardous functions only in reduced risk conditions while preventing hazards from linked sequences;

(d) prevent any operation of hazardous functions by voluntary or involuntary action on the machinery’s or related product’s sensors.

If these four conditions cannot be fulfilled simultaneously, the control or operating mode selector shall activate other protective measures designed and constructed to ensure a safe intervention zone.

In addition, the operator shall be able to control the operation of the parts he or she is working on from the adjustment point.

1.2.6. Failure of the power supply or communication network connection

The interruption, the re-establishment after an interruption or the fluctuation in whatever manner of the power supply or communication network connection to the machinery or related product shall not lead to hazardous situations.

Particular attention shall be given to the following:

(a) the machinery or related product shall not start unexpectedly;

(b) the parameters of the machinery shall not change in an uncontrolled way when such change can lead to hazardous situations;

(c) the machinery or related product shall not be prevented from stopping if the stop command has already been given;

(d) no moving part of the machinery or related product or piece held by the machinery or related product shall fall or be ejected;

(e) automatic or manual stopping of the moving parts, whatever they may be, shall be unimpeded;

(f) the protective devices shall remain fully effective or give a stop command.

1.3. Protection against mechanical risks

1.3.1. Risk of loss of stability

The machinery or related product and its components and fittings shall be stable enough to avoid overturning, falling or uncontrolled movements during transportation, assembly, dismantling and any other action involving the machinery or related product.

If the shape of the machinery or related product itself or its intended installation does not offer sufficient stability, appropriate means of anchorage shall be incorporated and indicated in the instructions for use.

1.3.2. Risk of break-up during operation

The various parts of machinery or related products and their linkages shall be able to withstand the stresses to which they are subject when used.

The durability of the materials used shall be adequate for the nature of the working environment foreseen by the manufacturer, in particular as regards the phenomena of fatigue, ageing, corrosion and abrasion.

The instructions for use shall indicate the type and frequency of inspections and maintenance required for safety reasons. They shall, where appropriate, indicate the parts subject to wear and the criteria for replacement.

Where a risk of rupture or disintegration remains despite the measures taken, the parts concerned shall be mounted, positioned or guarded in such a way that any fragments will be contained, preventing hazardous situations.

Both rigid and flexible pipes carrying fluids, particularly those under high pressure, shall be able to withstand the foreseen internal and external stresses and shall be firmly attached or protected to ensure that no risk is presented by a rupture.

Where the material to be processed is fed to the tool automatically, the following conditions shall be fulfilled to avoid risks to persons:

(a) when the work piece comes into contact with the tool, the latter shall have attained its normal working condition;

(b) when the tool starts and/or stops (intentionally or accidentally), the feed movement and the tool movement shall be coordinated.

1.3.3. Risks due to falling or ejected objects

Precautions shall be taken to prevent risks from falling or ejected objects.

1.3.4. Risks due to surfaces, edges or angles

Insofar as their purpose allows, accessible parts of the machinery or a related product shall have no sharp edges, no sharp angles and no rough surfaces likely to cause injury.

1.3.5. Risks related to a combined machinery or related product

Where the machinery or related product is intended to carry out several different operations with manual removal of the piece between each operation (combined machinery or related product), it shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to enable each element to be used separately without the other elements constituting a risk for exposed persons.

For this purpose, it shall be possible to start and stop separately any elements that are not protected.

1.3.6. Risks related to variations in operating conditions

Where the machinery or related product performs operations under different conditions of use, it shall be designed and constructed in such a way that selection and adjustment of these conditions can be carried out safely and reliably.

1.3.7. Risks related to moving parts

The moving parts of the machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent risks of contact which could lead to accidents or shall, where risks persist, be fitted with guards or protective devices.

All necessary steps shall be taken to prevent accidental blockage of moving parts. In cases where, despite the precautions taken, a blockage is likely to occur, the necessary specific protective devices and tools shall, when appropriate, be provided to enable the equipment to be safely unblocked.

The instructions for use and, where possible, a sign on the machinery or related product shall identify these specific protective devices and how they are to be used.

The prevention of risks of contact leading to hazardous situations and the psychological stress that may be caused by the interaction with the machinery shall be adapted to:

(a) human-machine coexistence in a shared space without direct collaboration;

(b) human-machine interaction.

1.3.8. Choice of protection against risks arising from moving parts

Guards or protective devices designed to protect against risks arising from moving parts shall be selected on the basis of the type of risk. The following guidelines shall be used to help to make the choice.

1.3.8.1. Moving transmission parts

Guards designed to protect persons against the hazards generated by moving transmission parts shall be:

(a) either fixed guards as referred to in section 1.4.2.1; or

(b) interlocking movable guards as referred to in section 1.4.2.2.

Interlocking movable guards shall be used where frequent access is envisaged.

1.3.8.2. Moving parts involved in the process

Guards or protective devices designed to protect persons against the hazards generated by moving parts involved in the process shall be:

(a) either fixed guards as referred to in section 1.4.2.1; or

(b) interlocking movable guards as referred to in section 1.4.2.2; or

(c) protective devices as referred to in section 1.4.3; or

(d) a combination of the above.

However, when certain moving parts directly involved in the process cannot be made completely inaccessible during operation owing to operations requiring operator intervention, such parts shall be fitted with:

(a) fixed guards or interlocking movable guards preventing access to those sections of the parts that are not used in the work; and

(b) adjustable guards as referred to in section 1.4.2.3 restricting access to those sections of the moving parts where access is necessary.

1.3.9. Risks of uncontrolled movements

When a part of the machinery or related product has been stopped, any drift away from the stopping position, for whatever reason other than action on the control devices, shall be prevented or shall be such that it does not present a risk.

1.4. Required characteristics of guards and protective devices

1.4.1. General requirements

Guards and protective devices shall:

(a) be of robust construction;

(b) be securely held in place;

(c) not give rise to any additional hazard;

(d) not be easy to by-pass or render non-operational;

(e) be located at an adequate distance from the danger zone;

(f) cause minimum obstruction to the view of the production process, and;

(g) enable essential work to be carried out on the installation and/or replacement of tools and for maintenance purposes by restricting access exclusively to the area where the work has to be done, if possible without the guard having to be removed or the protective device having to be disabled.

In addition, guards shall, where possible, protect against the ejection or falling of materials or objects and against emissions generated by the machinery or related product.

1.4.2. Special requirements for guards

1.4.2.1. Fixed guards

Fixed guards shall be fixed by systems that can be opened or removed only with tools.

Their fixing systems shall remain attached to the guards or to the machinery or related product when the guards are removed.

Where possible, guards shall be incapable of remaining in place without their fixings.

1.4.2.2. Interlocking movable guards

Interlocking movable guards shall:

(a) as far as possible remain attached to the machinery or related product when open;

(b) be designed and constructed in such a way that they can be adjusted only by means of an intentional action.

Interlocking movable guards shall be associated with an interlocking device that:

(a) prevents the start of hazardous machinery or related product functions until those guards are closed; and

(b) gives a stop command whenever those guards are no longer closed.

Where it is possible for an operator to reach the danger zone before the risk due to the hazardous machinery or related product functions has ceased, movable guards shall be associated with a guard locking device in addition to an interlocking device that:

(a) prevents the start of hazardous machinery or related product functions until the guard is closed and locked; and

(b) keeps the guard closed and locked until the risk of injury from the hazardous machinery or related product functions has ceased.

Interlocking movable guards shall be designed in such a way that the absence or failure of one of their components prevents starting or stops the hazardous machinery or related product functions.

1.4.2.3. Adjustable guards restricting access

Adjustable guards restricting access to those areas of the moving parts strictly necessary for the work shall be:

(a) adjustable manually or automatically, depending on the type of work involved; and

(b) readily adjustable without the use of tools.

1.4.3. Special requirements for protective devices

Protective devices shall be designed and incorporated into the control system in such a way that:

(a) moving parts cannot start up while they are within the operator’s reach;

(b) persons cannot reach moving parts while the parts are moving, and

(c) the absence or failure of one of their components prevents starting or stops the moving parts.

Protective devices shall be adjustable only by means of an intentional action.

1.5. Risks due to other causes

1.5.1. Electricity supply

Where machinery or related products have an electricity supply, they shall be designed, constructed and equipped in such a way that all hazards of an electrical nature are or can be prevented.

The safety objectives set out in Directive 2014/35/EU shall apply to machinery or related products. However, the obligations concerning conformity assessment and the placing on the market or putting into service of machinery or related products with regard to electrical risks are governed solely by this Regulation.

1.5.2. Static electricity

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed to prevent or limit the build-up of potentially dangerous electrostatic charges and/or be fitted with a discharging system.

1.5.3. Energy supply other than electricity

Where machinery or related products are powered by source of energy other than electricity, they shall be so designed, constructed and equipped as to avoid all potential risks associated with such sources of energy.

1.5.4. Errors of fitting

Errors likely to be made when fitting or refitting certain parts, which could be a source of risk, shall be made impossible by the design and construction of such parts or, failing this, by information given on the parts themselves or their housings. The same information shall be given on moving parts or their housings where the direction of movement needs to be known in order to avoid a risk.

Where necessary, the instructions for use shall give further information on these risks.

Where a faulty connection can be the source of risk, incorrect connections shall be made impossible by design or, failing this, by information given on the elements to be connected and, where appropriate, on the means of connection.

1.5.5. Extreme temperatures

Steps shall be taken to eliminate any risk of injury arising from contact with or proximity to machinery or related product parts or materials at high or very low temperatures.

The necessary steps shall also be taken to avoid or protect against the risk of hot or very cold material being ejected.

1.5.6. Fire

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to avoid any risk of fire or overheating presented by the machinery or related product itself or by gases, liquids, dust, vapours or other substances produced or used by the machinery or related product.

1.5.7. Explosion

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to avoid any risk of explosion presented by the machinery or related product itself or by gases, liquids, dust, vapours or other substances produced or used by the machinery or related product.

Machinery or related products shall comply, as far as the risk of explosion due to its use in a potentially explosive atmosphere is concerned, with the provisions of the specific Union harmonisation legislation.

1.5.8. Noise

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that risks resulting from the emission of airborne noise are reduced to the lowest level, taking account of technical progress and the availability of means of reducing noise, in particular at source.

The level of noise emission may be assessed with reference to comparative emission data for similar machinery or related products.

1.5.9. Vibrations

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that risks resulting from vibrations produced by the machinery or related product are reduced to the lowest level, taking account of technical progress and the availability of means of reducing vibration, in particular at source.

The level of vibration emission may be assessed with reference to comparative emission data for similar machinery or related products.

1.5.10. Radiation

Undesirable radiation emissions from machinery or related products shall be eliminated or be reduced to levels that do not have adverse effects on persons.

Any functional ionising radiation emissions shall be limited to the lowest level, which is sufficient for the proper functioning of the machinery or related product during setting, operation and cleaning. Where a risk exists, the necessary protective measures shall be taken.

Any functional non-ionising radiation emissions during setting, operation and cleaning shall be limited to levels that do not have adverse effects on persons.

1.5.11. External radiation

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that external radiation does not interfere with its operation.

1.5.12. Laser radiation

Where laser equipment is used, the following shall be taken into account:

(a) laser equipment on machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent any accidental radiation;

(b) laser equipment on machinery or related products shall be protected in such a way that effective radiation, radiation produced by reflection or diffusion and secondary radiation do not damage health;

(c) optical equipment for the observation or adjustment of laser equipment on machinery or related products shall be such that no health risk is created by laser radiation.

1.5.13. Emissions of hazardous materials and substances

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that risks of inhalation, ingestion, contact with the skin, eyes and mucous membranes and penetration through the skin of hazardous materials and substances which it produces can be avoided.

Where a hazard cannot be eliminated, the machinery or related product shall be so equipped that hazardous materials and substances can be contained, captured, evacuated, precipitated by water spraying, filtered or treated by another equally effective method.

Where the process is not totally enclosed during normal operation of the machinery or related product, the devices for containment or capture, filtration or separation and evacuation shall be situated in such a way as to have the maximum effect.

1.5.14. Risk of being trapped in a machine

Machinery or related products shall be designed, constructed or fitted with a means of preventing a person from being enclosed within it or, if that is impossible, with a means of summoning help.

1.5.15. Risk of slipping, tripping or falling

Parts of the machinery or related product where persons are liable to move about or stand shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent persons slipping, tripping or falling on or off these parts.

Where appropriate, these parts shall be fitted with handholds that are fixed relative to the user and that enable them to maintain their stability.

1.5.16. Lightning

Machinery or related products in need of protection against the effects of lightning while being used shall be fitted with a system for conducting the resultant electrical charge to earth.

1.6. Maintenance

1.6.1. Machinery or related product maintenance

Adjustment and maintenance points shall be located outside danger zones. It shall be possible to carry out adjustment, maintenance, repair, cleaning and servicing operations while the machinery or related product is at a standstill.

If one or more of the above conditions cannot be satisfied for technical reasons, measures shall be taken to ensure that these operations can be carried out safely (see section 1.2.5).

In the case of automated machinery and, where necessary, other machinery or related products, a connecting device for mounting diagnostic fault-finding equipment shall be provided.

Automated machinery or related product components, which have to be changed frequently, shall be capable of being removed and replaced easily and safely. Access to the components shall enable these tasks to be carried out with the necessary technical means in accordance with a specified operating method.

1.6.2. Access to operating positions and servicing points

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to allow access in safety to all areas where intervention is necessary during operation, adjustment, maintenance and cleaning of the machinery or related product.

In the case of machinery or related products into which persons shall enter for operation, adjustment, maintenance or cleaning, the machinery accesses shall be dimensioned and adapted for the use of rescue equipment in such a way that an emergency rescue of the persons is possible.

1.6.3. Isolation of energy sources

Machinery or related products shall be fitted with means to isolate it from all energy sources. Such isolators shall be clearly identified. They shall be capable of being locked if reconnection could endanger persons. Isolators shall also be capable of being locked where an operator is unable, from any of the points to which he or she has access, to check that the energy is still cut off.

In the case of machinery or related products capable of being plugged into an electricity supply, removal of the plug is sufficient, if the operator can check from any of the points to which he or she has access that the plug remains removed.

After the energy is cut off, it shall be possible to dissipate normally any energy remaining or stored in the circuits of the machinery or related product without risk to persons.

As an exception to the requirement laid down in the previous paragraphs, certain circuits may remain connected to their energy sources in order, for example, to hold parts, to protect information, to light interiors, etc. In this case, special steps shall be taken to ensure operator safety.

1.6.4. Operator intervention

The machinery or related product shall be so designed, constructed and equipped that the need for operator intervention is limited. If operator intervention cannot be avoided, it shall be possible to carry it out easily and safely.

1.6.5. Cleaning of internal parts

The machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed in such a way that it is possible to clean internal parts, which have contained dangerous substances or mixtures without entering them; any necessary unblocking shall also be possible from the outside. If it is impossible to avoid entering the machinery or related product, it shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to allow cleaning to take place safely.

1.7. Information

1.7.1. Information and warnings on the machinery or related product

Information and warnings on the machinery or related product shall preferably be provided in the form of readily understandable symbols or pictograms.

Any written or verbal information and warnings must be expressed in a language which can be easily understood by users, as determined by the Member State concerned.

1.7.1.1. Information and information devices

The information needed to control machinery or a related product shall be provided in a form that is unambiguous and easily understood. It shall not be excessive to the extent of overloading the operator.

Visual display units or any other interactive means of communication between the operator and the machinery or related product shall be easily understood and easy to use.

1.7.1.2. Warning devices

Where the health and safety of persons may be endangered by a fault in the operation of unsupervised machinery or a related product, the machinery or related product shall be equipped in such a way as to give an appropriate acoustic or light signal as a warning.

Where machinery or a related product is equipped with warning devices, these shall be unambiguous and easily perceived. The operator shall have facilities to check the operation of such warning devices at all times.

The requirements of the specific Union legal acts concerning colours and safety signals shall be complied with.

1.7.2. Warning of residual risks

Where risks remain despite the inherent safe design measures, safeguarding and complementary protective measures adopted, the necessary warnings, including warning devices, shall be provided.

1.7.3. Marking of machinery or related products

In addition to the marking requirements in Article 10 and 24, machinery or related products shall be marked visibly, legibly and indelibly.

Machinery or related products covered by chapters 2 to 6 of this Annex shall also be marked according to the additional requirements set out in those chapters.

Furthermore, machinery, or a related product, designed and constructed for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere shall be marked accordingly.

Machinery or related products shall also bear full information relevant to their type and essential for safe use. Such information is subject to the requirements set out in section 1.7.1.

Where machinery or a related product part is handled during use with lifting equipment, its mass shall be indicated legibly, indelibly and unambiguously.

1.7.4. Instructions for use

In addition to the obligations set out in Article 10(7), instructions for use shall be drawn up as set out below.

By way of exception to Article 10(7), the maintenance instructions intended for use by specialised personnel mandated by the manufacturer or its authorised representative may be supplied in only one official language of the Union which the specialised personnel understand.

1.7.4.1. General principles for the drafting of instructions for use

(a) The contents of the instructions for use shall cover not only the intended use of the machinery or related product but also take into account any reasonably foreseeable misuse thereof;

(b) In the case of machinery or related products intended for use by non-professional operators, the wording and layout of the instructions for use shall take into account the level of general education and acumen that can reasonably be expected from such operators.

1.7.4.2. Contents of the instructions for use

1. Instructions for use shall contain, where applicable, at least the following information:

(a) the business name and full address of the manufacturer and, where applicable, of its authorised representative;

(b) the designation of the machinery or related product as marked on the machinery or related product itself, except for the serial number (see section 1.7.3);

(c) the EU declaration of conformity, or the internet address or machine readable code, where the EU declaration of conformity can be accessed, in accordance with Article 10(8);

(d) a general description of the machinery or related product;

(e) the drawings, diagrams, descriptions and explanations necessary for the use, maintenance and repair of the machinery or related product and for checking its correct functioning;

(f) a description of the workstation(s) likely to be occupied by operators;

(g) a description of the intended use of the machinery or related product;

(h) warnings concerning the ways in which the machinery or related product must not be used that experience has shown might occur;

(i) assembly, installation and connection instructions, including drawings, diagrams and the means of attachment and the designation of the chassis or installation on which the machinery or related product is to be mounted;

(j) instructions relating to installation and assembly for reducing noise or vibration;

(k) instructions for the putting into service and use of the machinery or related product and, if necessary, instructions for the training of operators;

(l) information about the residual risks that remain despite the inherent safe design measures, safeguarding and complementary protective measures adopted;

(m) instructions on the protective measures to be taken by the user, including, where appropriate, the personal protective equipment to be provided;

(n) the essential characteristics of tools, which may be fitted to the machinery or related product;

(o) the conditions in which the machinery or related product meets the requirement of stability during use, transportation, assembly, dismantling when out of service, testing or foreseeable breakdowns;

(p) instructions with a view to ensuring that transport, handling and storage operations can be made safely, giving the mass of the machinery or related product and of its various parts where these are regularly to be transported separately;

(q) the operating method to be followed in the event of accident or breakdown; if a blockage is likely to occur, the operating method to be followed so as to enable the equipment to be safely unblocked;

(r) the description of the adjustment and maintenance operations that should be carried out by the user and the preventive maintenance measures that should be observed taking account of the design and the use of the machinery or related product;

(s) instructions designed to enable adjustment and maintenance to be carried out safely, including the protective measures that should be taken during these operations;

(t) the specifications of the spare parts to be used, when these affect the health and safety of operators;

(u) the following information on airborne noise emissions:

(i) the A-weighted emission sound pressure level at workstations, where this exceeds 70 dB (A); where this level does not exceed 70 dB (A), this fact shall be indicated;

(ii) the peak C-weighted instantaneous sound pressure value at workstations, where this exceeds 63 Pa (130 dB in relation to 20 μPa);

(iii) the A-weighted sound power level emitted by the machinery or related product, where the A-weighted emission sound pressure level at workstations exceeds 80 dB (A).

These values shall be either those actually measured for the machinery or related product in question or those established on the basis of measurements taken for technically comparable machinery or for a technically comparable related product, which is representative of the machinery or related product to be produced.

In the case of very large machinery or a related product, instead of the A-weighted sound power level, the A-weighted emission sound pressure levels at specified positions around the machinery or related product may be indicated.

Where the harmonised standards or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) cannot be applied, sound levels shall be measured using the most appropriate method for the machinery or related product.

Whenever sound emission values are indicated, the uncertainties surrounding these values shall be specified. The operating conditions of the machinery or related product during measurement and the measuring methods used shall be described.

Where the workstation(s) are undefined or cannot be defined, A-weighted sound pressure levels shall be measured at a distance of 1 m from the surface of the machinery or related product and at a height of 1,6 m from the floor or access platform. The position and value of the maximum sound pressure shall be indicated.

With respect to noise reduction machinery or related products, the instructions for use shall specify, where appropriate, how to correctly assemble and install that equipment (see also section 1.7.4.2(1), point (j)).

Where specific Union legal acts lay down other requirements for the measurement of sound pressure levels or sound power levels, those legal acts shall be applied and the corresponding provisions of this section shall not apply;

(v) information on the necessary precautions, devices and means for the immediate and gentle rescue of persons;

(w) where machinery or related products are likely to emit non-ionising radiation, which may cause harm to persons, in particular persons with active or non-active implantable medical devices, information concerning the radiation emitted for the operator and exposed persons;

(x) where the design of machinery or related products allows emissions of hazardous substances from the machinery or related product, the characteristics of the capturing, filtration or discharge device if such device is not provided with the machinery or related product, and any of the following:

(i) the flow rate for the emission of hazardous materials and substances from the machinery or related product;

(ii) the concentration of hazardous materials or substances around the machinery or related product coming from the machinery or related product or from materials or substances used with the machinery or related product;

(iii) the effectiveness of the capturing or filtration device and the conditions to be observed to maintain its effectiveness over time.

The values referred to in the first subparagraph shall either be actually measured for the machinery or related product in question or established based on measurements in respect of technically comparable machinery or a technically comparable related product, which is representative of the state of the art.

1.7.5. Sales literature

Sales literature describing the machinery or related product shall not contradict the instructions for use as regards health and safety aspects. Sales literature describing the performance characteristics of the machinery or related product shall contain the same information on emissions as is contained in the instructions for use.

2. SUPPLEMENTARY ESSENTIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN CATEGORIES OF MACHINERY AND RELATED PRODUCTS

Machinery and related products for foodstuffs, machinery and related products for cosmetics or pharmaceutical products, portable hand-held or hand-guided machinery and related products, portable fixing and other impact machinery and related products, machinery and related products for working wood and material with similar physical characteristics and machinery and related products for plant protection products application shall meet all the essential health and safety requirements set out in this chapter (see General Principles, point 4).

2.1. Machinery and related products for foodstuffs and machinery and related products for cosmetics or pharmaceutical products

2.1.1. General

Machinery or related products intended for use with foodstuffs or with cosmetics or pharmaceutical products shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to avoid any risk of infection, sickness or contagion.

The following requirements shall be observed:

(a) materials in contact with, or intended to come into contact with, foodstuffs or water intended for human consumption or cosmetics or pharmaceutical products shall satisfy the conditions laid down in the relevant Union legal acts; the machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed in such a way that these materials can be cleaned before each use and where this is not possible, disposable parts shall be used;

(b) all surfaces in contact with foodstuffs or water intended for human consumption or cosmetics or pharmaceutical products, other than surfaces of disposable parts, shall:

(i) be smooth and have neither ridges nor crevices, which could harbour organic materials, and the same applies to their joinings;

(ii) be designed and constructed in such a way as to reduce the projections, edges and recesses of assemblies to a minimum;

(iii) be easily cleaned and disinfected, where necessary after removing easily dismantled parts; the inside surfaces shall have curves with a radius sufficient to allow thorough cleaning;

(c) it shall be possible for liquids, gases and aerosols deriving from foodstuffs, cosmetics or pharmaceutical products as well as from cleaning, disinfecting and rinsing fluids to be completely discharged from the machinery or related product (if possible, in a ‘cleaning’ position);

(d) machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent any substances or living creatures, in particular insects, from entering, or any organic matter from accumulating in, areas that cannot be cleaned;

(e) machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that no ancillary substances hazardous to health, including the lubricants used, can come into contact with foodstuffs or water intended for human consumption, cosmetics or pharmaceutical products; where necessary, machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that continuing compliance with this requirement can be checked.

2.1.2. Instructions for use

The instructions for use for machinery or related products for foodstuffs and machinery or related products for cosmetics or pharmaceutical products shall indicate recommended products and methods for cleaning, disinfecting and rinsing, not only for easily accessible areas but also for areas to which access is impossible or inadvisable.

2.2. Portable hand-held or hand-guided machinery or related products

2.2.1. General

Portable hand-held or hand-guided machinery or related products shall:

(a) depending on the type of machinery or related product, have a supporting surface of sufficient size and have a sufficient number of handles and supports of an appropriate size, arranged in such a way as to ensure the stability of the machinery or related product under the intended operating conditions;

(b) except where technically impossible, or where there is an independent control device, in the case of handles which cannot be released in complete safety, be fitted with manual start and stop control devices arranged in such a way that the operator can operate them without releasing the handles;

(c) present no risks of accidental starting or continued operation after the operator has released the handles; equivalent steps shall be taken if this requirement is not technically feasible;

(d) permit, where necessary, visual observation of the danger zone and of the action of the tool with the material being processed;

(e) have a device or a connected exhaust system, with an extraction connection outlet or equivalent system to capture or reduce emissions of hazardous substances; this requirement does not apply if it leads to a new hazard or where the main function of the machinery or related product is the application of hazardous substances and to emissions of internal combustion engines;

(f) be designed and constructed in such a way that the handles of portable machinery or related products make starting and stopping straightforward.

2.2.1.1. Instructions for use

The instructions for use shall give the following information concerning vibrations, expressed as acceleration (m/s2), and transmitted by portable handheld or hand-guided machinery or related products:

(a) the vibration total value from continuous vibrations to which the hand-arm system is subjected;

(b) the mean value of the peak amplitude of the acceleration from repeated shock vibrations, to which the hand-arm system is subjected;

(c) the uncertainty of both measurements.

The values referred to in the first subparagraph shall either be those actually measured for the machinery or related product in question or those established on the basis of measurements in respect of a technically comparable machinery or related product, which is representative of the state of the art.

If harmonised standards or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) cannot be applied, the vibration data shall be measured using the most appropriate measurement code for the machinery or related product.

The operating conditions during measurement and the methods used for measurement, or the reference of the harmonised standard applied, shall be specified.

2.2.2. Portable fixing and other impact machinery or related products

2.2.2.1. General

Portable fixing and other impact machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that:

(a) energy is transmitted to the impacted element by the intermediary component that does not leave the device;

(b) an enabling device prevents impact unless the machinery or related product is positioned correctly with adequate pressure on the base material;

(c) involuntary triggering is prevented; where necessary, an appropriate sequence of actions on the enabling device and the control device shall be required to trigger an impact;

(d) accidental triggering is prevented during handling or in case of shock;

(e) loading and unloading operations can be carried out easily and safely.

Where necessary, it shall be possible to fit the device with splinter guard(s) and the appropriate guard(s) shall be provided by the manufacturer of the machinery or related product.

2.2.2.2. Instructions for use

The instructions for use shall give the necessary information regarding:

(a) the accessories and interchangeable equipment that can be used with the machinery or related product;

(b) the suitable fixing or other impacted elements to be used with the machinery or related product;

(c) where appropriate, the suitable cartridges to be used.

2.3. Machinery or related products for working wood and material with similar physical characteristics

Machinery or related products for working wood and materials with similar physical characteristics shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) the machinery or related product shall be designed, constructed or equipped in such a way that the piece being machined can be placed and guided in safety; where the piece is hand-held on a work-bench, the latter shall be sufficiently stable during the work and shall not impede the movement of the piece;

(b) where the machinery or related product is likely to be used in conditions involving the risk of ejection of work pieces or parts of them, it shall be designed, constructed, or equipped in such a way as to prevent such ejection, or, if this is not possible, so that the ejection does not engender risks for the operator and/or exposed persons;

(c) the machinery or related product shall be equipped with an automatic brake that stops the tool in a sufficiently short time if there is a risk of contact with the tool whilst it runs down;

(d) where the tool is incorporated into non-fully automated machinery or a related product, that machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to eliminate or reduce the risk of accidental injury.

2.4. Machinery or related products for plant protection products application

2.4.1. For the purposes of section 2.4., the following definition applies:

‘Machinery or related products for plant protection products application’ means machinery or related products specifically intended for the application of plant protection products within the meaning of Article 2(1), of Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council (1).

2.4.2. General

The manufacturer of machinery or related products for plant protection products application shall ensure that an assessment is carried out of the risks of unintended exposure of the environment to plant protection products, in accordance with the process of risk assessment and risk reduction referred to in the General Principles, point 1.

Machinery or related products for plant protection products application shall be designed and constructed taking into account the results of the risk assessment referred to in the first subparagraph so that the machinery or related products can be operated, adjusted and maintained without unintended exposure of the environment to plant protection products.

Leakage shall be prevented at all times.

2.4.3. Controls and monitoring

It shall be possible to easily and accurately control, monitor and immediately stop the plant protection products application from the operating positions.

2.4.4. Filling and emptying

The machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed to facilitate precise filling with the necessary quantity of plant protection products and to ensure easy and complete emptying, while preventing spillage of plant protection products and avoiding the contamination of the water source during such operations.

2.4.5. Application of plant protection products

2.4.5.1. Application rate

The machinery or related product shall be fitted with means of adjusting the application rate easily, accurately and reliably.

2.4.5.2. Distribution, deposition and drift of plant protection products

The machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed to ensure that the plant protection product is deposited on target areas, to minimise losses to other areas and to prevent drift of plant protection products to the environment. Where appropriate, an even distribution and homogeneous deposition shall be ensured.

2.4.5.3. Tests

In order to verify that the relevant parts of the machinery or related product comply with the requirements set out in sections 2.4.5.1 and 2.4.5.2, the manufacturer shall, for each type of machinery or related product concerned, perform appropriate tests, or have such tests performed.

2.4.5.4. Losses during stoppage

The machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed to prevent losses while the plant protection products application function is stopped.

2.4.6. Maintenance

2.4.6.1. Cleaning

The machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed to allow its easy and thorough cleaning without contamination of the environment.

2.4.6.2. Servicing

The machinery or related product shall be designed and constructed to facilitate the changing of worn parts without contamination of the environment.

2.4.7. Inspections

It shall be possible to easily connect the necessary measuring instruments to the machinery or related product to check the correct functioning of the machinery or related product.

2.4.8. Marking of nozzles, strainers and filters

Nozzles, strainers and filters shall be marked so that their type and size can be clearly identified.

2.4.9. Indication of the plant protection product in use

Where appropriate, the machinery or related product shall be fitted with a specific mounting on which the operator can place the name of the plant protection product in use.

2.4.10. Instructions for use

The instructions for use shall provide the following information:

(a) precautions to be taken during mixing, loading, application, emptying, cleaning, servicing and transport operations in order to avoid contamination of the environment;

(b) detailed conditions of use for the different operating environments envisaged, including the corresponding preparation and adjustments required to ensure the deposition of the plant protection product on target areas while minimising losses to other areas, to prevent drift to the environment and, where appropriate, to ensure an even distribution and homogeneous deposition of the plant protection product;

(c) the range of types and sizes of nozzles, strainers and filters that can be used with the machinery or related product;

(d) the frequency of checks and the criteria and method for the replacement of parts subject to wear that affect the correct functioning of the machinery or related product, such as nozzles, strainers and filters;

(e) specification of calibration, daily maintenance, winter preparation and other checks necessary to ensure the correct functioning of the machinery or related product;

(f) types of plant protection products that may cause incorrect functioning of the machinery or related product;

(g) an indication that the operator should keep updated the name of the plant protection product in use on the specific mounting referred to in section 2.4.9;

(h) the connexion and use of any special equipment or accessories, and the necessary precautions to be taken;

(i) an indication that the machinery or related product may be subject to national requirements for regular inspection by designated bodies, as provided for in Directive 2009/128/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (2);

(j) the features of the machinery or related product, which shall be inspected to ensure its correct functioning;

(k) instructions for connecting the necessary measuring instruments.

3. SUPPLEMENTARY ESSENTIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS TO OFFSET RISKS DUE TO THE MOBILITY OF MACHINERY OR RELATED PRODUCTS

Machinery or related products presenting risks due to their mobility shall meet all the essential health and safety requirements set out in this chapter (see General Principles, point 4).

3.1. General

3.1.1. For the purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(a) ‘Machinery or related products presenting risks due to their mobility’ means:

(i) machinery or related products, the operation of which requires either mobility while working, or continuous or semi continuous movement between a succession of fixed working locations; or

(ii) machinery or related products which are operatedwithout being moved, but which may be equipped in such a way as to enable it to be moved more easily from one place to another;

(b) ‘Driver’ means an operator responsible for the movement of machinery or a related product, who may be transported by the machinery or may be on foot, accompanying the machinery, or may guide the machinery by remote control;

(c) ‘Autonomous mobile machinery’ means mobile machinery which has an autonomous mode, in which all the essential safety functions of the mobile machinery are ensured in its travel and working operations area without permanent interaction of an operator;

(d) ‘Supervisor’ means a person responsible for the supervision of autonomous mobile machinery;

(e) ‘Supervisory function’ means remote non permanent surveillance of autonomous mobile machinery by a device allowing to receive information or alerts and to give limited orders to this machinery.

3.2. Work positions

3.2.1. Driving position

Visibility from the driving position shall be such that the driver can, in complete safety for himself or herself and the exposed persons operate the machinery or related product and its tools in their reasonably foreseeable conditions of use. Where necessary, appropriate devices shall be provided to remedy risks due to inadequate direct vision.

Machinery or a related product on which the driver is transported shall be designed and constructed in such a way that, from the driving positions, there is no risk to the driver from inadvertent contact with the wheels and tracks.

The driving position of ride-on drivers shall be designed and constructed in such a way that a driver’s cab may be fitted, provided this does not increase the risk and there is room for it. The cab shall incorporate a place for the instructions for use needed for the driver.

3.2.2. Seating

Where there is a risk that operators or other persons transported by the machinery may be crushed between parts of the machinery and the surroundings should the machinery roll or tip over, in particular for machinery equipped with a protective structure referred to in section 3.4.3 or 3.4.4:

(a) the machinery shall be designed or equipped with a restraint system so as to keep the persons in their seats or in the protective structure, without restricting movements necessary for operations or movements relative to the structure caused by the suspension of the seats;  where there is a significant risk of roll or tip over and its restraint system is not used it shall not be possible for the machinery to move; such restraint systems or provision shall take ergonomic principles into account and shall not be fitted if they increase the risk;

(b) a visual and audible signal shall be provided at the driving position alerting the driver when the driver is in the driving position and not using the restraint system.

3.2.3. Positions for other persons

If the conditions of use provide that persons other than the driver may occasionally or regularly be transported by the machinery or work on it, appropriate positions shall be provided which enable them to be transported or to work on it without risk.

The second and third subparagraphs of section 3.2.1 also apply to the places provided for persons other than the driver.

3.2.4. Supervisory function

Where relevant, autonomous mobile machinery or related products shall have a supervisory function specific to the autonomous mode. This function shall allow the supervisor to remotely receive information from the machinery. The supervisory function shall only allow actions to stop and to start remotely the machinery or related product or move it to a safe position and a safe state to avoid causing other risks. It shall be designed and constructed to allow those actions only when the supervisor can see directly or indirectly the machine’s movement and working area and the protective devices are operational.

The information the supervisor receives from the machinery when the supervisory function is active shall enable the supervisor to have a complete and accurate view of the operation, movement and safe positioning of the machinery in its travel and working area.

This information shall alert the supervisor of the occurrence of unforeseen or dangerous situations present or impending, which require the intervention of the supervisor.

If the supervisory function is not active, the machinery shall not be able to operate.

3.3. Control systems

If necessary, steps shall be taken to prevent unauthorised use of controls.

In the case of remote controls, each control unit shall clearly identify the machinery or related product to be controlled from that unit.

The remote control system shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to affect only:

(a) the machinery or related product in question;

(b) the functions in question.

Remote-controlled machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that it will respond only to signals from the intended control units.

For autonomous mobile machinery or related product, the control system shall be designed to perform the safety functions by itself as set out in this section, even when actions are ordered by using a remote supervisory function.

3.3.1. Control devices

The driver shall be able to actuate all control devices required to operate the machinery or related product from the driving position, except for functions, which can be safely actuated only by using control devices located elsewhere. These functions include, in particular, those for which operators other than the driver are responsible or for which the driver has to leave the driving position in order to control them safely.

Where there are pedals, they shall be so designed, constructed and fitted as to allow safe operation by the driver with the minimum risk of incorrect operation. They shall have a slip-resistant surface and be easy to clean.

Where their operation can lead to hazards, notably dangerous movements, the control devices, except for those with pre-set positions, shall return to the neutral position as soon as they are released by the operator.

In the case of wheeled machinery, the steering system shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to reduce the force of sudden movements of the steering wheel or the steering lever caused by shocks to the guide wheels.

Any control that locks the differential shall be so designed and arranged that it allows the differential to be unlocked when the machinery is moving.

The sixth paragraph of section 1.2.2, concerning acoustic and/or visual warning signals, applies only in the case of reversing.

3.3.2. Starting/moving

All travel movements of self-propelled machinery with a ride-on driver shall be possible only if the driver is at the controls.

Where, for operating purposes, machinery is fitted with devices which exceed its normal clearance zone (e.g. stabilisers, jib, etc.), the driver shall be provided with the means of checking easily, before moving the machinery, that such devices are in a particular position which allows safe movement.

This also applies to all other parts which; to allow safe movement, have to be in particular positions, locked if necessary.

Where it does not give rise to other risks, movement of the machinery shall depend on safe positioning of the aforementioned parts.

It shall not be possible for unintentional movement of the machinery to occur while the engine is being started.

The movement of autonomous mobile machinery shall take into account the risks related to the area where it is intended to move and work.

3.3.3. Travelling function

Without prejudice to road traffic regulations, self-propelled machinery and its trailers shall meet the requirements for slowing down, stopping, braking and immobilisation so as to ensure safety under all the operating, load, speed, ground and gradient conditions allowed for.

The driver shall be able to slow down and stop self-propelled machinery by means of a main device. Where safety so requires, in the event of a failure of the main device, or in the absence of the energy supply needed to actuate the main device, an emergency device with a fully independent and easily accessible control device shall be provided for slowing down and stopping.

Where safety so requires, a parking device shall be provided to render stationary machinery immobile. This device may be combined with one of the devices referred to in the second paragraph, if it is purely mechanical.

Remote-controlled machinery shall be equipped with devices for stopping operation automatically and immediately and for preventing potentially dangerous operation in the following situations:

(a) if the driver loses control;

(b) if it receives a stop signal;

(c) if a fault is detected in a safety-related part of the system;

(d) if no validation signal is detected within a specified time.

Section 1.2.4 does not apply to the travelling function.

Autonomous mobile machinery or related products shall comply, with one or both where necessary according to the risk assessment, of the following conditions:

(i) it shall move and operate in an enclosed zone fitted with a peripheral protection system comprising guards or protective devices;

(ii) it shall be equipped with devices intended to detect any human, domestic animal or any other obstacle in its vicinity, where those obstacles could give rise to a risk to the health and safety of persons or domestic animals or to the safe operation of the machinery or related product.

The movements of mobile machinery or a related product connected with one or more trailers or towed equipment, including autonomous mobile machinery or a related product connected with one or more trailers or towed equipment, shall not give rise to risks for persons, domestic animals or to any other obstacle in the danger zone of such machinery or related product and trailers or towed equipment.

3.3.4. Movement of pedestrian-controlled machinery

Movement of pedestrian-controlled self-propelled machinery shall be possible only through sustained action on the relevant control device by the driver. In particular, it shall not be possible for movement to occur while the engine is being started. The control systems for pedestrian-controlled machinery shall be designed in such a way as to minimise the risks arising from inadvertent movement of the machinery towards the driver, in particular:

(a) crushing;

(b) injury from rotating tools.

The speed of travel of the machinery shall be compatible with the pace of a driver on foot.

In the case of machinery on which a rotary tool may be fitted, it shall not be possible to actuate the tool when the reverse control is engaged, except where the movement of the machinery results from movement of the tool. In the latter case, the reversing speed shall be such that it does not endanger the driver.

3.3.5. Control circuit failure

A failure in the power supply to the power-assisted steering, where fitted, shall not prevent machinery from being steered during the time required to stop it.

For autonomous mobile machinery, a failure in the steering system shall not have an impact on the safety of the machinery.

3.4. Protection against mechanical risks

3.4.1. Uncontrolled movements

Machinery or related products shall be designed, constructed, and where appropriate placed on a mobile support, in such a way as to ensure that, when moved, uncontrolled oscillations of its centre of gravity do not affect its stability or exert excessive strain on its structure.

3.4.2. Moving transmission parts

By way of exception to section 1.3.8.1, in the case of engines, moveable guards preventing access to the moving parts in the engine compartment do not need to have interlocking devices if they have to be opened either by the use of a tool or key or by a control located in the driving position, providing the latter is in a fully enclosed cab with a lock to prevent unauthorised access.

3.4.3. Roll-over and tip-over

Where, in the case of self-propelled machinery with a ride-on driver, operator(s) or other person(s), there is a risk of rolling or tipping over, the machinery shall be fitted with an appropriate protective structure, unless this increases the risk.

This structure shall be such that in the event of rolling or tipping over it affords the ride-on person(s) an adequate deflection-limiting volume.

In order to verify that the structure complies with the requirement laid down in the second paragraph, the manufacturer shall, for each type of structure concerned, perform appropriate tests or have such tests performed.

3.4.4. Falling objects

Where, in the case of self-propelled machinery with a ride-on driver, operator(s) or other person(s), there is a risk due to falling objects or material, the machinery shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to take account of this risk and fitted, if its size allows, with an appropriate protective structure.

This structure shall be such that, in the event of falling objects or material, it guarantees the ride-on person(s) an adequate deflection-limiting volume.

In order to verify that the structure complies with the requirement laid down in the second paragraph, the manufacturer shall, for each type of structure concerned, perform appropriate tests or have such tests performed.

3.4.5. Means of access

Handholds and steps shall be designed, constructed and arranged in such a way that the operators use them instinctively and do not use the control devices to assist access.

3.4.6. Towing devices

All machinery used to tow or to be towed shall be fitted with towing or coupling devices designed, constructed and arranged in such a way as to ensure easy and secure connection and disconnection and to prevent accidental disconnection during use.

Insofar as the tow bar load so requires, such machinery shall be equipped with a support with a bearing surface suited to the load and the ground.

3.4.7. Transmission of power between self-propelled machinery (or a tractor) and recipient machinery

Removable mechanical transmission devices linking self-propelled machinery (or a tractor) to the first fixed bearing of recipient machinery shall be designed and constructed in such a way that any part that moves during operation is protected over its whole length.

On the side of the self-propelled machinery (or the tractor), the power take-off to which the removable mechanical transmission device is attached shall be protected either by a guard fixed and linked to the self-propelled machinery (or the tractor) or by any other device offering equivalent protection.

It shall be possible to open this guard for access to the removable transmission device. Once it is in place, there shall be enough room to prevent the drive shaft damaging the guard when the machinery (or the tractor) is moving.

On the recipient machinery side, the input shaft shall be enclosed in a protective casing fixed to the machinery.

Torque limiters or freewheels may be fitted to universal joint transmissions only on the side adjoining the driven machinery. The removable mechanical transmission device shall be marked accordingly.

All recipient machinery the operation of which requires a removable mechanical transmission device to connect it to self-propelled machinery (or a tractor) shall have a system for attaching the removable mechanical transmission device so that, when the machinery is uncoupled, the removable mechanical transmission device and its guard are not damaged by contact with the ground or part of the machinery.

The outside parts of the guard shall be so designed, constructed and arranged that they cannot turn with the removable mechanical transmission device. The guard shall cover the transmission to the ends of the inner jaws in the case of simple universal joints and at least to the centre of the outer joint or joints in the case of wide-angle universal joints.

If means of access to working positions are provided near to the removable mechanical transmission device, they shall be designed and constructed in such a way that the shaft guards cannot be used as steps, unless designed and constructed for that purpose.

3.5. Protection against other risks

3.5.1. Batteries

The battery housing shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent the electrolyte being ejected on to the operator in the event of rollover or tip over and to avoid the accumulation of vapours in places occupied by operators.

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that the battery can be disconnected with the aid of an easily accessible device provided for that purpose.

The batteries with automatic charging for mobile machinery or related products, including autonomous mobile machinery or related products, shall be designed to prevent hazards referred to in sections 1.3.8.2 and 1.5.1, including the risks of contact or collision of the machinery or related product with a person or other machinery or related products when the machinery or related product moves autonomously to the charging station.

3.5.2. Fire

Depending on the hazards anticipated by the manufacturer, machinery shall, where its size permits:

(a) either allow easily accessible fire extinguishers to be fitted; or

(b) be provided with built-in extinguisher systems.

3.5.3. Emissions of hazardous substances

The second and third paragraphs of section 1.5.13 do not apply where the main function of the machinery is the application of hazardous substances. However, the operator shall be protected against the risk of exposure to such hazardous emissions.

Ride-on mobile machinery having application of hazardous substances as the main function shall be equipped with filtration cabs or equivalent safety measures.

3.5.4. Risk of contact with live overhead power lines

Depending on their height, mobile machinery or related products shall, where relevant, be designed, constructed and equipped, so as to prevent the risk of contact with an energised overhead power line or the risk of creating an electric arc between any part of the machinery or an operator driving the machinery and an energised overhead power line.

When the risk to the persons operating machinery incurred by the contact with an energised overhead power line cannot be fully avoided, mobile machinery or related products shall be designed, constructed and equipped so as to prevent any electrical hazards.

3.6. Information and indications

3.6.1. Signs, signals and warnings

All machinery or related products shall have signs and/or instruction plates concerning use, adjustment and maintenance, wherever necessary, so as to ensure the health and safety of persons. They shall be chosen, designed and constructed in such a way as to be clearly visible and indelible.

Without prejudice to the provisions of road traffic regulations, machinery or related products with a ride-on driver shall have the following equipment:

(a) an acoustic warning device to alert persons;

(b) a system of light signals relevant to the intended conditions of use; the latter requirement does not apply to machinery or related products intended solely for underground working and having no electrical power;

(c) where necessary, there shall be an appropriate connection between a trailer and the machinery or a related product for the operation of signals.

Remote-controlled machinery or related products which, under normal conditions of use, exposes persons to the risk of impact or crushing shall be fitted with appropriate means to signal its movements or with means to protect persons against such risks. The same shall apply to machinery or related products, which involves, when in use, the constant repetition of a forward and backward movement on a single axis where the area to the rear of the machinery is not directly visible to the driver.

Machinery or related products shall be constructed in such a way that the warning and signalling devices cannot be disabled unintentionally. Where it is essential for safety, such devices shall be provided with the means to check that they are in good working order and their failure shall be made apparent to the operator.

Where the movement of machinery or its tools is particularly hazardous, signs on the machinery shall be provided to warn against approaching the machinery while it is working; the signs shall be legible at a sufficient distance to ensure the safety of persons who have to be in the vicinity.

3.6.2. Marking

(1) The following shall be shown legibly and indelibly on all machinery or related products:

(a) nominal power expressed in kilowatts (kW);

(b) mass of the most usual configuration, in kilograms (kg).

(2) In addition, where appropriate, the following shall be shown legibly and indelibly on all machinery or related products:

(a) maximum drawbar pull provided for at the coupling hook, in Newtons (N);

(b) maximum vertical load provided for on the coupling hook, in Newtons (N).

3.6.3. Instructions for use

3.6.3.1. Vibrations

The instructions for use shall give the following information concerning vibrations, expressed as acceleration (m/s2), transmitted by the machinery or related products to the hand-arm system or to the whole body:

(a) the vibration total value from continuous vibrations to which the hand-arm system is subjected;

(b) the mean value of the peak amplitude of the acceleration from repeated shock vibrations, to which the hand-arm system is subjected;

(c) the highest root mean square value of weighted acceleration to which the whole body is subjected, if it exceeds 0,5 m/s2; where this value does not exceed 0,5 m/s2, this shall be mentioned;

(d) the uncertainty of measurements.

These values shall be either those actually measured for the machinery or related product in question or those established on the basis of measurements taken in respect of technically comparable machinery or related products which are representative of the machinery or related products to be produced.

Where harmonised standards or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) cannot be applied, the vibration shall be measured using the most appropriate measurement code for the machinery or related products concerned.

The operating conditions during measurement and the measurement codes used shall be described.

3.6.3.2. Multiple uses

The instructions for use for machinery or a related product allowing several uses depending on the equipment used and the instructions for use for the interchangeable equipment shall contain the information necessary for safe assembly and use of the basic machinery or related product and the interchangeable equipment that can be fitted.

3.6.3.3. Autonomous mobile machinery or related products

The instructions for use of autonomous mobile machinery or related products shall specify the characteristics of its intended travel, working areas and danger zones.

4. SUPPLEMENTARY ESSENTIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS TO OFFSET RISKS DUE TO LIFTING OPERATIONS

Machinery or related products presenting risks due to lifting operations shall meet all the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in this chapter (see General Principles, point 4).

4.1. General

4.1.1. For the purposes of section 4.1., the following definitions apply:

(a) ‘Lifting operation’ means a movement of unit loads consisting of goods and/or persons necessitating, at a given moment, a change of level;

(b) ‘Guided load’ means a load where the total movement is made along rigid or flexible guides whose position is determined by fixed points;

(c) ‘Working coefficient’ means the arithmetic ratio between the load guaranteed by the manufacturer up to which a component is able to hold it and the maximum working load marked on the component;

(d) ‘Test coefficient’ means the arithmetic ratio between the load used to carry out the static or dynamic tests on the machinery or related product or lifting accessory and the maximum working load marked on the machinery or related product or lifting accessory;

(e) ‘Static test’ means the test during which the machinery or related product or lifting accessory is first inspected and subjected to a force corresponding to the maximum working load multiplied by the appropriate static test coefficient and then re-inspected once the said load has been released to ensure that no damage has occurred;

(f) ‘Dynamic test’ means the test during which the machinery or related product is operated in all its possible configurations at the maximum working load multiplied by the appropriate dynamic test coefficient with account being taken of the dynamic behaviour of the lifting machinery in order to check that it functions properly;

(g) ‘Carrier’ means a part of the machinery or related product on or in which persons and/or goods are supported in order to be lifted.

4.1.2. Protection against mechanical risks

4.1.2.1. Risks due to lack of stability

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that the stability required by section 1.3.1 is maintained both in service and out of service, including all stages of transportation, assembly and dismantling, during foreseeable component failures and also during the tests carried out in accordance with the instructions for use. To that end, the manufacturer shall use the appropriate verification methods.

4.1.2.2. Machinery or related products running on guide rails and rail tracks

Machinery or related products shall be provided with devices, which act on the guide rails or tracks to prevent derailment.

If, despite such devices, there remains a risk of derailment or of failure of a rail or of a running component, devices shall be provided which prevent the equipment, component or load from falling or the machinery from overturning.

4.1.2.3. Mechanical strength

Machinery or related products, including lifting accessories and their components, shall be capable of withstanding the stresses to which they are subjected during their lifetime, both in and, where applicable, out of use, under the installation and operating conditions provided for and in all relevant configurations, with due regard, where appropriate, to the effects of atmospheric factors and forces exerted by persons. This requirement shall also be satisfied during transport, assembly and dismantling.

Machinery or related products, including lifting accessories, shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent failure from fatigue and wear, taking due account of their intended use and any reasonably foreseeable misuse.

The materials used shall be chosen on the basis of the intended working environments, with particular regard to corrosion, abrasion, impacts, extreme temperatures, fatigue, brittleness, radiation and ageing.

Machinery or related products, including lifting accessories, shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to withstand the overload in the static tests without permanent deformation or patent defect. Strength calculations shall take account of the value of the static test coefficient chosen to guarantee an adequate level of safety. That coefficient has, as a general rule, the following values:

(a) manually-operated machinery or related products, including lifting accessories: 1,5;

(b) other machinery or related products: 1,25.

Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to undergo, without failure, the dynamic tests carried out using the maximum working load multiplied by the dynamic test coefficient. This dynamic test coefficient is chosen so as to guarantee an adequate level of safety: the coefficient is, as a general rule, equal to 1,1. As a general rule, the tests will be performed at the nominal speeds provided for. Should the control circuit of the machinery or related product allow for a number of simultaneous movements, the tests shall be carried out under the least favourable conditions, as a general rule by combining the movements concerned.

4.1.2.4. Pulleys, drums, wheels, ropes and chains

Pulleys, drums and wheels shall have a diameter commensurate with the size of the ropes or chains with which they can be fitted.

Drums and wheels shall be designed, constructed and installed in such a way that the ropes or chains with which they are equipped can be wound without coming off.

Ropes used directly for lifting or supporting the load shall not include any splicing other than at their ends. Splicings are, however, tolerated in installations, which are intended by design to be modified regularly according to needs of use.

Complete ropes and their endings shall have a working coefficient chosen in such a way as to guarantee an adequate level of safety. As a general rule, this coefficient is equal to 5.

Lifting chains shall have a working coefficient chosen in such a way as to guarantee an adequate level of safety. As a general rule, this coefficient is equal to 4.

In order to verify that an adequate working coefficient has been attained, the manufacturer shall, for each type of chain and rope used directly for lifting the load and for the rope ends, perform the appropriate tests or have such tests performed.

4.1.2.5. Lifting accessories and their components

Lifting accessories and their components shall be sized with due regard to fatigue and ageing processes for a number of operating cycles consistent with their expected life-span as specified in the operating conditions for a given application.

Moreover:

(a) the working coefficient of wire-rope/rope-end combinations shall be chosen in such a way as to guarantee an adequate level of safety; this coefficient is, as a general rule, equal to 5. Ropes shall not comprise any splices or loops other than at their ends;

(b) where chains with welded links are used, they shall be of the short-link type. The working coefficient of chains shall be chosen in such a way as to guarantee an adequate level of safety; this coefficient is, as a general rule, equal to 4;

(c) the working coefficient for textile ropes, slings or webbing is dependent on the material, method of manufacture, dimensions and use. This coefficient shall be chosen in such a way as to guarantee an adequate level of safety; it is, as a general rule, equal to 7, provided the materials used are shown to be of very good quality and the method of manufacture is appropriate to the intended use. Should this not be the case, the coefficient is, as a general rule, set at a higher level in order to secure an equivalent level of safety. Textile ropes, slings or webbings shall not include any knots, connections or splicing other than at the ends of the sling, except in the case of an endless sling;

(d) all metallic components making up, or used with, a sling shall have a working coefficient chosen in such a way as to guarantee an adequate level of safety; this coefficient is, as a general rule, equal to 4;

(e) the maximum working load of a multilegged sling is determined on the basis of the working coefficient of the weakest leg, the number of legs and a reduction factor which depends on the slinging configuration;

(f) in order to verify that an adequate working coefficient has been attained, the manufacturer shall, for each type of component referred to in points (a) to (d), perform the appropriate tests or have such tests performed.

4.1.2.6. Control of movements

Devices for controlling movements shall act in such a way that the machinery or related product on which they are installed is kept safe.

(a) Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed or fitted with devices in such a way that the amplitude of movement of its components is kept within the specified limits. The operation of such devices shall, where appropriate, be preceded by a warning;

(b) Where several fixed or rail-mounted machinery or related products can be manoeuvred simultaneously in the same place, with risks of collision, such machinery shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to make it possible to fit systems enabling these risks to be avoided;

(c) Machinery or related products shall be designed and constructed in such a way that the loads cannot creep dangerously or fall freely and unexpectedly, even in the event of partial or total failure of the power supply or when the operator stops operating the machinery;

(d) It shall not be possible, under normal operating conditions, to lower the load solely by friction brake, except in the case of machinery or related products whose function requires it to operate in that way;

(e) Holding devices shall be designed and constructed in such a way that inadvertent dropping of the loads is avoided.

4.1.2.7. Movements of loads during handling

The operating position of machinery shall be located in such a way as to ensure the widest possible view of trajectories of the moving parts, in order to avoid possible collisions with persons, equipment or other machinery, which might be manoeuvring at the same time and liable to constitute a hazard.

Machinery with guided loads shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent persons from being injured by movement of the load, the carrier or the counterweights, if any.

4.1.2.8. Machinery serving fixed landings

4.1.2.8.1. Movements of the carrier

The movement of the carrier of machinery serving fixed landings shall be rigidly guided to and at the landings. Scissor systems are also regarded as rigid guidance.

4.1.2.8.2. Access to the carrier

Where persons have access to the carrier, the machinery shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to ensure that the carrier remains stationary during access, in particular while it is being loaded or unloaded.

The machinery shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to ensure that the difference in level between the carrier and the landing being served does not create a risk of tripping.

4.1.2.8.3. Risks due to contact with the moving carrier

Where necessary in order to fulfil the requirement expressed in the second paragraph of section 4.1.2.7, the travel zone shall be rendered inaccessible during normal operation.

When, during inspection or maintenance, there is a risk that persons situated under or above the carrier may be crushed between the carrier and any fixed parts, sufficient free space shall be provided either by means of physical refuges or by means of mechanical devices blocking the movement of the carrier.

4.1.2.8.4. Risk due to the load falling off the carrier

Where there is a risk due to the load falling off the carrier, the machinery shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent this risk.

4.1.2.8.5. Landings

Risks due to contact of persons at landings with the moving carrier or other moving parts shall be prevented.

Where there is a risk due to persons falling into the travel zone when the carrier is not present at the landings, guards shall be fitted in order to prevent this risk. Such guards shall not open in the direction of the travel zone. They shall be fitted with an interlocking device with guard locking controlled by the position of the carrier that prevents:

(a) hazardous movements of the carrier until the guards are closed and locked;

(b) hazardous opening of a guard until the carrier has stopped at the corresponding landing.

4.1.3. Fitness for purpose

When lifting machinery or related products, including lifting accessories, are placed on the market or are first put into service, the manufacturer shall ensure, by taking appropriate measures or having them taken, that the machinery or related products, including lifting accessories, which are ready for use – whether manually or power-operated – can fulfil their specified functions safely.

The static and dynamic tests referred to in section 4.1.2.3 shall be performed on all lifting machinery or related products ready to be put into service.

Where the machinery or related products cannot be assembled in the manufacturer’s premises, the appropriate measures shall be taken at the place of use by the manufacturer. Otherwise, the measures may be taken either in the manufacturer’s premises or at the place of use.

4.2. Requirements for machinery or related products whose power source is other than manual effort

4.2.1. Control of movements

Hold-to-run control devices shall be used to control the movements of the machinery or related products or their equipment. However, for partial or complete movements in which there is no risk of the load or the machinery or related product colliding, the said devices may be replaced by control devices authorising automatic stops at pre-selected positions without the operator holding a hold-to-run control device.

4.2.2. Loading control

Machinery or related products with a maximum working load of not less than 1 000 kg or an overturning moment of not less than 40 000 Nm shall be fitted with devices to warn the driver and prevent dangerous movements in the event:

(a) of overloading, either as a result of the maximum working load or the maximum working moment due to the load being exceeded; or

(b) of the overturning moment being exceeded.

4.2.3. Installations guided by ropes

Rope carriers, tractors or tractor carriers shall be held by counterweights or by a device allowing permanent control of the tension.

4.3. Information and markings

4.3.1. Chains, ropes and webbing

Each length of lifting chain, rope or webbing not forming part of an assembly shall bear a mark or, where this is not possible, a plate or irremovable ring bearing the name and address of the manufacturer and the identifying reference of the relevant certificate.

The certificate mentioned above shall show at least the following information:

(a) the name and address of the manufacturer;

(b) a description of the chain or rope, which includes:

(i) its nominal size;

(ii) its construction;

(iii) the material from which it is made; and

(iv) any special metallurgical treatment applied to the material;

(c) the test method used;

(d) the maximum load to which the chain or rope should be subjected in service. A range of values may be given on the basis of the intended applications.

4.3.2. Lifting accessories

Lifting accessories shall show the following particulars:

(a) identification of the material where this information is needed for safe use;

(b) the maximum working load.

In the case of lifting accessories on which marking is physically impossible, the particulars referred to in the first paragraph shall be displayed on a plate or other equivalent means and securely affixed to the accessory.

The particulars shall be legible and located in a place where they are not liable to disappear as a result of wear or jeopardise the strength of the accessory.

4.3.3. Lifting machinery or related products

The maximum working load shall be prominently marked on the lifting machinery or related product. This marking shall be legible, indelible and in an un-coded form.

Where the maximum working load depends on the configuration of the lifting machinery or related product, each operating position shall be provided with a load plate indicating, preferably in diagrammatic form or by means of tables, the working load permitted for each configuration.

Machinery or related products intended for lifting goods only, equipped with a carrier, which allows access to persons, shall bear a clear and indelible warning prohibiting the lifting of persons. This warning shall be visible at each place where access is possible.

4.4. Instructions for use

4.4.1. Lifting accessories

Each lifting accessory or each commercially indivisible batch of lifting accessories shall be accompanied by instructions setting out at least the following particulars:

(a) the intended use;

(b) the limits of use (particularly for lifting accessories such as magnetic or vacuum pads which do not fully comply with section 4.1.2.6(e));

(c) instructions for assembly, use and maintenance;

(d) the static test coefficient used.

4.4.2. Lifting machinery or related products

Lifting machinery or related products shall be accompanied by instructions for use containing information on:

(a) the technical characteristics of the lifting machinery or related product, and in particular:

(i) the maximum working load and, where appropriate, a copy of the load plate or load table described in the second paragraph of section 4.3.3;

(ii) the reactions at the supports or anchors and, where appropriate, characteristics of the tracks;

(iii) where appropriate, the definition and the means of installation of the ballast;

(b) the contents of the logbook, if the latter is not supplied with the lifting machinery;

(c) advice for use, particularly to offset the lack of direct vision of the load by the operator;

(d) where appropriate, a test report detailing the static and dynamic tests carried out by or for the manufacturer;

(e) for lifting machinery or related products, which are not assembled on the premises of the manufacturer in the form in which they are to be used, the necessary instructions for performing the measures referred to in section 4.1.3 before they are first put into service.

5. SUPPLEMENTARY ESSENTIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR MACHINERY OR RELATED PRODUCTS INTENDED FOR UNDERGROUND WORK

Machinery or related products intended for underground work shall meet all the essential health and safety requirements set out in this chapter (see General Principles, point 4).

5.1. Risks due to lack of stability

Powered roof supports shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to maintain a given direction when moving and not slip before and while they come under load and after the load has been removed. They shall be equipped with anchorages for the top plates of the individual hydraulic props.

5.2. Movement

Powered roof supports shall allow for unhindered movement of persons.

5.3. Control devices

The accelerator and brake controls for movement of machinery running on rails shall be hand-operated. However, enabling devices may be foot-operated.

The control devices of powered roof supports shall be designed and positioned in such a way that, during displacement operations, operators are sheltered by a support in place. The control devices shall be protected against any accidental release.

5.4. Stopping

Self-propelled machinery running on rails for use in underground work shall be equipped with an enabling device acting on the circuit controlling the movement of the machinery such that movement is stopped if the driver is no longer in control of the movement.

5.5. Fire

Section 3.5.2 (b) is mandatory in respect of machinery or related products, which comprises highly flammable parts.

The braking system of machinery or related products intended for use in underground workings shall be designed and constructed in such a way that it does not produce sparks or cause fires.

Machinery or related products with internal combustion engines for use in underground workings shall be fitted only with engines using fuel with a low vaporising pressure and which exclude any spark of electrical origin.

5.6. Exhaust emissions

Exhaust emissions from internal combustion engines shall not be discharged upwards.

6. SUPPLEMENTARY ESSENTIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR MACHINERY OR RELATED PRODUCTS PRESENTING PARTICULAR RISKS DUE TO THE LIFTING OF PERSONS

Machinery or related products presenting particular risks due to the lifting of persons shall meet all the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in this chapter (see General Principles, point 4).

6.1. General

6.1.1. Mechanical strength

The carrier, including any trapdoors, shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to offer the space and strength corresponding to the maximum number of persons permitted on the carrier and the maximum working load.

The working coefficients for components set out in sections 4.1.2.4 and 4.1.2.5 are inadequate for machinery or related products intended for the lifting of persons and shall, as a general rule, be doubled. Machinery or related products intended for lifting persons or persons and goods shall be fitted with a suspension or supporting system for the carrier designed and constructed in such a way as to ensure an adequate overall level of safety and to prevent the risk of the carrier falling.

If ropes or chains are used to suspend the carrier, as a general rule, at least two independent ropes or chains are required, each with its own anchorage.

6.1.2. Loading control for machinery or related products moved by power other than human strength

The requirements of section 4.2.2 apply regardless of the maximum working load and overturning moment, unless the manufacturer can demonstrate that there is no risk of overloading or overturning.

6.2. Control devices

Where safety requirements do not impose other solutions, the carrier shall, as a general rule, be designed and constructed in such a way that persons in the carrier have means of controlling upward and downward movements and, if appropriate, other movements of the carrier.

In operation, those control devices shall override any other devices controlling the same movement with the exception of emergency stop devices.

The control devices for the movements referred to in the first paragraph shall be of the hold-to-run type except where the carrier is completely enclosed. If there is no risk of persons or objects on the carrier colliding or falling and no other risks due to the upward and downward movements of the carrier, control devices authorising automatic stops at preselected positions may be used instead of hold-to-run type control devices.

6.3. Risks to persons in or on the carrier

6.3.1. Risks due to movements of the carrier

Machinery or related products for lifting persons shall be designed, constructed or equipped in such a way that the acceleration or deceleration of the carrier does not engender risks for persons.

6.3.2. Risk of persons falling from the carrier

The carrier shall not tilt to an extent, which creates a risk of the occupants falling, including when the machinery or related product and carrier are moving.

Where the carrier is designed as a workstation, provision shall be made to ensure stability and to prevent hazardous movements.

If the measures referred to in section 1.5.15 are not adequate, carriers shall be fitted with a sufficient number of suitable anchorage points for the number of persons permitted on the carrier. The anchorage points shall be strong enough for the use of personal protective equipment against falls from a height.

Any trapdoor in floors or ceilings or side doors shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent inadvertent opening and shall open in a direction that obviates any risk of falling, should they open unexpectedly.

6.3.3. Risk due to objects falling on the carrier

Where there is a risk of objects falling on the carrier and endangering persons, the carrier shall be equipped with a protective roof.

6.4. Machinery or related products serving fixed landings

6.4.1. Risks to persons in or on the carrier

The carrier shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to prevent risks due to contact between persons and/or objects in or on the carrier with any fixed or moving elements. Where necessary in order to fulfil this requirement, the carrier itself shall be completely enclosed with doors fitted with an interlocking device that prevents hazardous movements of the carrier unless the doors are closed. The doors shall remain closed if the carrier stops between landings where there is a risk of falling from the carrier.

Machinery or related products shall be designed, constructed and, where necessary, equipped with devices in such a way as to prevent uncontrolled upward or downward movement of the carrier. These devices shall be able to stop the carrier at its maximum working load and at the foreseeable maximum speed.

The stopping action shall not cause deceleration harmful to the occupants, whatever the load conditions.

6.4.2. Controls at landings

Controls, other than those for emergency use, at landings shall not initiate movements of the carrier when:

(a) the control devices in the carrier are being operated;

(b) the carrier is not at a landing.

6.4.3. Access to the carrier

The guards at the landings and on the carrier shall be designed and constructed in such a way as to ensure safe transfer to and from the carrier, taking into consideration the foreseeable range of goods and persons to be lifted.

6.5. Markings

The carrier shall bear the information necessary to ensure safety including:

(a) the number of persons permitted on the carrier;

(b) the maximum working load.

ANNEX IV Technical documentation

PART A

Technical documentation for machinery and related products

The technical documentation shall specify the means used by the manufacturer to ensure the conformity of the machinery or related product with the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

The technical documentation shall include at least the following elements:

(a) a complete description of the machinery or related product and of its intended use;

(b) the documentation on risk assessment demonstrating the procedure carried out, including:

(i) a list of the essential health and safety requirements that are applicable to the machinery or related product;

(ii) the description of the protective measures implemented to meet each applicable essential health and safety requirement and, when appropriate, the indication of the residual risks associated with the machinery or related product;

(c) design and manufacturing drawings and schemes of the machinery or related product and of its components, sub-assemblies and circuits;

(d) the descriptions and explanations necessary for the understanding of the drawings and schemes referred to in point (c) and of the operation of the machinery or related product;

(e) the references of the harmonised standards referred to in Article 20(1) or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) that have been applied for the design and manufacture of the machinery or related product. In the event of partial application of harmonised standards or common specifications, the documentation shall specify the parts, which have been applied;

(f) where harmonised standards or common specifications have not been applied or have been only partially applied, descriptions of the other technical specifications that have been applied in order to meet each applicable essential health and safety requirement;

(g) reports and/or results of the design calculations, tests, inspections and examinations carried out to verify the conformity of the machinery or related product with the applicable essential health and safety requirements;

(h) a description of the means used by the manufacturer during the production of the machinery or related product to ensure the conformity of the machinery or related product produced with the design specifications;

(i) a copy of the instructions for use and the information set out in section 1.7.4 of Annex III;

(j) where appropriate, the EU declaration of incorporation for partly completed machinery set out in Annex V, Part B, and the assembly instructions set out in Annex XI;

(k) where appropriate, copies of the EU declarations of conformity of machinery or related products as well as any product covered by other Union harmonisation legislation incorporated into the machinery or related product;

(l) for machinery or related products produced in series, the internal measures that will be implemented to ensure that the machinery or related product remains in conformity with this Regulation;

(m) the source code or programming logic of the safety related software to demonstrate the conformity of the machinery or related product with this Regulation further to a reasoned request from a competent national authority provided that is necessary in order for those authorities to be able to check compliance with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III;

(n) for sensor-fed, remotely-driven, or autonomous machinery or related products, if the safety related operations are controlled by sensor data, a description, where appropriate, of the general characteristics, capabilities and limitations of the system, data, development, testing and validation processes used;

(o) the results of research and tests on components, fittings or the machinery or related product carried out by the manufacturer to determine whether by its design or construction it is capable of being assembled and put into service safely.

PART B

Technical documentation for partly completed machinery

The technical documentation shall specify the means used by the manufacturer to ensure the conformity of the partly completed machinery with the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

The technical documentation shall include at least the following elements:

(a) a complete description of the partly completed machinery and of its intended function when incorporated into or assembled with machinery or other partly completed machinery or equipment;

(b) the risk assessment documentation showing the procedure carried out, including:

(i) a list of the essential health and safety requirements which apply to the partly completed machinery;

(ii) the description of the protective measures implemented to eliminate identified hazards or to reduce risks and, where appropriate, the indication of the residual risks;

(c) design and manufacturing drawings and schemes of the partly completed machinery and of its components, sub-assemblies and circuits;

(d) the descriptions and explanations necessary for the understanding of the drawings and schemes referred to in point (c) and of the operation of the partly completed machinery;

(e) the references of the harmonised standards referred to in Article 20(1) or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) that have been applied for the design and manufacture of the partly completed machinery. In the event of partial application of harmonised standards or common specifications, the documentation shall specify the parts, which have been applied;

(f) where harmonised standards or common specifications have not been applied or have been only partially applied, descriptions of the other technical specifications that have been applied in order to meet each applicable essential health and safety requirement;

(g) reports and/or results of the design calculations, tests, inspections and examinations carried out to verify the conformity of the partly completed machinery with the applicable essential health and safety requirements;

(h) a description of the means used by the manufacturer during the production of the partly completed machinery to ensure the conformity of the partly completed machinery produced with the design specifications;

(i) a copy of the assembly instructions for the partly completed machinery set out in Annex XI;

(j) for partly completed machinery produced in series, the internal measures that will be implemented to ensure that the partly completed machinery remains in conformity with the essential health and safety requirements applied;

(k) the source code or programming logic of the safety related software upon a reasoned request from a competent national authority, provided that is necessary in order for those authorities to be able to check compliance with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III;

(l) for sensor-fed, remotely-driven, or autonomous partly completed machinery, if the safety related operations are controlled by sensor data, a description, where appropriate, of the general characteristics, capabilities and limitations of the system, data, development, testing and validation processes used;

(m) the results of research and tests on components, fittings or the partly completed machinery carried out by the manufacturer to determine whether by its design or construction it is capable of being assembled and incorporated safely.

ANNEX V EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY AND EU DECLARATION OF INCORPORATION

PART A

EU declaration of conformity of machinery and related products No … (1)

The EU declaration of conformity shall contain the following particulars:

1. The machinery or related product (product, type, model, batch or serial number) or substantially modified machinery or related product.

2. Name and address of the manufacturer and, where applicable, its authorised representative.

3. For lifting machinery which is intended to be permanently installed in a building or a structure and which cannot be assembled in the manufacturer’s premises but can only be assembled at the place of use, the address of that place.

4. This declaration of conformity is issued under the sole responsibility of the manufacturer.

5. Object of the declaration (identification of the machinery or related product allowing traceability; where necessary for the identification of the machinery or related product, a colour image of sufficient clarity may be included).

6. The object of the declaration referred to in point 5 is in conformity with the following Union harmonisation legislation.

7. References to the harmonised standards referred to in Article 20(1) or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) that were applied, including the date of the publication of the reference to harmonised standards in the Official Journal of the European Union or of the common specification, or references to the other technical specifications, including their date, in relation to which conformity is declared. In the event of partial application of harmonised standards or common specifications, the EU declaration of conformity shall specify the parts which were applied.

8. Where applicable, the notified body … (name, number) … performed the EU type-examination (Module B) and issued the EU type-examination certificate … (reference to that certificate), followed by conformity to type based on internal production control (module C) or the conformity based on unit verification (module G) or full quality assurance (module H).

9. Where applicable, the machinery or related product is subject to the conformity assessment procedure based on internal production control (Module A).

10. Additional information:

Signed for and on behalf of: …

(place and date of issue):

(name, function) (signature):

PART B

EU declaration of incorporation of partly completed machinery No … (2)

The declaration of incorporation shall contain the following particulars:

1. The partly completed machinery (product, type, model batch or serial number).

2. Name and address of the manufacturer and, where applicable, its authorised representative.

3. This declaration of incorporation is issued under the sole responsibility of the manufacturer.

4. Object of the declaration (identification of partly completed machinery allowing traceability; where necessary for the identification of the partly completed machinery, a colour image of sufficient clarity may be included).

5. A sentence declaring which essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III of Regulation (EU) 2023/1230 of the European Parliament and of the Council (3) are applied and fulfilled and that the relevant technical documentation was drawn-up in accordance with Annex IV, Part B, and, where appropriate, a sentence declaring the conformity of the partly completed machinery with other relevant Union harmonisation legislation.

6. References to the harmonised standards referred to in Article 20(1) or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) that were applied, including the date of the standard or of the common specification, or references to the other technical specifications, including their date, in relation to which conformity is declared. In the event of partial application of harmonised standards or common specifications, the EU declaration of incorporation shall specify the parts which were applied.

7. An undertaking to transmit, in response to a reasoned request by the national authorities, relevant information on the partly completed machinery. This shall include the method of transmission and shall be without prejudice to the intellectual property rights of the manufacturer of the partly completed machinery.

8. A statement that the partly completed machinery shall not be put into service until the final machinery into which it is to be incorporated has been declared in conformity with this Regulation.

9. Additional information:

Signed for and on behalf of: …

(place and date of issue):

(name, function) (signature):

__________

(1) It is optional for the manufacturer to assign a number to the declaration of conformity.

(2) It is optional to assign a number to the declaration of conformity.

(3) Regulation (EU) 2023/1230 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2023 on machinery and repealing Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Council Directive 73/361/EEC (OJ L 165, 29.6.2023, p. 1).

ANNEX VI

INTERNAL PRODUCTION CONTROL

(Module A)

1. Internal production control is the conformity assessment procedure whereby the manufacturer fulfils the obligations laid down in points 2, 3 and 4, and ensures and declares on its sole responsibility that the machinery or related product concerned satisfies the applicable requirements of this Regulation.

2. Technical documentation

The manufacturer shall draw up the technical documentation described in Annex IV, Part A.

3. Manufacturing

The manufacturer shall take all measures necessary so that the manufacturing process and its monitoring ensure compliance of the manufactured machinery or related products with the technical documentation referred to in point 2 and with the applicable requirements of this Regulation.

4. CE marking and EU declaration of conformity

4.1. The manufacturer shall affix the CE marking to machinery or related products, individually, that satisfies the applicable requirements of this Regulation.

4.2. The manufacturer shall draw up an EU declaration of conformity for each machinery or related product model in accordance with Article 21 and keep it, together with the technical documentation, at the disposal of the national authorities for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service. The EU declaration of conformity shall identify the machinery or related product model for which it has been drawn up.

A copy of the EU declaration of conformity shall be made available to the relevant authorities upon request.

5. Authorised representative

The manufacturer’s obligations set out in point 4 may be fulfilled by its authorised representative, on its behalf and under its responsibility, provided that they are specified in the mandate.

ANNEX VII

EU TYPE-EXAMINATION

(Module B)

1. EU type-examination is the part of a conformity assessment procedure in which a notified body examines the technical design of machinery or a related product and verifies and attests that the technical design of the machinery or related product meets the applicable requirements of this Regulation.

2. EU type-examination shall be carried out by assessment of the adequacy of the technical design of the machinery or related product through examination of the technical documentation, plus examination of a specimen of the machinery or related product that is representative of the production envisaged (production type).

3. Application for EU type-examination

The manufacturer shall lodge an application for EU type-examination with a single notified body of its choice.

The application shall include:

(a) the name and address of the manufacturer and, if the application is lodged by an authorised representative, the name and address of that authorised representative;

(b) a written declaration that the same application has not been lodged with any other notified body;

(c) the technical documentation described in Annex IV, Part A;

(d) the access to the specimen(s) of the machinery or related product representative of the production envisaged. The notified body may request further specimens if needed for carrying out the test programme. For machinery or related products produced in series where each item is adapted to fit an individual user, specimens shall be provided that are representative of the range of different users, while for machinery or related products produced as a single unit to accommodate the special needs of an individual user, a basic model shall be provided.

4. EU type-examination

The notified body shall:

(a) examine the technical documentation to assess the adequacy of the technical design of the machinery or related product. In conducting such an examination, Annex IV, Part A, second subparagraph, points (h) and (l), need not be taken into account;

(b) for machinery or related products produced in series where each item is adapted to fit an individual user, examine the description of the measures to assess their adequacy;

(c) verify that the specimen(s) have been manufactured in conformity with the technical documentation, and identify the elements that have been designed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the relevant harmonised standards or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3), as well as the elements that have been designed in accordance with other technical specifications;

(d) carry out appropriate examinations and tests, or have them carried out, to check whether, where the manufacturer has chosen to apply the solutions in the relevant harmonised standards, or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3), those have been applied correctly;

(e) carry out appropriate examinations and tests, or have them carried out, to check whether, where the solutions in the relevant harmonised standards or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) have not been applied, the solutions adopted by the manufacturer, including those in other technical specifications applied, meet the corresponding essential health and safety requirements and have been applied correctly.

5. Evaluation report

The notified body shall draw up an evaluation report that records the activities undertaken in accordance with point 4 and their outcomes. Without prejudice to its obligations vis-à-vis the notifying authorities, the notified body shall release the content of that report, in full or in part, only with the agreement of the manufacturer.

6. EU type-examination certificate

6.1. Where the type meets the applicable essential health and safety requirements, the notified body shall issue an EU type-examination certificate to the manufacturer.

The period of validity of a newly issued certificate and, where appropriate, of a renewed certificate shall not exceed five years.

6.2. The EU type-examination certificate shall contain at least the following information:

(a) the name and identification number of the notified body;

(b) the name and address of the manufacturer and, if the application is lodged by an authorised representative, the name and address of that authorised representative;

(c) an identification of the machinery or related product covered by the certificate (type number);

(d) a statement that the machinery or related product type complies with the applicable essential health and safety requirements;

(e) where harmonised standards or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) have been fully or partially applied, the references of those standards or common specifications or parts thereof;

(f) where other technical specifications have been applied, the references of those technical specifications;

(g) the date of issue, the date of expiry and, where appropriate, the date(s) of renewal;

(h) any conditions attached to the issuing of the certificate.

6.3. The EU type-examination certificate may have one or more annexes attached.

6.4. Where the type does not satisfy the applicable essential health and safety requirements, the notified body shall refuse to issue an EU type-examination certificate and shall inform the applicant accordingly, giving detailed reasons for its refusal.

7. Review of the EU type-examination certificate

7.1. The notified body shall keep itself apprised of any changes in the generally acknowledged state of the art, which indicate that the approved type may no longer comply with the applicable essential health and safety requirements, and shall determine whether such changes require further investigation. If so, the notified body shall inform the manufacturer accordingly.

7.2. The manufacturer shall inform the notified body that holds the technical documentation relating to the EU type- examination certificate of all modifications to the approved type and of all modifications to the technical documentation that may affect the conformity of the machinery or related product with the applicable essential health and safety requirements or the conditions for validity of that certificate. Such modifications shall require additional approval in the form of an addition to the original EU type-examination certificate.

7.3. The manufacturer shall ensure that the machinery or related product continues to fulfil the applicable essential health and safety requirements in light of the state of the art.

7.4. The manufacturer shall ask the notified body to review the EU type-examination certificate either:

(a) in the case of a modification to the approved type referred to in point 7.2;

(b) in the case of a change in the state of the art referred to in point 7.3;

(c) at the latest, before the date of expiry of the certificate.

In the case referred to in point (c), the review may lead to a renewal of the EU type-examination certificate only when the application is submitted by the manufacturer at the earliest 12 months and at the latest 6 months prior to the expiry date of the EU type-examination certificate. Where the manufacturer fails to comply with the deadlines mentioned above, the review may lead only to an approval in the form of an addition to the original EU type-examination certificate and the expiry date of the certificate shall be that of the original certificate.

7.5. The notified body shall examine the machinery or related product type and, where necessary in the light of the changes made, carry out the relevant tests to ensure that the approved type continues to fulfil the applicable essential health and safety requirements. If the notified body is satisfied that the approved type continues to fulfil the applicable essential health and safety requirements, it shall renew the EU type-examination certificate or issue an addition to the original EU type-examination certificate. The notified body shall ensure that the review procedure is finalised before the expiry date of the EU type-examination certificate.

7.6. Where the conditions referred to in points (a) and (b) of point 7.4 are not met, a simplified review procedure shall apply. The manufacturer shall supply the notified body with the following:

(a) its name and address and data identifying the EU type-examination certificate concerned;

(b) confirmation that there has been no modification to the approved type as referred to in point 7.2, including materials, sub-components or sub-assemblies, nor to the relevant harmonised standards or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) or other technical specifications applied;

(c) confirmation that there has been no change in the state of the art as referred to in point 7.3; and

(d) where not already supplied, copies of current product drawings and photographs, product marking and information;

Where the notified body has confirmed that no modification to the approved type referred to in point 7.2 and no change in the state of the art referred to in point 7.3 has occurred, the simplified review procedure shall be applied and the examinations and tests referred to in point 7.5 shall not be carried out. In that case, the notified body shall renew the EU type-examination certificate.

The costs associated with that renewal shall be proportionate to the administrative burden of the simplified procedure.

If the notified body finds that a change in the state of the art referred to in point 7.3 has occurred, the procedure set out in point 7.5 shall apply.

7.7. If, following the review, the notified body concludes that the EU type-examination certificate is no longer valid, the body shall withdraw it and the manufacturer shall cease the placing on the market of the machinery or related product concerned.

8. Each notified body shall inform its notifying authority concerning the EU type-examination certificates and/or any additions thereto which it has issued or withdrawn, and shall, periodically or upon request, make available to its notifying authority the list of such certificates and/or any additions thereto refused, suspended or otherwise restricted.

Each notified body shall inform the other notified bodies concerning the EU type-examination certificates and/or any additions thereto, which it has refused, withdrawn, suspended or otherwise restricted, and, upon request, concerning the EU type-examination certificates and/or additions thereto which it has issued.

The Commission, the Member States and the other notified bodies may, on request, obtain a copy of the EU type-examination certificates and/or additions thereto. On request, the Commission and the Member States may obtain a copy of the technical documentation and the results of the examinations carried out by the notified body.

The notified body shall keep a copy of the EU type-examination certificate, its annexes and additions, as well as the technical file including the documentation submitted by the manufacturer, for a period of five years after the expiry of the validity of that certificate.

9. The manufacturer shall keep a copy of the EU type-examination certificate, its annexes and additions, together with the technical documentation at the disposal of the national authorities, for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service.

10. The manufacturer’s authorised representative may lodge the application referred to in point 3 and fulfil the obligations set out in points 7.2, 7.4 and 9, provided that they are specified in the mandate.

ANNEX VIII CONFORMITY TO TYPE BASED ON INTERNAL PRODUCTION CONTROL

(Module C)

1. Conformity to type based on internal production control is the part of a conformity assessment procedure whereby the manufacturer fulfils the obligations laid down in points 2 and 3, and ensures and declares under its sole responsibility that the machinery or related product concerned is in conformity with the type described in the EU type-examination certificate and satisfies the applicable requirements of this Regulation.

2. Manufacturing

The manufacturer shall take all measures necessary so that the manufacturing process and its monitoring ensure conformity of the manufactured machinery or related products with the type described in the EU type-examination certificate and with the applicable requirements of this Regulation.

3. CE marking and EU declaration of conformity

3.1. The manufacturer shall affix the CE marking to all machinery or related products that are in conformity with the type described in the EU type-examination certificate and satisfy the applicable requirements of this Regulation.

3.2. The manufacturer shall draw up an EU declaration of conformity for a machinery or related product model and keep it at the disposal of the national authorities for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service. The EU declaration of conformity shall identify the machinery or related product for which it has been drawn up.

A copy of the EU declaration of conformity shall be made available to the relevant authorities upon request.

4. Authorised representative

The manufacturer’s obligations set out in point 3 may be fulfilled by its authorised representative, on its behalf and under its responsibility, provided that they are specified in the mandate.

ANNEX IX CONFORMITY BASED ON FULL QUALITY ASSURANCE

(Module H)

1. Conformity based on full quality assurance is the conformity assessment procedure whereby the manufacturer fulfils the obligations laid down in points 2 and 5, and ensures and declares on its sole responsibility that the machinery or related product concerned satisfies the requirements of this Regulation that apply to it.

2. Manufacturing

The manufacturer shall operate an approved quality system for design, manufacture and final product inspection and testing of the machinery or related products concerned as specified in point 3 and shall be subject to surveillance as specified in point 4.

3. Quality system

3.1. The manufacturer shall lodge an application for assessment of its quality system with the notified body of its choice, for the machinery or related products concerned.

The application shall include:

(a) the name and address of the manufacturer and, if the application is lodged by an authorised representative, the name and address of that authorised representative;

(b) the technical documentation described in Annex IV, Part A, points (a) to (g), (i) to (k) and (m) to (o) for one model of each category of machinery or related products intended to be manufactured.

(c) the documentation concerning the quality system; and

(d) a written declaration that the same application has not been lodged with any other notified body.

3.2. The quality system shall ensure compliance of the machinery or related products with the requirements of this Regulation that apply to them.

All the elements, requirements and provisions adopted by the manufacturer shall be documented in a systematic and orderly manner in the form of written policies, procedures and instructions. That quality system documentation shall permit a consistent interpretation of the quality programmes, plans, manuals and records.

It shall, in particular, contain an adequate description of:

(a) the quality objectives and the organisational structure, responsibilities and powers of the management with regard to design and product quality;

(b) the technical design specifications, including standards, that will be applied and, where the relevant harmonised standards or common specifications adopted by the Commission in accordance with Article 20(3) will not be applied in full, the means, including other technical specifications, that will be used to ensure that the essential health and safety requirements of this Regulation that apply to the machinery or related product will be met;

(c) the design control and design verification techniques, processes and systematic actions that will be used when designing the machinery or related product;

(d) the corresponding manufacturing, quality control and quality assurance techniques, processes and systematic actions that will be used;

(e) the examinations and tests that will be carried out before, during and after manufacture and the frequency with which they will be carried out;

(f) the quality records, such as inspection reports and test data, calibration data, qualification reports on the personnel concerned, etc.;

(g) the means of monitoring the achievement of the required design and product quality and the effective operation of the quality system.

3.3. The notified body shall assess the quality system to determine whether it satisfies the requirements referred to in point 3.2.

It shall presume conformity with those requirements in respect of the elements of the quality system that comply with the corresponding specifications of the relevant harmonised standard.

In addition to experience in quality management systems, the auditing team shall have at least one member experienced as an assessor in the relevant machinery or related product field and technology concerned, and with knowledge of the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III. The audit shall include an assessment visit to the manufacturer’s premises. The auditing team shall review the technical documentation referred to in point 3.1(b), to verify the manufacturer’s ability to identify the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III and to carry out the necessary examinations with a view to ensuring compliance of the machinery or related product with those requirements.

The manufacturer or its authorised representative shall be notified of the decision.

The notification shall contain the conclusions of the audit and the reasoned assessment decision.

3.4. The manufacturer shall undertake to fulfil the obligations arising out of the quality system as approved and to maintain it so that it remains adequate and efficient.

3.5. The manufacturer shall keep the notified body that has approved the quality system informed of any intended change to the quality system.

The notified body shall evaluate any proposed changes and decide whether the modified quality system will continue to satisfy the requirements referred to in point 3.2 or whether a reassessment is necessary.

It shall notify the manufacturer of its decision. The notification shall contain the conclusions of the examination and the reasoned assessment decision.

4. Surveillance under the responsibility of the notified body

4.1. The purpose of surveillance is to make sure that the manufacturer duly fulfils the obligations arising out of the approved quality system.

4.2. The manufacturer shall, for assessment purposes, allow the notified body access to the design, manufacture, inspection, testing and storage sites, and shall provide that body with all necessary information, in particular:

(a) the quality system documentation;

(b) the quality records as provided for by the design part of the quality system, such as results of analyses, calculations, tests, etc.;

(c) the quality records as provided for by the manufacturing part of the quality system, such as inspection reports and test data, calibration data, qualification reports on the personnel concerned, etc.

4.3. The notified body shall carry out periodic audits to make sure that the manufacturer maintains and applies the quality system and shall provide the manufacturer with an audit report.

4.4. In addition, the notified body may pay unexpected visits to the manufacturer. During such visits, the notified body may, if necessary, carry out product tests, or have them carried out, in order to check the proper functioning of the quality system. It shall provide the manufacturer with a visit report and, if tests have been carried out, with a test report.

5. CE marking and EU declaration of conformity

5.1. The manufacturer shall affix the required CE marking set out in this Regulation, and, under the responsibility of the notified body referred to in point 3.1, the latter’s identification number to each individual product that satisfies the applicable requirements of this Regulation.

5.2. The manufacturer shall draw up a written EU declaration of conformity for each machinery or related product model and keep it at the disposal of the national authorities for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service. The EU declaration of conformity shall identify the machinery or related product model for which it has been drawn up.

A copy of the EU declaration of conformity shall be made available to the relevant authorities upon request.

6. The manufacturer shall, for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service, keep at the disposal of the national authorities:

(a) the technical documentation referred to in point 3.1(b);

(b) the documentation concerning the quality system referred to in point 3.1(c);

(c) the information relating to the change referred to in point 3.5, as approved;

(d) the decisions and reports of the notified body referred to in points 3.5, 4.3 and 4.4.

7. Each notified body shall inform its notifying authority of quality system approval decisions issued or withdrawn, and shall, periodically or upon request, make available to its notifying authority the list of quality system approval decisions refused, suspended or otherwise restricted.

Each notified body shall inform the other notified bodies of quality system approval decisions, which it has refused, suspended or withdrawn, and, upon request, of quality system approval decisions, which it has issued.

8. Authorised representative

The manufacturer’s obligations set out in points 3.1, 3.5, 5 and 6 may be fulfilled by its authorised representative, on its behalf and under its responsibility, provided that they are specified in the mandate.

ANNEX X CONFORMITY BASED ON UNIT VERIFICATION

(Module G)

1. Conformity based on unit verification is the conformity assessment procedure whereby the manufacturer fulfils the obligations laid down in points 2, 3 and 5, and ensures and declares on its sole responsibility that the machinery or related product, which is subject to point 4, is in conformity with the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

2. Technical documentation

The manufacturer shall establish the technical documentation and make it available to the notified body referred to in point 4. The documentation shall make it possible to assess the machinery or related product’s conformity with the relevant essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, and shall include an adequate analysis and assessment of the risk(s). The technical documentation shall specify the applicable essential health and safety requirements and cover, as far as relevant for the assessment, the design, manufacture and operation of the machinery or related product.

The technical documentation shall, wherever applicable, contain at least the following elements:

(a) the name and address of the manufacturer and, if the application is lodged by an authorised representative, the name and address of that authorised representative;

(b) the technical documentation for the unit of machinery or related products intended to be manufactured.

In addition, the technical documentation shall, wherever applicable, contain at least:

(i) the elements set out in points (a) to (g) of Annex IV, Part A;

(ii) the documentation concerning the quality system; and

(iii) a written declaration that the same application has not been lodged with any other notified body.

2.1. The manufacturer shall keep the technical documentation at the disposal of the relevant national authorities for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market.

3. Manufacturing

The manufacturer shall take all measures necessary so that the manufacturing process and its monitoring ensure conformity of the manufactured machinery or related product with the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

4. Verification

A notified body chosen by the manufacturer shall carry out appropriate examinations and tests, set out in the relevant harmonised standards and/or common specifications, or equivalent tests, to check the conformity of the machinery or related product with the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III, or have them carried out. In the absence of such a harmonised standard and/or common specification the notified body concerned shall decide on the appropriate tests to be carried out.

The notified body shall issue a certificate in respect of the examinations and tests carried out and shall affix its identification number to the approved machinery or related product, or have it affixed under its responsibility.

The manufacturer shall keep the certificates at the disposal of the national authorities for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market.

5. CE marking and EU declaration of conformity

5.1. The manufacturer shall affix the required CE marking set out in Article 10(2) and, under the responsibility of the notified body referred to in point 4, that body’s identification number, to the machinery or related product that satisfies the applicable essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III.

5.2. The manufacturer shall draw up a written EU declaration of conformity and keep it at the disposal of the national authorities for at least 10 years after the machinery or related product has been placed on the market or put into service. The EU declaration of conformity shall identify the machinery or related product for which it has been drawn up.

A copy of the EU declaration of conformity shall be made available to the relevant authorities upon request.

6. Authorised representative

The manufacturer’s obligations set out in points 2.1 and 5 may be fulfilled by its authorised representative, acting on its behalf and under its responsibility, provided that those obligations are specified in the mandate.

ANNEX XI ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR PARTLY COMPLETED MACHINERY

1. The assembly instructions for partly completed machinery shall contain a description of the conditions, which are to be met to ensure that the partly completed machinery is correctly incorporated in the machinery or other partly completed machinery or equipment, and that the machinery or other partly completed machinery or equipment with the incorporated partly completed machinery does not compromise the health and safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals and property, and, where applicable, of the environment.

2. The assembly instructions shall contain relevant information to be used in the instructions of the machinery or other partly completed machinery or equipment, in which the partly completed machinery is to be assembled. Each assembly instruction shall contain, where applicable, at least the following information:

(a) a general description of the partly completed machinery;

(b) the drawings, diagrams, descriptions and explanations necessary for the incorporation into the final machinery, maintenance and repair of the partly completed machinery and for checking its correct functioning;

(c) warnings concerning the ways in which the partly completed machinery must not be used that experience has shown might occur;

(d) assembly, installation and connection instructions, including drawings, diagrams and the means of attachment and the designation of the chassis or installation on which the partly completed machinery is to be mounted;

(e) information regarding noise or vibration which is likely to be reduced by the incorporation;

(f) information about the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex III which are applicable to the partly completed machinery;

(g) the essential characteristics of tools which may be fitted to the partly completed machinery;

(h) the conditions in which the partly completed machinery meets the requirement of stability, transportation, assembly, dismantling when out of service, testing or foreseeable breakdowns;

(i) instructions with a view to ensuring that transport, handling and storage operations can be made safely, giving the mass of the partly completed machinery and of its various parts where these are regularly to be transported separately;

(j) the operating method to be followed in the event of accident or breakdown; if a blockage is likely to occur, the operating method to be followed so as to enable the equipment to be safely unblocked;

(k) the description of the adjustment and maintenance operations that should be carried out by the user and the preventive maintenance measures that should be observed taking account of the design;

(l) instructions designed to enable adjustment and maintenance to be carried out safely, including the protective measures that should be taken during these operations;

(m) the specifications of the spare parts to be used, when these affect the health and safety of operators;

(n) a clear description of the version of the assembly instructions which corresponds to the partly completed machinery model. If the partly completed machinery is intended to be used in machinery covered by Annex III, chapters 2 to 6, the assembly instructions must also contain relevant information to be used in the instructions for use for these machinery.

3. The assembly instructions for partly completed machinery shall contain the EU declaration of incorporation, or the internet address or machine readable code where the EU declaration of incorporation can be accessed.

ANNEX XII CORRELATION TABLE

Directive 2006/42/EC

This Regulation

Article 1

Article 2

Article 2

Article 3

Article 3

Article 9

Article 4 (1) and (2)

Article 8

Article 4 (3) and (4)

Article 5

Articles 10 and 11

Article 6

Article 4

Article 7

Article 20 (1)

Article 8 (1)

Articles 6 (1) and 7 (1)

Article 8 (2)

Article 9

Article 10

Article 44 (3)

Article 11

Articles 43, 44 and 45

Article 12

Article 25

Article 13

Article 11

Article 14 (and Annex XI)

Article 26 to Article 42

Article 15

Article 5

Article 16

Articles 23 and 24

Article 17

Article 46

Article 18

Article 49

Article 19

Article 20

Article 21

Article 53

Article 21 a

Article 47

Article 22

Article 48

Article 23

Article 50

Article 24

Article 25

Article 51

Article 26

Article 27

Article 28

Article 54 (first paragraph)

Article 29

Article 54 (second and third paragraphs)

Annex I - General principles and Section 1.1.1 (Definitions)

Annex III – Part A (Definitions) and Part B (General principles)

Annex I, Sections 1.1.2 - 1.1.8.

Annex III, Chapter 1

Annex I, Section 2

Annex III, Chapter 2

Annex I, Section 3

Annex III, Chapter 3

Annex I, Section 4

Annex III, Chapter 4

Annex I, Section 5

Annex III, Chapter 5

Annex I, Section 6

Annex III, Chapter 6

Annex II, Parts A and B

Annex V, Parts A and B

Annex III

Annex IV

Annex I

Annex V

Annex II

Annex VI

Annex XI

Annex VII, Parts A and B

Annex IV, Parts A and B

Annex VIII, when read in conjunction with Article 12 (3) (a)

Annex VI

Annex VIII (Point 3), when read in conjunction with Article 12 (3) (b)

Annex VIII

Annex IX

Annex VII

Annex X

Annex IX

Annex XI

Article 30

Attachments:
Download this file (Regulation (EU) 2024 2748.pdf)Regulation (EU) 2024/2748[ ][EN]1113 kB203 Downloads
Download this file (Regolamento (UE) 2024 2748.pdf)Regolamento (UE) 2024/2748[ ][IT]1121 kB202 Downloads
Download this file (Regolamento (UE) 2023 1230 Consolidato 06.2023.pdf)Regolamento (UE) 2023/1230 Consolidato 06.2023[ ][IT]1066 kB411 Downloads
Download this file (Regulation (EU) 2023 1230 Consolidate 06.2023.pdf)Regulation (EU) 2023/1230 Consolidate 06.2023[ ][EN]1029 kB353 Downloads
Download this file (Regolamento (UE) 2023 1230 IT.pdf)Regolamento (UE) 2023/1230[ ][IT]568 kB703 Downloads
Download this file (Regulation (UE) 2023 1230 EN.pdf)Regulation (UE) 2023/1230[ ][EN]542 kB794 Downloads
  • Published: 29 June 2023
  • Hits: 6206

Allegato V TUS - Norme tecniche: un Documento di raccordo CEM/PDF



Allegato V TUS - Norme tecniche: un documento di raccordo

Aggiornamento Rev. 4.0 Aprile 2023

Elaborato un file CEM (e Documento PDF), importabile in CEM4 relativo alla segnalazione delle norme tecniche applicabili ai requisiti dell'Allegato V del Testo Unico Sicurezza D. Lgs. 81/2008.

Ricordiamo che le attrezzature di lavoro di cui all'allegato V devono essere conformi alle "norme di buona tecnica" ed alle "buone prassi" (Art. 71 comma 8).

Il file ed il documento può essere molto utile per adeguamenti di macchine, controllo conformità normativa, ecc, in quanto all'obbligo legislativo del TUS è correlata la pertinente norma tecnica.

La revisione 4.0 aggiorna le norme tecniche citate anche in riferimento a quanto riportato nella Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2019/436 relative Direttiva 2006/42/CE Macchine.

Nel file .pdf sono indicate in rosso le modifiche apportate al file CEM.

Il File PDF esportato da CEM4

Matrice revisioni

Rev. Data Oggetto Autore
4.0 2023 Agg. Norme Certifico Srl
3.0 2019 Agg. Norme Certifico Srl
2.0 2016 Agg. Norme Certifico Srl
1.0 2015 --- Certifico Srl

_______________________

Testo Unico Sicurezza D. Lgs 81/2008 Art. 71 c 8.

Fermo restando quanto disposto al comma 4, il datore di lavoro, secondo le indicazioni fornite dai fabbricanti ovvero, in assenza di queste, dalle pertinenti norme tecniche o dalle buone prassi o da linee guida, provvede affinché: 

a) le attrezzature di lavoro la cui sicurezza dipende dalle condizioni di installazione siano sottoposte a un controllo iniziale (dopo l’installazione e prima della messa in esercizio) e ad un controllo dopo ogni montaggio in un nuovo cantiere o in una nuova località di impianto, al fine di assicurarne l’installazione corretta e il buon funzionamento; 
b) le attrezzature soggette a influssi che possono provocare deterioramenti suscettibili di dare origine a situazioni pericolose siano sottoposte:

1) ad interventi di controllo periodici, secondo frequenze stabilite in base alle indicazioni fornite dai fabbricanti, ovvero dalle norme di buona tecnica, o in assenza di queste ultime, desumibili dai codici di buona prassi;
2) ad interventi di controllo straordinari al fine di garantire il mantenimento di buone condizioni di sicurezza, ogni volta che intervengano eventi eccezionali che possano avere conseguenze pregiudizievoli per la sicurezza delle attrezzature di lavoro, quali riparazioni trasformazioni, incidenti, fenomeni naturali o periodi prolungati di inattività. 

c) Gli interventi di controllo di cui ai lettere a) e b) sono volti ad assicurare il buono stato di conservazione e l’efficienza a fini di sicurezza delle attrezzature di lavoro e devono essere effettuati da persona competente.

Il File  PDF esportato da CEM4

Attachments:
Download this file (Allegato V D.Lgs 81_2008 - Norme tecniche - Rev. 4.0 2023 .zip)Allegato V D.Lgs 81/2008 - Norme tecniche[File CEM - Rev. 4.0 2023][IT]61 kB264 Downloads
Download this file (Allegato V D.Lgs 81_2008 - Norme tecniche - Rev. 3.0 2019 .zip)Allegato V D.Lgs 81/2008 - Norme tecniche[File CEM - Rev. 3.0 2019][IT]61 kB262 Downloads
Download this file (Allegato V D.Lgs 81_2008 - Norme tecniche - Rev. 2.0 2016 .zip)Allegato V D.Lgs 81/2008 - Norme tecniche [File CEM - Rev. 2.0 2016][IT]53 kB304 Downloads
Download this file (Allegato V D.Lgs 81_2008 - Norme tecniche - Rev. 1.0 2015.zip)Allegato V D.Lgs 81/2008 - Norme tecniche[File CEM - Rev. 1.0 2015][IT]53 kB318 Downloads
  • Published: 29 April 2023
  • Hits: 11124

DECISION (EU) 2021/1813

DECISION (EU) 2021/1813

DECISION (EU) 2021/1813 of 14 October 2021 amending Implementing Decision (EU) 2019/436 as regards harmonised standards for aircraft ground support equipment, cranes, mining tools, and other machinery drafted in support of Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2015/27

(OJ L 366/109)

Attachments:
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione UE 2021 1813 IT.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione UE/2021/1813[ ][IT]464 kB680 Downloads
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione UE 2021 1813 EN.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione UE/2021/1813[ ][EN]462 kB739 Downloads
  • Published: 15 October 2021
  • Hits: 2024

Regolamento (UE) 2025/14

Regolamento UE 2025 14

Regolamento (UE) 2025/14 / Omologazione armonizzata NRMM circolanti su strade pubbliche

Regolamento (UE) 2025/14 del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio, del 19 dicembre 2024, relativo all’omologazione e alla vigilanza del mercato delle macchine mobili non stradali circolanti su strade pubbliche, che modifica il regolamento (UE) 2019/1020.

GU L 2025/14 dell'8.1.2025

Entrata in vigore: 28.01.2025

Applicazione a decorrere dal 29 gennaio 2028
________

Il Regolamento, prima emanazione, intende facilitare l'uso di macchine mobili non stradali come macchine da costruzione (es. escavatori, gru), macchine stradali (es. asfaltatrici, rulli compressori), macchine agricole (es mietitrici), carrelli elevatori e spazzaneve circolanti occasionalmente o regolarmente sulle strade pubbliche.

Il Regolamento sostituisce in via definitiva i diversi regimi normativi attualmente esistenti negli Stati membri.

Armonizzando a livello dell'UE i requisiti tecnici per l'omologazione delle macchine non stradali, il regolamento contribuisce a rimuovere la frammentazione nel mercato unico ed eliminare gli ostacoli alla libera circolazione di tali macchine, garantendo nel contempo un elevato livello di sicurezza stradale.

A decorrere dal 28 gennaio 2025, le autorità nazionali possono rilasciare l’omologazione UE per un nuovo tipo di macchina mobile non stradale o l’omologazione individuale UE per una nuova macchina mobile non stradale e, fatti salvi l’articolo 5, paragrafo 6, e il capo X, non vietano l’immatricolazione, l’immissione sul mercato o l’entrata in circolazione di una nuova macchina mobile non stradale qualora la macchina mobile non stradale in questione sia conforme al presente regolamento e agli atti delegati e di esecuzione adottati a norma dello stesso, se un fabbricante lo richiede.

Una volta rilasciata l’omologazione UE per un nuovo tipo di macchina mobile non stradale o l’omologazione individuale UE per una nuova macchina mobile non stradale, le autorità nazionali non rifiutano il rilascio di un’altra omologazione UE o di un’altra omologazione individuale UE qualora la macchina mobile non stradale in questione sia conforme al presente regolamento e agli atti delegati e di esecuzione adottati a norma dello stesso, se un fabbricante lo richiede.

Download testo Regolamento (UE) 2025/14 in calce all'articolo

In sintesi

Il Regolamento, prima emanazione, intende facilitare l'uso di macchine mobili non stradali come macchine da costruzione (es. escavatori, gru), macchine stradali (es. asfaltatrici, rulli compressori), macchine agricole (es mietitrici), carrelli elevatori e spazzaneve circolanti occasionalmente o regolarmente sulle strade pubblicheIl Regolamento sostituisce in via definitiva i diversi regimi normativi attualmente esistenti negli Stati membri.

Armonizzando a livello dell'UE i requisiti tecnici per l'omologazione delle macchine non stradali, il regolamento contribuisce a rimuovere la frammentazione nel mercato unico ed eliminare gli ostacoli alla libera circolazione di tali macchine, garantendo nel contempo un elevato livello di sicurezza stradale.

Le nuove norme ridurranno anche la conformità e gli oneri amministrativi, con risparmi sui costi stimati fino ad 1 miliardo di euro in un periodo di 10 anni.

Fino ad oggi, non esistevano requisiti armonizzati per l'uso sulle strade pubbliche dell'UE di macchine mobili non stradali. Di conseguenza, i produttori dell'UE si trovavano di fronte a un mosaico di quadri giuridici che differiscono in modo significativo da uno Stato membro all'altro, il che si traduceva in ritardi e costi significativi.

Inoltre, gli utenti finali come gli appaltatori rurali o le imprese edili potevano non essere in grado di utilizzare le loro macchine mobili non stradali in diversi Stati membri.

A. Campo di applicazione Macchina mobile non stradale / Direttiva macchine

1. Il presente regolamento si applica alle macchine mobili non stradali («veicoli di categoria U») immesse sul mercato e destinate a circolare, occasionalmente o regolarmente, sulle strade pubbliche con o senza conducente.

1) «macchina mobile non stradale»: le macchine mobili semoventi dotate di un sistema di propulsione che rientrano nell’ambito di applicazione della direttiva 2006/42/CE, progettate e costruite al fine di eseguire lavori; 

Regolamento  UE  2025 14   NRMM Circolazione su strade pubbliche

B. Norme con atti delegati relative agli elementi:

a) integrità della struttura del veicolo;
b) velocità massima di progetto, regolatore di velocità, dispositivi di limitazione della velocità e tachimetri;
c) dispositivi di frenatura;
d) sterzo;
e) campo visivo;
f) tergicristalli;
g) vetrature e relativa installazione;
h) dispositivi per la visione indiretta;
i) illuminazione, installazione di dispositivi di illuminazione, nonché avvertenze e marcature visive;
j) parte esterna e accessori nella posizione su strada, compresa l’attrezzatura da lavoro e la struttura mobile;
k) segnalatori acustici e relativa installazione;
l) sistemi di riscaldamento, sbrinamento e disappannamento;
m) alloggiamenti delle targhe di immatricolazione;
n) targhetta e marcatura regolamentari;
o) dimensioni;
p) masse;
q) sistemi di stoccaggio dell’energia;
r) pneumatici;
s) retromarcia;
t) cingoli;
u) dispositivi e componenti di accoppiamento meccanico;
v) posti a sedere del conducente e degli altri occupanti e sistemi di ritenuta;
w) aggiunte al manuale dell’operatore riguardanti specificamente l’uso su strada;
x) comandi dell’operatore.

Oltre a:

a) procedure di prova selezionate tra quelle elencate all’articolo 22, paragrafo 3;
b) metodi di prova;
c) valori limite o parametri, in relazione a tutti gli elementi elencati al primo comma;
d) descrizione dell’attrezzatura o delle parti di attrezzatura di cui le macchine mobili non stradali sono dotate;
e) caratteristiche specifiche delle macchine mobili non stradali.

C. Domanda di omologazione UE

Il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE presenta all’autorità di omologazione una domanda di omologazione UE e il fascicolo informativo

D. Il fascicolo informativo

All’atto della presentazione di una domanda di omologazione UE il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE fornisce all’autorità di omologazione un fascicolo informativo.

Comprende:

a) una scheda informativa;
b) tutti i dati, i disegni, le fotografie e le altre informazioni di rilievo;
c) copia della dichiarazione di conformità UE prevista dalla normativa applicabile dell’Unione che armonizza le condizioni per la commercializzazione dei prodotti;
d) ogni informazione richiesta dall’autorità di omologazione nell’ambito della procedura di domanda dell’omologazione UE.

Il fascicolo informativo è fornito su carta o in un formato elettronico accettato dal servizio tecnico e dall’autorità di omologazione.

E. Dimostrazione di conformità per l’omologazione UE

1. Ai fini del rilascio dell’omologazione UE di macchine mobili non stradali viene dimostrata la conformità alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento, in particolare ai requisiti tecnici applicabili.

2. Il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE dimostra la conformità ai requisiti tecnici applicabili predisponendo la documentazione tecnica.

3. La documentazione tecnica di cui al paragrafo 2 comprende una dichiarazione di conformità del fabbricante o, se gli atti delegati adottati a norma del presente regolamento prescrivono prove, i pertinenti verbali di prova relativi alle procedure di prova seguenti:

a) prove effettuate dal fabbricante; per le procedure di prova di cui alla presente lettera, la responsabilità dell’autorità di omologazione si limita alla verifica che la dichiarazione e i verbali di prova siano inclusi nel fascicolo;
b) prove effettuate da un servizio tecnico designato a svolgere tale attività o dal servizio tecnico interno accreditato di tale fabbricante;
c) prove effettuate dal fabbricante sotto la supervisione di un servizio tecnico designato a svolgere tale attività, diverso dal servizio tecnico interno accreditato.

F. Omologazione UE

Le autorità di omologazione (autorità di uno Stato membro, da questo notificata alla Commissione, competente per tutti gli aspetti dell’omologazione di una macchina mobile non stradale) rilasciano una sola omologazione UE per ciascun tipo di macchina mobile non stradale.

L’autorità di omologazione riunisce in un fascicolo di omologazione la documentazione che segue:

a) un fascicolo informativo, i verbali di prova e tutti gli altri documenti aggiunti a tale documentazione dal servizio tecnico o dall’autorità di omologazione nell’esercizio delle loro funzioni;
b) un indice del contenuto del fascicolo di omologazione, provvisto di adeguata numerazione, in cui sono evidenziate le fasi successive della procedura di omologazione UE, in particolare le date delle revisioni e degli aggiornamenti.

L’autorità di omologazione tiene a disposizione le informazioni contenute nel fascicolo di omologazione per un periodo di 10 anni dopo il termine di validità dell’omologazione UE in questione.

Dopo il rilascio dell’omologazione UE, il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE riceve dall’autorità di omologazione un certificato di omologazione UE.

G. Certificato di conformità

Il fabbricante rilascia un certificato di conformità che accompagna ogni macchina mobile non stradale fabbricata conformemente al relativo tipo omologato UE.

H. Conformità delle modalità di produzione

L’autorità di omologazione che rilascia un’omologazione UE adotta le misure necessarie ad accertare, direttamente, in collaborazione con l’autorità di omologazione di un altro Stato membro, o in base alla verifica già effettuata da detta autorità, che siano state predisposte modalità di produzione atte a garantire la conformità al tipo omologato e ai piani di controllo documentati, da concordare con il titolare dell’omologazione UE per ciascuna omologazione, delle macchine mobili non stradali in produzione.

Articolo 1 Oggetto

1. Il presente regolamento stabilisce requisiti tecnici, prescrizioni amministrative e procedure per l’omologazione UE, l’omologazione individuale UE e l’immissione sul mercato di tutte le macchine mobili non stradali nuove destinate alla circolazione sulle strade pubbliche.

2. Il presente regolamento stabilisce inoltre norme e procedure per la vigilanza del mercato delle macchine mobili non stradali.

Articolo 2 Ambito di applicazione

1. Il presente regolamento si applica alle macchine mobili non stradali («veicoli di categoria U») immesse sul mercato e destinate a circolare, occasionalmente o regolarmente, sulle strade pubbliche con o senza conducente.

2. Il presente regolamento non si applica:

a) alle macchine mobili non stradali con velocità massima di progetto superiore a 40 km/h;

b) alle macchine mobili non stradali con velocità massima di progetto non superiore a 6 km/h;

c) alle macchine mobili non stradali dotate di più di tre posti a sedere, compreso il posto a sedere del conducente;

d) alle macchine di cui all’articolo 2, lettera a), della direttiva 2006/42/CE destinate principalmente al trasporto di una o più persone, di uno o più animali, o di merce diversa dagli strumenti o dai mezzi ausiliari necessari allo svolgimento del lavoro, dai materiali risultanti dal lavoro oppure necessari per il suo svolgimento o per il deposito intermedio, o dai materiali trasportati nei cantieri;

e) ai veicoli, anche a motore, i trattori, i rimorchi, i veicoli a due o tre ruote, i quadricicli e le attrezzature intercambiabili trainate che rientrano esclusivamente nell’ambito di applicazione del regolamento (UE) n. 167/2013, del regolamento (UE) n. 168/2013 del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio o del regolamento (UE) 2018/858;

f) alle macchine mobili non stradali immesse sul mercato, immatricolate o entrate in circolazione prima del 29 gennaio 2028.

3. Per le seguenti macchine mobili non stradali, il fabbricante può decidere di richiedere l’omologazione UE, richiedere l’omologazione individuale UE, o di conformarsi alla normativa nazionale applicabile, se del caso:

a) macchine mobili non stradali il cui numero di unità per tipo non supera 70 all’anno e in ciascuno Stato membro;

b) prototipi di macchine mobili non stradali destinate a essere utilizzate su strada sotto la responsabilità del fabbricante per eseguire specifici programmi di prove di sviluppo o prove sul campo, se appositamente progettati e costruiti a tal fine;

c) macchine mobili non stradali progettate e costruite per essere utilizzate principalmente in cave, porti o infrastrutture aeroportuali;

d) veicoli progettati e costruiti o adattati per essere utilizzati dalla protezione civile, dai servizi antincendio e dai servizi responsabili del mantenimento dell’ordine pubblico.

Articolo 3 Definizioni

Ai fini del presente regolamento si applicano le definizioni seguenti:

1) «macchina mobile non stradale»: le macchine mobili semoventi dotate di un sistema di propulsione che rientrano nell’ambito di applicazione della direttiva 2006/42/CE, progettate e costruite al fine di eseguire lavori;

2) «nuova macchina mobile non stradale»: una macchina mobile non stradale che non è mai stata immessa sul mercato dell’Unione;

3) «sistema»: insieme di dispositivi combinati per svolgere una o più funzioni specifiche in una macchina mobile non stradale e che sottostà ai requisiti tecnici;

4) «sistema di guida completamente automatizzato»: sistema di guida di una macchina mobile non stradale progettato e costruito perché la macchina si muova autonomamente senza alcuna supervisione da parte del conducente;

5) «componente»: dispositivo destinato a far parte di una macchina mobile non stradale che può essere omologato indipendentemente da tale macchina;

6) «entità tecnica indipendente»: dispositivo omologabile separatamente destinato a far parte di una macchina mobile non stradale;

7) «omologazione UE»: la certificazione, da parte di un’autorità di omologazione, della conformità di un tipo di macchina mobile non stradale alle disposizioni applicabili del presente regolamento;

8) «omologazione individuale UE»: la certificazione, da parte di un’autorità di omologazione, della conformità di una determinata macchina mobile non stradale, sia essa unica o meno, alle disposizioni applicabili del presente regolamento;

9) «autorità di vigilanza del mercato»: l’autorità di uno Stato membro preposta alla vigilanza del mercato nel territorio dello Stato membro in questione;

10) «autorità di omologazione»: l’autorità di uno Stato membro, da questo notificata alla Commissione, competente per tutti gli aspetti dell’omologazione di una macchina mobile non stradale, per il rilascio e l’eventuale ritiro o rifiuto dei certificati di omologazione, che funge da punto di contatto per le autorità di omologazione degli altri Stati membri, è responsabile della designazione dei servizi tecnici e deve garantire che il fabbricante rispetti gli obblighi in materia di conformità della produzione;

11) «autorità nazionale»: autorità di omologazione o qualsiasi altra autorità che partecipi alla vigilanza del mercato, al controllo di frontiera o all’immatricolazione delle macchine mobili non stradali in uno Stato membro e che ne è responsabile;

12) «servizio tecnico»: organismo o ente indipendente che un’autorità di omologazione designa come laboratorio presso il quale effettuare le prove, oppure come organismo di valutazione della conformità presso il quale effettuare valutazioni iniziali e altre prove o ispezioni, a nome dell’autorità di omologazione, sebbene tali funzioni possano essere svolte anche dall’autorità di omologazione stessa;

13) «fabbricante»: persona fisica o giuridica che fabbrica macchine mobili non stradali o le fa progettare o fabbricare, e le commercializza apponendovi il proprio nome o marchio;

14) «rappresentante del fabbricante ai fini della vigilanza del mercato»: persona fisica o giuridica stabilita nell’Unione che, debitamente nominata dal fabbricante, svolge i compiti di cui all’articolo 9;

15) «rappresentante del fabbricante per l’omologazione UE»: persona fisica o giuridica stabilita nell’Unione debitamente nominata dal fabbricante sulla base di un accordo per assolvere tutti gli obblighi del fabbricante relativi all’omologazione UE e alle pertinenti procedure, compresi i compiti di cui agli articoli 18, 19 e 22; tale accordo deve essere presentato su richiesta dell’autorità di omologazione;

16) «importatore»: persona fisica o giuridica stabilita nell’Unione che immette sul mercato macchine mobili non stradali fabbricate in paesi terzi;

17) «distributore»: concessionario o qualsiasi altra persona fisica o giuridica inserita nella catena di approvvigionamento, diversa dal fabbricante o dall’importatore, che mette a disposizione sul mercato macchine mobili non stradali;

18) «operatore economico»: il fabbricante, il rappresentante del fabbricante ai fini della vigilanza del mercato, l’importatore o il distributore;

19) «immissione sul mercato»: la messa a disposizione di una macchina mobile non stradale per la prima volta nell’Unione;

20) «messa a disposizione sul mercato»: la fornitura di una macchina mobile non stradale per la distribuzione o l’uso sul mercato nell’ambito di un’attività commerciale, a titolo oneroso o gratuito;

21) «entrata in circolazione»: il primo uso nell’Unione, conforme allo scopo per cui è stata progettata, di una macchina mobile non stradale;

22) «immatricolazione»: l’autorizzazione amministrativa per l’entrata in servizio nell’Unione, a fini di circolazione sulle strade pubbliche, di una macchina mobile non stradale, che comporta l’identificazione della macchina e il rilascio di un numero di serie permanente o temporaneo, noto come numero di immatricolazione;

23) «certificato di omologazione UE»: il documento emesso dall’autorità di omologazione che certifica che un determinato tipo di macchina mobile non stradale è omologato conformemente al presente regolamento;

24) «certificato di omologazione individuale UE»: il documento emesso dall’autorità di omologazione che certifica che una determinata macchina mobile non stradale è omologata individualmente conformemente al presente regolamento;

25) «certificato di conformità»: il documento emesso dal fabbricante che, come disposto nel presente regolamento, certifica che una macchina mobile non stradale è prodotta conformemente al tipo di macchina mobile non stradale omologato;

26) «tipo di macchina mobile non stradale»: un determinato gruppo di macchine mobili non stradali, comprensivo delle varianti di tali macchine e delle relative versioni, che condividono almeno gli aspetti essenziali seguenti:

a) fabbricante;

b) designazione del tipo stabilita dal fabbricante;

c) caratteristiche essenziali di progettazione e di costruzione;

d) telaio a trave centrale, telaio a longheroni o telaio articolato (differenze evidenti e fondamentali);

27) «variante»: macchine mobili non stradali appartenenti allo stesso tipo che non presentano tra di loro differenze per quanto riguarda almeno gli aspetti seguenti, ove applicabile:

a) concezione della struttura della carrozzeria o tipo di carrozzeria;

b) fase di completamento;

c) sistema di propulsione (motore a combustione interna, ibrido, elettrico, ibrido-elettrico o altro);

d) principio di funzionamento;

e) assi motori (numero, posizione, interconnessione);

f) trasmissione (tipo);

g) strutture protettive;

h) assi frenati (numero);

28) «versione di una variante»: i veicoli che consistono di una combinazione di caratteristiche riportate nel fascicolo di omologazione;

29) «requisiti tecnici»: requisiti tecnici di cui all’articolo 16;

30) «fascicolo di omologazione»: il fascicolo di omologazione di cui all’articolo 20, paragrafo 4;

31) «titolare dell’omologazione UE»: la persona fisica o giuridica che ha richiesto l’omologazione UE e a cui è stato rilasciato il certificato di omologazione UE;

32) «macchina mobile non stradale che presenta un rischio grave»: macchina mobile non stradale che, in base a un’adeguata valutazione dei rischi che tenga conto della natura del pericolo e della probabilità che si materializzi, presenta un rischio grave in relazione alla sua circolazione sicura su strade pubbliche e agli altri aspetti oggetto del presente regolamento;

33) «richiamo»: qualsiasi provvedimento volto ad ottenere la restituzione di una macchina mobile non stradale già messa a disposizione dell’utilizzatore;

34) «metodo di prova virtuale»: simulazioni al computer e calcoli atti a dimostrare che una macchina mobile non stradale soddisfa i requisiti tecnici senza ricorrere all’uso di un veicolo, un sistema, un componente o un’entità tecnica indipendente reale;

35) «posto a sedere»: qualsiasi spazio, su una macchina mobile non stradale, in grado di alloggiare una persona seduta.

Articolo 4 Categoria di veicoli delle macchine mobili non stradali

Ai fini del presente regolamento, tutte le macchine mobili non stradali omologate a norma del presente regolamento appartengono alla seguente categoria di veicoli: «categoria U».

CAPO II OBBLIGHI

Articolo 5 Obblighi degli Stati membri

1. Gli Stati membri istituiscono o designano le autorità competenti in materia di omologazione e vigilanza del mercato conformemente al presente regolamento. Gli Stati membri notificano alla Commissione l’istituzione e la designazione di tali autorità.

2. Gli Stati membri provvedono affinché le loro autorità di omologazione e le loro autorità di vigilanza del mercato dispongano delle risorse necessarie per il corretto svolgimento dei propri compiti.

3. La notifica delle autorità di omologazione e delle autorità di vigilanza del mercato comprende nome, indirizzo, indirizzo elettronico e settori di competenza. La Commissione pubblica sul proprio sito web un elenco e gli estremi delle autorità di omologazione e delle autorità di vigilanza del mercato.

4. Gli Stati membri consentono la messa a disposizione sul mercato, l’immatricolazione, l’entrata in circolazione o la circolazione su strade pubbliche esclusivamente di macchine mobili non stradali conformi al presente regolamento.

5. Per gli aspetti contemplati dal presente regolamento, gli Stati membri non vietano, limitano od ostacolano la messa a disposizione sul mercato, l’immatricolazione, l’entrata in circolazione o la circolazione su strade pubbliche di macchine mobili non stradali ad esso conformi.

6. In deroga al paragrafo 5, gli Stati membri possono limitare o vietare la circolazione su strade pubbliche o l’immatricolazione di macchine mobili non stradali omologate conformemente al presente regolamento che soddisfano uno dei criteri seguenti:

a) a causa delle dimensioni eccessive, la macchina non consente una sufficiente manovrabilità sulle strade pubbliche;

b) a causa di massa, carico per asse o pressione sul terreno eccessivi, la macchina potrebbe danneggiare la superficie delle strade pubbliche o di altre infrastrutture stradali;

c) a causa del suo sistema di guida completamente automatizzato o comandato a distanza per l’uso su strada, la macchina è soggetta a restrizioni nell’ambito della normativa nazionale sulla circolazione stradale.

Per integrare il presente regolamento, alla Commissione è conferito il potere di adottare atti delegati conformemente all’articolo 50 che stabiliscano la metodologia per determinare i valori soglia, da definire mediante gli atti di esecuzione di cui al terzo comma del presente paragrafo, per quanto riguarda la massa massima a pieno carico della macchina mobile non stradale su strada, il carico massimo per asse o la pressione massima sul terreno, oltre i quali le dimensioni, il peso e la massa di tale macchina mobile non stradale sono considerati eccessivi ai sensi del presente paragrafo, primo comma, lettere a) e b).

La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono tali valori soglia conformemente a detta metodologia. Tali valori soglia possono differire per i diversi gruppi di macchine mobili non stradali interessate.

7. Gli Stati membri organizzano ed eseguono attività di vigilanza del mercato e controlli delle macchine mobili non stradali che entrano nel mercato conformemente ai capi IV, V e VII del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020.

8. Gli Stati membri adottano le misure necessarie a garantire che le autorità di vigilanza del mercato siano autorizzate, conformemente al diritto nazionale, a esercitare i poteri loro conferiti a norma dell’articolo 14 del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020.

Articolo 6 Obblighi delle autorità di omologazione

1. Le autorità di omologazione garantiscono che i fabbricanti che richiedono un’omologazione UE adempiono agli obblighi previsti dal presente regolamento.

2. Le autorità di omologazione rilasciano omologazioni solo per le macchine mobili non stradali conformi alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento.

3. Le autorità di omologazione svolgono le loro funzioni ai sensi del presente regolamento in modo indipendente e imparziale. Collaborano in modo efficace ed efficiente e si scambiano le informazioni rilevanti per il loro ruolo e le loro funzioni.

4. Al fine di consentire alle autorità di vigilanza del mercato di effettuare controlli, le autorità di omologazione mettono a loro disposizione le informazioni necessarie relative all’omologazione delle macchine mobili non stradali che sono oggetto dei controlli di verifica della conformità. Tali informazioni comprendono almeno le informazioni contenute nel certificato di omologazione UE e nei relativi allegati. Le autorità di omologazione forniscono senza indebito ritardo tali informazioni alle autorità di vigilanza del mercato.

5. Ove sia stata informata, a norma del capo X, che vi è il sospetto che una macchina mobile non stradale comporti un grave rischio o non sia conforme, l’autorità di omologazione prende tutte le misure necessarie per riesaminare l’omologazione rilasciata e, se del caso, correggere o ritirare l’omologazione in base ai motivi e alla gravità delle irregolarità dimostrate.

Articolo 7 Obblighi generali dei fabbricanti

1. I fabbricanti garantiscono che le macchine mobili non stradali che immettono sul mercato appartengono a un tipo per il quale è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE e sono progettate e fabbricate in conformità a tale tipo, o hanno ricevuto un’omologazione individuale UE.

2. I fabbricanti garantiscono che le macchine mobili non stradali cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE da essi immesse sul mercato rechino la targhetta e la marcatura regolamentari prescritte dal presente regolamento e siano accompagnate dal relativo certificato di conformità.

I fabbricanti garantiscono altresì che per le macchine mobili non stradali cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE da essi immesse sul mercato i documenti, le informazioni e le istruzioni per gli utilizzatori siano redatti conformemente al presente regolamento.

3. Ai fini della vigilanza del mercato, i fabbricanti stabiliti al di fuori dell’Unione designano un rappresentante unico stabilito nell’Unione, che può coincidere con il rappresentante di cui all’articolo 18 o essere un rappresentante aggiuntivo. Il rappresentante del fabbricante incaricato della vigilanza del mercato esegue i compiti specificati nel mandato di cui all’articolo 9.

4. I fabbricanti appongono il loro nome, la loro denominazione commerciale registrata o il loro marchio registrato, nonché l’indirizzo postale e l’indirizzo di posta elettronica ai quali possono essere contattati, sulla macchina mobile non stradale che immettono sul mercato oppure, ove ciò non sia possibile, in un documento di accompagnamento della macchina. L’indirizzo fornito dal fabbricante indica un unico recapito a cui tale fabbricante può essere contattato. I dati di contatto sono indicati in una lingua facilmente comprensibile per gli utilizzatori e le autorità di vigilanza del mercato.

5. I fabbricanti sono responsabili dinanzi all’autorità di omologazione di tutti gli aspetti della procedura di omologazione e della conformità della produzione, indipendentemente dal fatto che partecipino direttamente a tutte le fasi di costruzione di una macchina mobile non stradale.

6. I fabbricanti fanno in modo che siano predisposte le procedure necessarie affinché la produzione in serie rimanga conforme al tipo omologato. Si tiene conto, conformemente al capo V, delle modifiche apportate alla progettazione o alle caratteristiche di una macchina mobile non stradale e delle modifiche delle prescrizioni a cui tale macchina è dichiarata conforme.

7. I fabbricanti fanno in modo che, mentre una macchina mobile non stradale per la quale è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE è sotto la loro responsabilità ed è destinata a essere messa a disposizione sul mercato, le condizioni di deposito o di trasporto non ne mettano a rischio la conformità al presente regolamento.

8. I fabbricanti garantiscono che le loro macchine mobili non stradali non sono progettate per incorporare strategie o altri mezzi che alterino le prestazioni registrate durante le procedure di prova in modo tale da determinarne la non conformità al presente regolamento quando operano in condizioni che ci si può ragionevolmente aspettare in caso di funzionamento normale.

Articolo 8 Obblighi specifici dei fabbricanti

1. I fabbricanti che abbiano sufficienti motivi per ritenere che una macchina mobile non stradale per cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE da essi messa a disposizione sul mercato non sia conforme alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento prendono immediatamente le misure correttive necessarie a rendere conforme tale macchina, a ritirarla o a richiamarla, a seconda dei casi, e a informare l’utilizzatore tramite della non conformità.

Il fabbricante informa immediatamente l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE o l’omologazione individuale UE indicando i dettagli relativi alla non conformità e alle misure adottate.

2. I fabbricanti che abbiano sufficienti motivi per ritenere che la macchina mobile non stradale da essi messa a disposizione sul mercato presenti un rischio grave ne informano immediatamente le autorità di omologazione e le autorità di vigilanza del mercato degli Stati membri in cui hanno messo a disposizione sul mercato la macchina, indicando i dettagli relativi a tale rischio e qualsiasi misura correttiva adottata. I fabbricanti informano immediatamente l’utilizzatore o di tale rischio grave e delle misure correttive adottate con mezzi adeguati.

3. I fabbricanti tengono il fascicolo di omologazione e una copia dei certificati di conformità a disposizione delle autorità di omologazione e delle autorità di vigilanza del mercato per un periodo di 10 anni dopo l’immissione sul mercato di una macchina mobile non stradale.

4. Un fabbricante fornisce a un’autorità nazionale, a seguito di una richiesta motivata di questa e per il tramite dell’autorità di omologazione, una copia del certificato di omologazione UE o del certificato di omologazione individuale UE tradotto in una lingua facilmente comprensibile per tale autorità.

I fabbricanti collaborano con le autorità nazionali in merito a qualsiasi provvedimento adottato conformemente all’articolo 19 del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020 per eliminare i rischi presentati dalle loro macchine mobili non stradali che sono state immesse sul mercato, immatricolate o che sono entrate in circolazione.

5. I fabbricanti esaminano eventuali reclami da essi ricevuti in relazione a rischi, presunti incidenti o questioni di non conformità riguardanti le macchine mobili non stradali che hanno immesso sul mercato.

In caso di reclamo motivato, i fabbricanti informano immediatamente i distributori e gli importatori.

I fabbricanti tengono un registro dei reclami di cui al primo comma, comprendente una descrizione del problema e le informazioni necessarie a individuare il tipo di macchina mobile non stradale interessato.

Articolo 9 Obblighi dei rappresentanti del fabbricante in materia di vigilanza del mercato

1. Il rappresentante del fabbricante incaricato della vigilanza del mercato esegue i compiti specificati nel mandato ricevuto dal fabbricante. Il mandato consente ai rappresentanti di svolgere i compiti seguenti:

a) accedere al fascicolo informativo di cui all’articolo 19 e ai certificati di conformità;

b) fornire a un’autorità di omologazione o a un’autorità di vigilanza del mercato, a seguito di una sua richiesta motivata, tutte le informazioni e la documentazione necessarie a dimostrare la conformità della produzione di una macchina mobile non stradale cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE a norma del presente regolamento;

c) collaborare con le autorità di omologazione o con le autorità di vigilanza del mercato, su loro richiesta, in merito a qualsiasi azione intrapresa conformemente al capo X del presente regolamento riguardo alle macchine mobili non stradali che rientrano nel loro mandato;

d) informare immediatamente il fabbricante in merito ai reclami e alle segnalazioni concernenti i rischi, i presunti incidenti o i problemi di non conformità relativi alle macchine mobili non stradali oggetto del mandato;

e) porre fine al mandato senza sanzioni se il fabbricante agisce in contrasto con gli obblighi che gli derivano dal presente regolamento.

2. Il rappresentante del fabbricante ai fini della vigilanza del mercato che ponga fine al mandato per i motivi di cui al paragrafo 1, lettera e), informa immediatamente l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE o l’omologazione individuale UE.

Articolo 10 Obblighi generali degli importatori

1. Gli importatori garantiscono che le macchine mobili non stradali che immettono sul mercato appartengono a un tipo per il quale è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE e sono conformi a tale tipo o hanno ricevuto un’omologazione individuale UE.

2. Gli importatori garantiscono che le macchine mobili non stradali cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE da essi immesse sul mercato rechino la targhetta e la marcatura regolamentari previste dal presente regolamento e che siano accompagnate dal certificato di conformità.

Gli importatori garantiscono altresì che per le macchine mobili non stradali cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE da essi immesse sul mercato i documenti, le informazioni e le istruzioni per gli utilizzatori siano redatti conformemente al presente regolamento e che gli obblighi stabiliti all’articolo 7, paragrafi 3 e 4, siano rispettati ove applicabili.

3. Gli importatori appongono il loro nome, la loro denominazione commerciale registrata o il loro marchio registrato, nonché l’indirizzo postale e l’indirizzo di posta elettronica ai quali possono essere contattati, sulla macchina mobile non stradale oppure, ove ciò non sia possibile, sull’imballaggio o in un documento di accompagnamento della macchina. L’indirizzo fornito dall’importatore indica un unico recapito a cui tale importatore può essere contattato. I dati di contatto sono indicati in una lingua facilmente comprensibile per gli utilizzatori e le autorità di vigilanza del mercato.

4. Gli importatori garantiscono che, mentre una macchina mobile non stradale cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE è sotto la loro responsabilità ed è destinata a essere messa a disposizione sul mercato, le condizioni di deposito o di trasporto non ne mettano a rischio la conformità alle disposizioni applicabili del presente regolamento.

Articolo 11 Obblighi specifici degli importatori

1. Gli importatori non mettono a disposizione sul mercato macchine mobili non stradali non conformi alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento fino a quando tali macchine non sono state rese conformi.

2. Gli importatori che abbiano sufficienti motivi per ritenere che la macchina mobile non stradale da essi messa a disposizione sul mercato non sia conforme alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento adottano immediatamente le misure correttive necessarie a rendere conforme tale macchina, a ritirarla o a richiamarla, a seconda dei casi.

3. Gli importatori che abbiano sufficienti motivi per ritenere che la macchina mobile non stradale da essi messa a disposizione sul mercato presenti un rischio grave ne informano immediatamente il fabbricante, le autorità di omologazione e le autorità di vigilanza del mercato degli Stati membri in cui hanno immesso sul mercato la macchina o in cui questa è entrata in circolazione.

L’importatore informa altresì tali autorità in merito ad ogni provvedimento preso e fornisce informazioni relative al rischio grave e alle eventuali misure correttive adottate dal fabbricante.

4. Per un periodo di 10 anni dalla data in cui la macchina mobile non stradale è stata immessa sul mercato, gli importatori conservano una copia del certificato di conformità a disposizione delle autorità di omologazione e delle autorità di vigilanza del mercato e fanno in modo che, se ne viene fatta richiesta, il fascicolo di omologazione possa essere messo a disposizione di tali autorità.

5. Gli importatori forniscono alle autorità nazionali che presentano una richiesta motivata tutte le informazioni e la documentazione necessarie per dimostrare la conformità di una macchina mobile non stradale in una lingua facilmente comprensibile per tali autorità. Gli importatori collaborano con dette autorità, su loro richiesta, per qualsiasi misura adottata al fine di eliminare i rischi derivanti dalle macchine mobili non stradali che hanno immesso sul mercato.

6. Gli importatori tengono un registro dei reclami e dei richiami relativi alle macchine mobili non stradali che hanno immesso sul mercato e tengono informati i loro distributori in merito a tali reclami e richiami.

Articolo 12 Obblighi generali dei distributori

1. Quando mettono a disposizione sul mercato una macchina mobile non stradale cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE, i distributori applicano con la dovuta diligenza le disposizioni pertinenti del presente regolamento.

2. Prima di mettere a disposizione sul mercato una macchina mobile non stradale, i distributori verificano che le condizioni seguenti siano soddisfatte:

a) la macchina mobile non stradale cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE reca la targhetta e la marcatura regolamentari previste dal presente regolamento;

b) la macchina mobile non stradale cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione è accompagnata da un certificato di conformità;

c) per la macchina mobile non stradale cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE, i documenti, le informazioni e le istruzioni per gli utilizzatori sono stati redatti conformemente al presente regolamento;

d) per la macchina mobile non stradale cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE, gli obblighi stabiliti all’articolo 7, paragrafi 3 e 4, e all’articolo 10, paragrafo 3, sono stati rispettati, ove applicabile.

3. I distributori fanno in modo che, mentre una macchina mobile non stradale cui è stata rilasciata un’omologazione UE o un’omologazione individuale UE è sotto la loro responsabilità, le condizioni di deposito o di trasporto non ne mettano a rischio la conformità al presente regolamento.

Articolo 13 Obblighi specifici dei distributori

1. I distributori che abbiano sufficienti motivi per ritenere che una macchina mobile non stradale sotto la loro responsabilità non sia conforme al presente regolamento ne informano il fabbricante, l’importatore e l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE o l’omologazione individuale UE e non mettono la macchina mobile non stradale a disposizione sul mercato fino a quando non sia stata resa conforme.

2. I distributori che abbiano sufficienti motivi per ritenere che la macchina mobile non stradale da essi messa a disposizione sul mercato non sia conforme al presente regolamento ne informano il fabbricante, l’importatore e l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE o l’omologazione individuale UE.

3. I distributori che abbiano sufficienti motivi per ritenere che la macchina mobile non stradale da essi messa a disposizione sul mercato presenti un rischio grave ne informano immediatamente il fabbricante, l’importatore, le autorità di omologazione e le autorità di vigilanza del mercato degli Stati membri in cui hanno messo a disposizione sul mercato la macchina.

Il distributore informa altresì tali autorità in merito ad ogni provvedimento preso e fornisce, in particolare, informazioni relative al rischio grave e alle misure correttive adottate dal fabbricante.

4. A seguito di una richiesta motivata di un’autorità nazionale, un distributore fa in modo che il fabbricante fornisca all’autorità nazionale le informazioni di cui all’articolo 8, paragrafo 4, o che l’importatore le fornisca le informazioni di cui all’articolo 11, paragrafo 4. Il distributore collabora con tale autorità, su richiesta di quest’ultima, in merito a qualsiasi provvedimento adottato conformemente all’articolo 19 del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020 per eliminare i rischi presentati dalla macchina mobile non stradale che ha messo a disposizione sul mercato.

5. I distributori informano immediatamente il fabbricante interessato in merito ai reclami ricevuti in relazione a rischi, presunti incidenti o questioni di non conformità riguardanti le macchine mobili non stradali che hanno messo a disposizione sul mercato.

Articolo 14 Casi in cui gli obblighi dei fabbricanti si applicano agli importatori e ai distributori

Un importatore o un distributore è considerato un fabbricante ai fini del presente regolamento ed è soggetto agli obblighi del fabbricante nei casi seguenti:

a) qualora l’importatore o il distributore metta a disposizione sul mercato, immatricoli o sia responsabile dell’entrata in circolazione di una macchina mobile non stradale con il suo nome o marchio;

b) qualora l’importatore o il distributore modifichi tale macchina in modo da poterne compromettere la conformità al presente regolamento.

Articolo 15 Identificazione degli operatori economici

Gli operatori economici notificano, su richiesta, alle autorità di omologazione e alle autorità di vigilanza del mercato, per un periodo di 10 anni dall’immissione sul mercato della macchina mobile non stradale, quanto segue:

a) tutti gli operatori economici che hanno fornito loro una macchina mobile non stradale;

b) tutti gli operatori economici ai quali hanno fornito una macchina mobile non stradale.

Articolo 16 Requisiti tecnici per le macchine mobili non stradali destinate alla circolazione sulle strade pubbliche

1. La macchina mobile non stradale è progettata, costruita e assemblata in modo da ridurre al minimo i rischi di lesioni per gli occupanti e le altre persone e il rischio di danni alle infrastrutture stradali nella zona ad essa circostante, quando la macchina circola su una strada pubblica.

2. Alla Commissione è conferito il potere di adottare atti delegati conformemente all’articolo 50 riguardo alle norme dettagliate relative alle prescrizioni di cui al paragrafo 1 per quanto riguarda gli elementi seguenti:

a) integrità della struttura del veicolo;

b) velocità massima di progetto, regolatore di velocità, dispositivi di limitazione della velocità e tachimetri;

c) dispositivi di frenatura;

d) sterzo;

e) campo visivo;

f) tergicristalli;

g) vetrature e relativa installazione;

h) dispositivi per la visione indiretta;

i) illuminazione, installazione di dispositivi di illuminazione, nonché avvertenze e marcature visive;

j) parte esterna e accessori nella posizione su strada, compresa l’attrezzatura da lavoro e la struttura mobile;

k) segnalatori acustici e relativa installazione;

l) sistemi di riscaldamento, sbrinamento e disappannamento;

m) alloggiamenti delle targhe di immatricolazione;

n) targhetta e marcatura regolamentari;

o) dimensioni;

p) masse;

q) sistemi di stoccaggio dell’energia;

r) pneumatici;

s) retromarcia;

t) cingoli;

u) dispositivi e componenti di accoppiamento meccanico;

v) posti a sedere del conducente e degli altri occupanti e sistemi di ritenuta;

w) aggiunte al manuale dell’operatore riguardanti specificamente l’uso su strada;

x) comandi dell’operatore.

Con gli atti delegati di cui al primo comma possono essere stabilite norme dettagliate per qualsivoglia altro elemento, ove necessario, derivante da progressi tecnici e scientifici, atte a garantire la conformità al paragrafo 1.

Gli atti delegati di cui al primo comma comprendono anche, se appropriato, norme dettagliate su quanto segue:

a) procedure di prova selezionate tra quelle elencate all’articolo 22, paragrafo 3;

b) metodi di prova;

c) valori limite o parametri, in relazione a tutti gli elementi elencati al primo comma;

d) descrizione dell’attrezzatura o delle parti di attrezzatura di cui le macchine mobili non stradali sono dotate;

e) caratteristiche specifiche delle macchine mobili non stradali.

Gli atti delegati di cui al primo comma possono prevedere norme dettagliate diverse per i diversi gruppi di macchine mobili non stradali e specificano se le loro disposizioni si applicano alle macchine mobili non stradali destinate alla circolazione su strade pubbliche con conducente o senza conducente o a entrambe le categorie.

3. Nell’adottare gli atti delegati di cui al paragrafo 2, la Commissione garantisce che le prescrizioni stabilite in tali atti delegati siano allineate, coerenti e complementari alle prescrizioni applicabili alle macchine mobili non stradali a norma di altri atti del diritto dell’Unione, in particolare il regolamento (UE) 2023/1230. Nella preparazione di tali atti delegati, la Commissione svolge adeguate consultazioni, anche con le parti interessate.

Articolo 17 Messa a disposizione sul mercato, immatricolazione o entrata in circolazione di macchine mobili non stradali

1. Le macchine mobili non stradali destinate alla circolazione su strade pubbliche sono messe a disposizione sul mercato, immatricolate o immesse in circolazione solo se conformi al presente regolamento.

2. Le macchine mobili non stradali sono conformi al presente regolamento solo se sono rispettati gli obblighi corrispondenti a tali macchine stabiliti dal regolamento.

CAPO III PROCEDURA DI OMOLOGAZIONE UE

Articolo 18 Domanda di omologazione UE

1. Il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE presenta all’autorità di omologazione una domanda di omologazione UE e il fascicolo informativo di cui all’articolo 19.

Qualora sia stabilito al di fuori dell’Unione, il fabbricante designa un rappresentante unico stabilito nell’Unione che lo rappresenti dinanzi all’autorità di omologazione. Qualora sia stabilito all’interno dell’Unione, il fabbricante può nominare tale rappresentante.

2. L’omologazione UE consiste nell’omologazione della macchina mobile non stradale nella sua interezza con un’unica operazione.

3. Per un determinato tipo di macchina mobile non stradale viene presentata una sola domanda di omologazione UE, in un solo Stato membro e a una sola autorità di omologazione.

4. Per ogni tipo di macchina mobile non stradale da omologare viene presentata una domanda di omologazione UE distinta.

Articolo 19 Fascicolo informativo

1. All’atto della presentazione di una domanda di omologazione UE di cui all’articolo 18, paragrafo 1, il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE fornisce all’autorità di omologazione un fascicolo informativo.

2. Il fascicolo informativo comprende:

a) una scheda informativa;

b) tutti i dati, i disegni, le fotografie e le altre informazioni di rilievo;

c) copia della dichiarazione di conformità UE prevista dalla normativa applicabile dell’Unione che armonizza le condizioni per la commercializzazione dei prodotti;

d) ogni informazione richiesta dall’autorità di omologazione nell’ambito della procedura di domanda dell’omologazione UE.

3. Il fascicolo informativo è fornito su carta o in un formato elettronico accettato dal servizio tecnico e dall’autorità di omologazione.

4. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono il modello della scheda informativa e della documentazione informativa. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

CAPO IV ESPLETAMENTO DELLE PROCEDURE DI OMOLOGAZIONE UE

Articolo 20 Disposizioni generali sull’espletamento delle procedure di omologazione UE

1. Le autorità di omologazione rilasciano una sola omologazione UE per ciascun tipo di macchina mobile non stradale.

2. Le autorità di omologazione verificano quanto segue:

a) la conformità delle modalità di produzione di cui all’articolo 23; e

b) la conformità del tipo di macchina mobile non stradale ai requisiti tecnici applicabili.

Se ritiene che un tipo di macchina mobile non stradale, pur se conforme ai requisiti tecnici pertinenti, presenti un rischio grave, l’autorità di omologazione può rifiutare il rilascio dell’omologazione UE. In tale caso invia immediatamente una notifica dettagliata alle autorità di omologazione degli altri Stati membri e alla Commissione spiegando i motivi della sua decisione e reca le prove a sostegno delle sue conclusioni.

3. L’autorità di omologazione che rifiuti o ritiri l’omologazione UE ne informa immediatamente le autorità di omologazione degli altri Stati membri, indicando i motivi della sua decisione, mediante un sistema comune sicuro di trasmissione elettronica.

4. L’autorità di omologazione riunisce in un fascicolo di omologazione la documentazione che segue:

a) un fascicolo informativo, i verbali di prova e tutti gli altri documenti aggiunti a tale documentazione dal servizio tecnico o dall’autorità di omologazione nell’esercizio delle loro funzioni;

b) un indice del contenuto del fascicolo di omologazione, provvisto di adeguata numerazione, in cui sono evidenziate le fasi successive della procedura di omologazione UE, in particolare le date delle revisioni e degli aggiornamenti.

L’autorità di omologazione tiene a disposizione le informazioni contenute nel fascicolo di omologazione di cui al primo comma per un periodo di 10 anni dopo il termine di validità dell’omologazione UE in questione.

5. La Commissione può avere accesso al sistema comune sicuro di trasmissione elettronica di cui al paragrafo 3, all’articolo 21, paragrafo 3, all’articolo 26, paragrafo 3, e all’articolo 27, paragrafo 5. La Commissione può adottare atti di esecuzione che stabiliscano il formato dei documenti elettronici che devono essere messi a disposizione attraverso tale sistema, il meccanismo di scambio e le procedure di informazione delle autorità in merito al rilascio delle omologazioni UE, alle relative modifiche, rifiuti e ritiri, nonché alle misure di sicurezza. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

Articolo 21 Certificato di omologazione UE

1. Dopo il rilascio dell’omologazione UE, il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE riceve dall’autorità di omologazione un certificato di omologazione UE.

Il certificato di omologazione UE resta valido fino alla scadenza dell’omologazione UE.

L’autorità di omologazione modifica il certificato di omologazione UE quando la relativa omologazione UE è oggetto di modifica.

2. Il certificato di omologazione UE contiene gli allegati seguenti:

a) il fascicolo di omologazione di cui all’articolo 20, paragrafo 4;

b) scheda dei risultati di prova;

c) nome e facsimile della firma della persona autorizzata a firmare un certificato di conformità e dichiarazione relativa alla posizione ricoperta in azienda da tale persona;

d) facsimile compilato del certificato di conformità.

3. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono un sistema di numerazione armonizzato. I certificati di omologazione UE sono numerati secondo tale sistema di numerazione armonizzato. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2. Entro un mese dal rilascio del certificato di omologazione UE, l’autorità di omologazione invia alle autorità di omologazione degli altri Stati membri, mediante un sistema comune sicuro di trasmissione elettronica, una copia del certificato di omologazione UE della macchina mobile non stradale insieme agli allegati.

4. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono il modello del certificato di omologazione UE. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2. Per ogni tipo di macchina mobile non stradale, l’autorità di omologazione:

a) completa tutte le parti pertinenti del certificato di omologazione UE, compresa la scheda dei risultati di prova ad esso allegata;

b) compila l’indice del fascicolo di omologazione;

c) rilascia immediatamente al fabbricante o al suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE il certificato compilato completo degli allegati.

5. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono il modello della scheda dei risultati di prova di cui al paragrafo 2, lettera b). Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

6. Se per un’omologazione UE sono imposte, in conformità all’articolo 30, restrizioni alla validità, il certificato di omologazione UE specifica tali restrizioni.

7. L’autorità di omologazione stila un elenco delle prescrizioni o degli atti applicabili e lo allega al certificato di omologazione UE. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono il modello di detto elenco. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

Articolo 22 Dimostrazione di conformità per l’omologazione UE

1. Ai fini del rilascio dell’omologazione UE di macchine mobili non stradali viene dimostrata la conformità alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento, in particolare ai requisiti tecnici applicabili.

2. Il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE dimostra la conformità ai requisiti tecnici applicabili predisponendo la documentazione tecnica.

3. La documentazione tecnica di cui al paragrafo 2 comprende una dichiarazione di conformità del fabbricante o, se gli atti delegati adottati a norma del presente regolamento prescrivono prove, i pertinenti verbali di prova relativi alle procedure di prova seguenti:

a) prove effettuate dal fabbricante; per le procedure di prova di cui alla presente lettera, la responsabilità dell’autorità di omologazione si limita alla verifica che la dichiarazione e i verbali di prova siano inclusi nel fascicolo;

b) prove effettuate da un servizio tecnico designato a svolgere tale attività o dal servizio tecnico interno accreditato, di cui all’articolo 43, di tale fabbricante;

c) prove effettuate dal fabbricante sotto la supervisione di un servizio tecnico designato a svolgere tale attività, diverso dal servizio tecnico interno accreditato di cui all’articolo 43.

4. Ai fini dell’omologazione UE delle macchine mobili non stradali, i componenti o le entità tecniche indipendenti omologati secondo le procedure e le prescrizioni di cui al regolamento (UE) n. 167/2013 o al regolamento (UE) 2018/858 sono accettati qualora siano correttamente installati e integrati nella macchina mobile non stradale e non influiscano sulla sua conformità ai requisiti tecnici applicabili.

5. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono le prescrizioni generali relative al formato dei verbali di prova di cui al paragrafo 3 alle quali tali verbali di prova si conformano. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

6. Il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE mette a disposizione dell’autorità di omologazione tante macchine mobili non stradali quante richieste ai sensi degli atti delegati pertinenti adottati a norma del presente regolamento ai fini dell’esecuzione delle prove da essi stabilite.

Le prove prescritte sono eseguite su macchine mobili non stradali rappresentative del tipo da omologare.

Il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE può tuttavia selezionare, previo accordo dell’autorità di omologazione, una macchina mobile non stradale che, pur non essendo rappresentativa del tipo in questione, combini alcune delle caratteristiche più sfavorevoli con riguardo al livello di prestazioni richiesto. Per agevolare le decisioni durante il processo di selezione possono essere utilizzati metodi di prova virtuali.

7. Previo accordo dell’autorità di omologazione, se il fabbricante o il suo rappresentante per l’omologazione UE ne fa richiesta possono essere utilizzati metodi di prova virtuali in alternativa alle procedure di prova di cui al paragrafo 3 rispetto alle prescrizioni di cui agli atti delegati adottati a norma del paragrafo 9.

8. I metodi di prova virtuali soddisfano le condizioni specificate negli atti delegati adottati a norma del paragrafo 9.

9. Per garantire che i risultati ottenuti con le prove virtuali siano altrettanto significativi di quelli ottenuti con le prove fisiche, alla Commissione è conferito il potere di adottare atti delegati conformemente all’articolo 50, che integrino il presente regolamento stabilendo le prescrizioni il cui rispetto può essere verificato mediante prove virtuali e le condizioni alle quali devono essere effettuate tali prove virtuali.

Articolo 23 Conformità delle modalità di produzione

1. L’autorità di omologazione che rilascia un’omologazione UE adotta le misure necessarie ad accertare, direttamente, in collaborazione con l’autorità di omologazione di un altro Stato membro, o in base alla verifica già effettuata da detta autorità, che siano state predisposte modalità di produzione atte a garantire la conformità al tipo omologato e ai piani di controllo documentati, da concordare con il titolare dell’omologazione UE per ciascuna omologazione, delle macchine mobili non stradali in produzione.

2. L’autorità di omologazione verifica che il titolare dell’omologazione UE abbia emesso un numero sufficiente di facsimili di certificati di conformità conformemente all’articolo 28 e che abbia predisposto opportune modalità per assicurare la correttezza dei dati contenuti nei certificati di conformità.

3. L’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato un’omologazione UE adotta le misure necessarie ad accertare, in relazione a tale omologazione, direttamente, in collaborazione con l’autorità di omologazione di un altro Stato membro, o in base alla verifica già effettuata da detta autorità, che le modalità di cui ai paragrafi 1 e 2 del presente articolo siano ancora adeguate affinché le macchine mobili non stradali in produzione siano ancora conformi al tipo omologato e che i certificati di conformità siano ancora conformi all’articolo 28.

4. L’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE può effettuare, su campioni prelevati nei locali del titolare dell’omologazione UE, compresi i suoi impianti di produzione, tutti i controlli o le prove richiesti per l’omologazione UE.

5. Se un’autorità che ha rilasciato un’omologazione UE accerta che le modalità di cui ai paragrafi 1 e 2 non sono state attuate, divergono in misura significativa dalle modalità e dai piani di controllo convenuti o non sono più ritenute adeguate, benché la produzione sia proseguita, adotta le misure necessarie a garantire che la procedura per la conformità della produzione sia seguita correttamente o ritira l’omologazione UE. L’autorità di omologazione può decidere di adottare tutte le necessarie misure correttive o restrittive di cui al capo X.

6. Alla Commissione è conferito il potere di adottare atti delegati conformemente all’articolo 50 riguardo alle modalità dettagliate relative alla conformità della produzione, quali le condizioni dettagliate alle quali le autorità di omologazione non possono rifiutare la verifica già effettuata dall’autorità di omologazione di un altro Stato membro.

CAPO V MODIFICHE DELL’OMOLOGAZIONE UE

Articolo 24 Disposizioni generali

1. Il titolare di un’omologazione UE informa immediatamente l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE di qualsiasi modifica delle informazioni contenute nel fascicolo di omologazione.

2. Tale autorità di omologazione decide quale tra le procedure stabilite dall’articolo 25 è opportuno seguire.

3. Se necessario e previa consultazione del titolare dell’omologazione UE, l’autorità di omologazione può decidere che è necessario accordare una modifica dell’omologazione UE.

4. Il titolare di un’omologazione UE da modificare presenta una domanda di modifica dell’omologazione UE all’autorità che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE da modificare.

5. Qualora l’autorità di omologazione accerti che, per introdurre una modifica in un’omologazione UE, siano necessarie nuove ispezioni o prove, ne informa il titolare dell’omologazione UE da modificare.

Le procedure di cui all’articolo 25 si applicano soltanto se, in seguito a tali ispezioni o prove, l’autorità di omologazione conclude che le prescrizioni per l’omologazione UE continuano a essere rispettate.

Articolo 25 Modifiche dell’omologazione UE

1. Qualora accerti che le informazioni contenute nel fascicolo di omologazione sono cambiate, l’autorità di omologazione accorda una modifica dell’omologazione UE oggetto della domanda presentata conformemente all’articolo 24.

2. L’autorità di omologazione considera la modifica una «revisione» se non è necessario ripetere ispezioni o prove.

In tale caso l’autorità di omologazione rilascia, se del caso, le pagine del fascicolo di omologazione modificate, indicando chiaramente su ciascuna pagina modificata la natura della modifica e la data del nuovo rilascio. Una versione consolidata e aggiornata del fascicolo di omologazione, accompagnata da una descrizione dettagliata delle modifiche, è considerata conforme a tale prescrizione.

3. L’autorità di omologazione considera la modifica un’«estensione» nei casi seguenti:

a) sono necessarie ulteriori ispezioni o prove;

b) una delle informazioni contenute nel certificato di omologazione UE, ad eccezione degli allegati, è cambiata; o

c) nuove prescrizioni previste da qualsiasi atto adottato a norma del presente regolamento diventano applicabili alla macchina mobile non stradale omologata UE.

4. Qualora siano rilasciate pagine modificate del fascicolo di omologazione o una sua versione aggiornata consolidata, si modifica di conseguenza l’indice del fascicolo di omologazione allegato al certificato di omologazione UE indicando la data dell’ultima estensione o revisione o la data dell’ultimo consolidamento della versione aggiornata.

5. Non sono necessarie modifiche dell’omologazione UE di una macchina mobile non stradale se le nuove prescrizioni di cui al paragrafo 3, lettera c), sono irrilevanti dal punto di vista tecnico per quel tipo di macchina mobile non stradale.

Articolo 26 Rilascio e notifica di modifiche

1. In caso di revisione, l’autorità di omologazione rilascia al titolare dell’omologazione UE, secondo il caso, i documenti riveduti o la versione consolidata e aggiornata, incluso l’indice riveduto del fascicolo di omologazione.

2. In caso di estensione, l’autorità di omologazione rilascia un certificato di omologazione UE aggiornato, contrassegnato da un numero di estensione progressivo a seconda del numero di estensioni successive già rilasciate. Tale certificato aggiornato riporta chiaramente il motivo dell’estensione e la data del nuovo rilascio del certificato di omologazione UE aggiornato. Si aggiornano tutte le sezioni pertinenti del certificato, gli allegati e l’indice del fascicolo di omologazione.

L’autorità di omologazione rilascia tale certificato aggiornato, insieme ai relativi allegati, al titolare dell’omologazione UE.

3. L’autorità di omologazione notifica alle autorità di omologazione degli altri Stati membri tutte le modifiche delle omologazioni UE mediante un sistema comune sicuro di trasmissione elettronica.

CAPO VI VALIDITÀ DELL’OMOLOGAZIONE UE

Articolo 27 Cessazione della validità

1. Le omologazioni UE rilasciate hanno validità illimitata.

2. La validità dell’omologazione UE cessa in ciascuno dei casi seguenti:

a) se la produzione della macchina mobile non stradale omologata UE cessa in modo definitivo e volontario;

b) se nuove prescrizioni applicabili alla macchina mobile non stradale omologata UE diventano obbligatorie per la messa a disposizione sul mercato, l’immatricolazione o l’entrata in circolazione delle macchine mobili non stradali e non è possibile aggiornare l’omologazione conformemente al capo V;

c) se la validità dell’omologazione UE scade a causa di una restrizione conformemente all’articolo 30, paragrafo 3;

d) se l’omologazione UE è stata ritirata a norma dell’articolo 23, paragrafo 5.

Tuttavia, nel caso di cui al primo comma, lettera b), la validità dell’omologazione UE e del relativo certificato per l’immissione sul mercato delle macchine mobili non stradali cessa 24 mesi dopo la data di applicazione delle nuove prescrizioni di cui al primo comma, lettera b).

3. Quando si riferisce unicamente a una variante di un tipo o di una versione di una variante, la validità dell’omologazione UE della macchina mobile non stradale in questione cessa limitatamente a tale variante o versione specifica.

4. Quando la produzione di un determinato tipo di macchina mobile non stradale cessa definitivamente, il titolare dell’omologazione UE ne informa l’autorità che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE per tale macchina.

5. Entro un mese dal ricevimento della notifica di cui al paragrafo 4, l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE della macchina mobile non stradale ne informa le autorità di omologazione degli altri Stati membri mediante un sistema comune sicuro di trasmissione elettronica.

6. Fatti salvi i paragrafi 4 e 5, se la validità dell’omologazione UE di una macchina mobile non stradale sta per cessare, il titolare dell’omologazione UE ne informa l’autorità che l’ha rilasciata.

L’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE comunica senza ritardo alle autorità di omologazione degli altri Stati membri tutte le informazioni del caso mediante un sistema comune sicuro di trasmissione elettronica.

7. Nella comunicazione di cui al paragrafo 6 sono indicati, in particolare, la data di produzione e il numero di identificazione dell’ultima macchina mobile non stradale prodotta.

CAPO VII CERTIFICATO DI CONFORMITÀ E TARGHETTA E MARCATURA REGOLAMENTARI

Articolo 28 Certificato di conformità

1. Il fabbricante rilascia un certificato di conformità che accompagna ogni macchina mobile non stradale fabbricata conformemente al relativo tipo omologato UE.

2. Il certificato di conformità è rilasciato all’utilizzatore a titolo gratuito insieme alla macchina mobile non stradale. Il rilascio del certificato non può essere subordinato a una richiesta esplicita o alla trasmissione di ulteriori informazioni al titolare dell’omologazione UE.

3. Il certificato di conformità può essere fornito sia in formato cartaceo che in formato elettronico.

Se tuttavia al momento dell’acquisto della macchina mobile non stradale l’acquirente lo richiede, il certificato è fornito dal fabbricante in formato cartaceo a titolo gratuito.

4. L’autorità di omologazione che riceve il certificato di conformità sotto forma di dati strutturati in formato elettronico:

a) garantisce che le autorità di omologazione, le autorità di vigilanza del mercato e le autorità di immatricolazione degli Stati membri e la Commissione possano accedervi; e

b) ne dà accesso in sola lettura.

Gli Stati membri stabiliscono l’organizzazione e la struttura della loro rete di dati per consentire la ricezione dei dati dei certificati di conformità, preferibilmente avvalendosi dei sistemi esistenti per lo scambio di dati strutturati.

5. Per un periodo di 10 anni dalla data di produzione della macchina mobile non stradale il fabbricante rilascia, su richiesta del proprietario della macchina stessa, un duplicato del certificato di conformità a fronte di un corrispettivo non superiore al costo del rilascio. Sul recto di ogni duplicato del certificato è chiaramente visibile il termine «duplicato» nella lingua in cui il certificato di conformità è redatto.

6. Il fabbricante usa il modello, in formato cartaceo o elettronico, del certificato di conformità adottato dalla Commissione mediante gli atti di esecuzione di cui al paragrafo 7.

Tutti gli scambi di dati a norma del presente articolo sono effettuati mediante protocolli per lo scambio sicuro di dati specificati negli atti di esecuzione di cui al paragrafo 8.

7. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione relativi al certificato di conformità in formato cartaceo in cui siano definiti, in particolare:

a) il modello del certificato di conformità;

b) gli elementi di sicurezza volti a prevenire la falsificazione del certificato di conformità; e

c) la specifica relativa alle modalità di firma del certificato di conformità.

Gli atti di esecuzione di cui al presente paragrafo sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

8. La Commissione, tenendo conto dei dati che è necessario fornire nel certificato di conformità in formato cartaceo, adotta atti di esecuzione relativi ai certificati di conformità in formato elettronico in cui siano definiti, in particolare:

a) il formato e la struttura di base degli elementi di dati dei certificati di conformità in formato elettronico e i messaggi utilizzati nello scambio;

b) le prescrizioni minime per lo scambio sicuro di dati, incluse la prevenzione della corruzione e dell’abuso dei dati, e misure volte a garantire l’autenticità dei dati elettronici, come l’utilizzo di firme digitali;

c) le modalità di scambio dei dati del certificato di conformità in formato elettronico.

Gli atti di esecuzione di cui al presente paragrafo sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

9. Il certificato di conformità è redatto in una lingua ufficiale di uno Stato membro. Ogni autorità di omologazione può chiedere al fabbricante di far tradurre il certificato di conformità nelle lingue ufficiali del proprio Stato membro.

10. La persona autorizzata a firmare i certificati di conformità fa parte dell’organizzazione del fabbricante ed è debitamente autorizzata dalla direzione a impegnare pienamente la responsabilità giuridica del fabbricante per quanto riguarda la progettazione e la costruzione, o la conformità, della produzione della macchina mobile non stradale.

11. Il certificato di conformità è compilato in ogni sua parte e non prevede restrizioni all’uso della macchina mobile non stradale che non siano disciplinate dal presente regolamento.

12. Il certificato di conformità per le macchine mobili non stradali omologate a norma dell’articolo 30, paragrafo 2, reca nell’intestazione la frase «Per macchine mobili non stradali omologate a norma dell’articolo 30, paragrafo 2, del regolamento (UE) 2025/14 del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio, del 19 dicembre 2024, relativo all’omologazione e alla vigilanza del mercato delle macchine mobili non stradali circolanti su strade pubbliche, che modifica il regolamento (UE) 2019/1020».

13. Fatto salvo il paragrafo 1, il fabbricante può trasmettere il certificato di conformità all’autorità di immatricolazione di qualsiasi Stato membro per via elettronica.

Articolo 29 Targhetta e marcatura regolamentari della macchina mobile non stradale

1. Il fabbricante appone una targhetta regolamentare con la marcatura sulla macchina fabbricata conformemente al tipo omologato.

2. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono il modello della targhetta regolamentare con la marcatura delle macchine mobili non stradali. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2. I primi di tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati entro il 29 luglio 2027.

CAPO VIII NUOVE TECNOLOGIE O NUOVE CONCEZIONI

Articolo 30 Deroghe per nuove tecnologie o nuove concezioni

1. La domanda di cui all’articolo 18 può essere presentata per un tipo di macchina mobile non stradale comprendente nuove tecnologie o nuove concezioni incompatibili con i requisiti tecnici applicabili.

2. L’autorità di omologazione rilascia l’omologazione UE per la macchina mobile non stradale di cui al paragrafo 1 se sono soddisfatte tutte le condizioni seguenti:

a) nella domanda sono indicati i motivi per cui le tecnologie o le concezioni in questione sono incompatibili con i requisiti tecnici applicabili;

b) nella domanda sono descritte le implicazioni per gli aspetti interessati dalla nuova tecnologia e le misure adottate per garantire un livello di protezione relativo a tali aspetti almeno equivalente a quello previsto dalle prescrizioni alle quali si chiede di derogare;

c) le descrizioni e i risultati delle prove effettuate da un servizio tecnico designato a svolgere tale attività o dal servizio tecnico interno accreditato, di cui all’articolo 41, di tale fabbricante dimostrano la conformità alla condizione di cui alla lettera b).

3. Il rilascio di tali omologazioni UE con deroghe per nuove tecnologie o concezioni è subordinato all’autorizzazione della Commissione.

La Commissione adotta un atto di esecuzione per decidere se concedere o rifiutare di concedere l’autorizzazione di cui al primo comma del presente paragrafo. L’atto di esecuzione è adottato secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

Se del caso, nell’atto di esecuzione è specificato se l’autorizzazione è soggetta a eventuali restrizioni, compreso un periodo di validità.

In ogni caso l’omologazione UE ha una validità minima di 36 mesi.

4. In attesa dell’autorizzazione della Commissione, l’autorità di omologazione può rilasciare un’omologazione UE provvisoria.

Tuttavia, tale omologazione UE è valida, per il tipo di macchina mobile non stradale oggetto della deroga richiesta, soltanto sul territorio dello Stato membro in questione e in quello degli Stati membri le cui autorità di omologazione hanno accettato tale omologazione conformemente al paragrafo 5.

Mediante una nota contenente le informazioni di cui al paragrafo 2, l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE provvisoria informa immediatamente la Commissione e le altre autorità di omologazione del fatto che tutte le condizioni di cui a tale paragrafo sono soddisfatte.

La natura provvisoria e la limitata validità territoriale risultano evidenti dall’intestazione del certificato di omologazione UE e da quella del certificato di conformità. La Commissione può adottare atti di esecuzione per stabilire modelli per i certificati di omologazione UE e i certificati di conformità ai fini del presente paragrafo. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

5. Un’autorità di omologazione diversa dall’autorità di cui al paragrafo 4 può accettare per iscritto l’omologazione UE provvisoria di cui al paragrafo 4 in modo da estenderne la validità al territorio del relativo Stato membro.

6. Qualora la Commissione rifiuti l’autorizzazione, l’autorità di omologazione informa immediatamente il titolare dell’omologazione provvisoria UE di cui al paragrafo 4 che quest’ultima sarà revocata sei mesi dopo la data di applicazione dell’atto di esecuzione di cui al paragrafo 3.

Le macchine mobili non stradali possono tuttavia essere immesse sul mercato, immatricolate o messe in circolazione nello Stato membro la cui autorità di omologazione ha rilasciato tale omologazione e in tutti gli Stati membri le cui autorità di omologazione hanno accettato tale omologazione se:

a) la macchina è stata fabbricata conformemente all’omologazione UE provvisoria prima della cessazione della sua validità;

b) la macchina reca la targhetta e la marcatura regolamentari prescritte dal presente regolamento;

c) la macchina è accompagnata dal certificato di conformità provvisorio; e

d) i documenti, le informazioni e le istruzioni per gli utilizzatori sono stati redatti conformemente al presente regolamento.

Articolo 31 Successive modifiche di atti delegati e di esecuzione

1. Quando autorizza una deroga ai sensi dell’articolo 30, la Commissione prende immediatamente i provvedimenti necessari per adeguare agli sviluppi tecnologici gli atti delegati o di esecuzione pertinenti.

2. Una volta modificati gli atti pertinenti, è soppressa ogni restrizione di cui alla decisione della Commissione che autorizza la deroga.

3. Se non sono stati adottati i provvedimenti necessari per modificare gli atti delegati o di esecuzione, su richiesta dello Stato membro che ha rilasciato l’omologazione la Commissione può autorizzare, mediante una decisione di esecuzione adottata conformemente alla procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2, lo Stato membro a prorogare l’omologazione UE.

CAPO IX OMOLOGAZIONE INDIVIDUALE UE

Articolo 32 Omologazione individuale UE

1. Gli Stati membri rilasciano un’omologazione individuale UE per una macchina mobile non stradale conforme alle prescrizioni del presente regolamento.

2. La domanda di omologazione individuale UE per una macchina mobile non stradale è presentata dal proprietario, dal fabbricante, da un rappresentante stabilito nell’Unione o nominato a tal fine dal fabbricante, o dall’importatore della macchina mobile non stradale.

3. Gli atti delegati di cui all’articolo 16, paragrafo 2, possono prevedere norme dettagliate diverse per le macchine mobili non stradali soggette a omologazione individuale UE. Tali norme riguardano le procedure di prova di cui all’articolo 22, paragrafo 3, lettere b) e c), e consistono in procedure non distruttive e semplificate volte a dimostrare la conformità delle singole macchine mobili non stradali mediante valutazione fisica, virtuale e meccanica.

4. Al certificato di omologazione individuale UE è assegnato, secondo un sistema di numerazione armonizzato, un numero unico che consente almeno di identificare lo Stato membro che ha rilasciato l’omologazione individuale UE.

5. La Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione che stabiliscono il modello e il sistema di numerazione per i certificati di omologazione individuale UE. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

CAPO X CLAUSOLE DI SALVAGUARDIA

Articolo 33 Valutazione nazionale delle macchine mobili non stradali che si suppone presentino rischi gravi o non conformità

1. L’autorità di vigilanza del mercato di uno Stato membro che abbia motivi sufficienti, sulla base di proprie attività di vigilanza del mercato o di informazioni fornite da un’autorità di omologazione o da un fabbricante o di reclami, per ritenere che una macchina mobile non stradale presenti un rischio grave o non sia conforme alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento effettua una valutazione della macchina mobile non stradale in questione tenendo conto delle pertinenti prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento.

2. Gli operatori economici interessati e le autorità di omologazione competenti collaborano pienamente con le autorità di vigilanza del mercato.

Articolo 34 Procedure nazionali applicabili alle macchine mobili non stradali che presentano rischi gravi o non conformità

1. Se dopo la valutazione ai sensi dell’articolo 33 constata che la macchina mobile non stradale presenta un rischio grave o non è conforme al presente regolamento, l’autorità di vigilanza del mercato di uno Stato membro chiede immediatamente che l’operatore economico interessato adotti senza ritardo tutte le misure correttive appropriate per fare in modo che la macchina mobile non stradale in questione non presenti più tale rischio o sia resa conforme. Tale termine è proporzionato alla gravità del rischio o della non conformità.

2. Conformemente agli obblighi indicati agli articoli da 7 a 14, gli operatori economici assicurano l’adozione di tutte le misure correttive appropriate per tutte le macchine mobili non stradali in questione che hanno immesso sul mercato, immatricolato o messo in circolazione.

3. Se gli operatori economici non adottano le misure correttive appropriate entro il termine di cui al paragrafo 1 o se il rischio richiede un intervento rapido, le autorità nazionali adottano tutte le opportune misure restrittive provvisorie atte a vietare o a limitare la messa a disposizione sul mercato, l’immatricolazione, compreso il divieto di circolazione sulle strade pubbliche, o l’entrata in circolazione nei rispettivi mercati nazionali delle macchine mobili non stradali in questione, oppure a ritirarle dal mercato o a richiamarle.

4. Alle misure restrittive di cui al paragrafo 3 si applica l’articolo 18 del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020.

Articolo 35 Misure correttive e restrittive a livello di Unione

1. L’autorità nazionale che adotta una misura correttiva o una misura restrittiva conformemente all’articolo 34 ne informa immediatamente la Commissione e le autorità nazionali degli altri Stati membri mediante il sistema di informazione e comunicazione di cui all’articolo 34, paragrafo 1, del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020.

Comunica inoltre senza ritardo le sue conclusioni all’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione. Nel caso delle macchine mobili non stradali che presentano rischi gravi, le misure correttive o restrittive sono altresì notificate mediante il sistema di allarme rapido Safety Gate di cui all’articolo 25 del regolamento (UE) 2023/988 del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio.

Le informazioni fornite conformemente al primo e secondo comma includono tutti i dettagli disponibili, compresi i dati necessari all’identificazione della macchina mobile non stradale in questione, le sue origini, la natura della presunta non conformità o del rischio connesso, la natura e la durata delle misure nazionali adottate nonché, una volta presentate, le argomentazioni addotte dall’operatore economico interessato.

2. Lo Stato membro che adotta la misura indica se il rischio o la non conformità sono dovuti alle cause seguenti:

a) la mancata conformità della macchina mobile non stradale al presente regolamento; o

b) carenze negli atti normativi pertinenti adottati a norma del presente regolamento.

3. Entro un mese dalla notifica di cui al paragrafo 1, gli Stati membri diversi dallo Stato membro che adotta la misura comunicano alla Commissione e agli altri Stati membri le eventuali misure che hanno adottato e tutte le informazioni di cui dispongono sulla non conformità o sul rischio della macchina mobile non stradale in questione, nonché, in caso di disaccordo con la misura nazionale notificata, le proprie obiezioni.

4. Se entro tre mesi dalla notifica di cui al paragrafo 1 né un altro Stato membro né la Commissione solleva obiezioni nei confronti di una misura nazionale notificata, gli altri Stati membri garantiscono l’immediata adozione di misure analoghe nei loro territori per quanto riguarda la macchina mobile non stradale in questione.

5. Se entro tre mesi dalla notifica di cui al paragrafo 1 un altro Stato membro o la Commissione solleva obiezioni nei confronti di una misura nazionale notificata o se la Commissione ritiene che una misura nazionale notificata sia contraria al diritto dell’Unione, la Commissione consulta senza ritardo gli Stati membri in questione e l’operatore o gli operatori economici interessati.

6. Sulla base della consultazione di cui al paragrafo 5, la Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione per decidere in merito alle misure armonizzate a livello di Unione. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

7. La Commissione comunica immediatamente la decisione di cui al paragrafo 6 all’operatore o agli operatori economici interessati. Gli Stati membri applicano le misure contenute negli atti di cui al paragrafo 6 senza ritardo e ne informano la Commissione.

8. Se la Commissione ritiene che una misura nazionale notificata sia ingiustificata o contraria al diritto dell’Unione, lo Stato membro in questione revoca o adegua la misura conformemente alla decisione della Commissione di cui al paragrafo 6.

9. Se il rischio o la non conformità sono attribuiti a carenze negli atti normativi adottati a norma del presente regolamento, la Commissione propone le modifiche necessarie agli atti in questione.

10. Qualora considerata giustificata a norma del presente articolo o oggetto di atti di esecuzione di cui al paragrafo 6, la misura correttiva è messa gratuitamente a disposizione dei proprietari della macchina mobile non stradale in questione. Se sono state effettuate riparazioni a spese del titolare del certificato di immatricolazione prima dell’adozione della misura correttiva, il fabbricante rimborsa il costo di tali riparazioni fino a concorrenza del costo delle riparazioni richieste dalla misura correttiva.

Articolo 36 Omologazione UE non conforme

1. Qualora un’autorità di omologazione constati che un’omologazione UE che è stata rilasciata dall’autorità di omologazione di un altro Stato membro non è conforme al presente regolamento, essa rifiuta di riconoscere tale omologazione.

2. L’autorità di omologazione notifica il proprio rifiuto all’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE, alle autorità di omologazione degli altri Stati membri e alla Commissione. L’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE procede al ritiro di tale omologazione se, entro un mese dalla notifica, ne conferma la non conformità.

3. Se, entro un mese dalla notifica di cui al paragrafo 2, l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE solleva obiezioni, la Commissione consulta senza ritardo gli Stati membri, in particolare l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE e l’operatore economico interessato.

4. Sulla base della consultazione di cui al paragrafo 3 del presente articolo, la Commissione adotta atti di esecuzione per decidere se il rifiuto di riconoscere l’omologazione UE di cui al paragrafo 1 del presente articolo sia giustificato. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

La Commissione comunica immediatamente la decisione di cui al primo comma del presente paragrafo agli operatori economici interessati. Gli Stati membri attuano tali atti senza ritardo e ne informano la Commissione.

5. Se la Commissione stabilisce che un’omologazione UE che è stata rilasciata non è conforme al presente regolamento, consulta senza ritardo gli Stati membri, in particolare l’autorità di omologazione che ha rilasciato l’omologazione UE e l’operatore economico interessato.

Sulla base delle consultazioni di cui al primo comma del presente paragrafo, la Commissione adotta un atto di esecuzione per decidere in merito al rifiuto del riconoscimento dell’omologazione UE di cui al paragrafo 1 del presente articolo. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2.

6. Gli articoli 33, 34 e 35 si applicano alle macchine mobili non stradali oggetto di un’omologazione UE non conforme che sono già state messe a disposizione sul mercato.

CAPO XI COMUNICAZIONE DI INFORMAZIONI TECNICHE

Articolo 37 Informazioni destinate agli utilizzatori

1. Il fabbricante non fornisce informazioni tecniche relative ai dati di cui al presente regolamento che differiscano dai dati omologati dall’autorità competente.

2. Il fabbricante mette a disposizione degli utilizzatori tutte le informazioni pertinenti e tutte le istruzioni necessarie relative a tutte le condizioni o restrizioni connesse all’uso della macchina mobile non stradale. Le autorità di omologazione forniscono indicazioni sulle informazioni e istruzioni minime che devono essere messe a disposizione.

3. Le informazioni di cui al paragrafo 2 sono riportate a integrazione del manuale dell’operatore specifico per l’uso su strada.

4. Il manuale dell’operatore specifico per l’uso su strada, che comprende le informazioni di cui al paragrafo 2, è messo a disposizione insieme alla macchina mobile non stradale:

a) nelle lingue ufficiali dello Stato membro in cui la macchina mobile non stradale deve essere immessa sul mercato, immatricolata o messa in circolazione; e

b) in formato cartaceo o in un formato elettronico facilmente accessibile.

Se il manuale dell’operatore è fornito in formato elettronico, il fabbricante fornisce le informazioni su come accedervi o come reperirlo nelle lingue ufficiali dello Stato membro in cui la macchina mobile non stradale deve essere immessa sul mercato, immatricolata o messa in circolazione.

CAPO XII DESIGNAZIONE E NOTIFICA DEI SERVIZI TECNICI

Articolo 38 Prescrizioni relative ai servizi tecnici

1. Le autorità di omologazione garantiscono che, prima di designare un servizio tecnico ai sensi dell’articolo 40, tale servizio soddisfi le prescrizioni di cui ai paragrafi da 2 a 10 del presente articolo.

2. Ad eccezione dei servizi tecnici delle autorità di omologazione e di quelli interni accreditati del fabbricante, di cui all’articolo 41, i servizi tecnici sono istituiti ai sensi della normativa nazionale e godono di personalità giuridica.

3. I servizi tecnici sono enti terzi indipendenti dai processi di progettazione, fabbricazione, fornitura o manutenzione della macchina mobile non stradale che sono chiamati a valutare.

Un organismo appartenente a un’associazione di imprese o a una federazione professionale che rappresenta imprese coinvolte nella progettazione, nella fabbricazione, nella fornitura, nell’assemblaggio, nell’utilizzo o nella manutenzione di macchine mobili non stradali oggetto di valutazioni, prove o ispezioni da parte dell’organismo stesso può essere ritenuto conforme alle prescrizioni di cui al primo comma a condizione che ne siano dimostrate l’indipendenza e l’assenza di qualsiasi conflitto di interesse.

4. Il servizio tecnico, i suoi alti dirigenti e il personale addetto allo svolgimento delle categorie di attività per le quali sono designati a norma dell’articolo 40, paragrafo 1, non sono né il progettista, il fabbricante, il fornitore, o il responsabile della manutenzione delle macchine mobili non stradali sottoposte a valutazione, né rappresentano soggetti impegnati in tali attività. Ciò non preclude l’uso delle macchine mobili non stradali valutate di cui al paragrafo 3 necessarie per il funzionamento del servizio tecnico né l’utilizzo di tali macchine a fini personali.

5. Il servizio tecnico garantisce che le attività delle sue affiliate o dei suoi subappaltatori non pregiudicano la riservatezza, l’obiettività o l’imparzialità delle categorie di attività per le quali è stato designato.

6. Il servizio tecnico e il relativo personale sono indipendenti e svolgono le categorie di attività per le quali sono stati designati con il massimo dell’integrità professionale e della competenza tecnica richiesta nello specifico settore e sono liberi da qualsivoglia pressione e incentivo, soprattutto di carattere finanziario, che possa influenzare il loro giudizio o i risultati delle loro attività di valutazione, in particolare pressioni e incentivi provenienti da persone o gruppi di persone interessati ai risultati di tali attività.

7. Il servizio tecnico è in grado di svolgere tutte le categorie di attività per le quali è stato designato ai sensi dell’articolo 40, paragrafo 1, dando all’autorità di omologazione designante prova sufficiente di possedere:

a) personale con competenze, conoscenze tecniche specifiche e formazione professionale opportune e un’adeguata esperienza sufficiente per lo svolgimento delle sue funzioni;

b) descrizioni delle procedure pertinenti per le categorie di attività per le quali intende essere designato, con la garanzia che le procedure stesse siano trasparenti e riproducibili;

c) procedure per svolgere le categorie di attività per le quali intende essere designato che tengano debitamente conto del grado di complessità della tecnologia della macchina mobile non stradale in questione e della natura seriale o di massa del processo produttivo; e

d) i mezzi necessari per svolgere adeguatamente le funzioni connesse alle categorie di attività per le quali intende essere designato e l’accesso a tutti gli strumenti o impianti occorrenti.

Dimostra altresì all’autorità di omologazione designante la sua conformità alle norme stabilite negli atti delegati di cui all’articolo 44 che sono rilevanti per le categorie di attività per le quali è stato designato.

8. I servizi tecnici, i loro alti dirigenti e il personale addetto alle valutazioni sono imparziali. Non intraprendono alcuna attività che possa essere in conflitto con la loro indipendenza di giudizio o la loro integrità per quanto riguarda le categorie di attività per le quali sono designati.

9. I servizi tecnici sottoscrivono un contratto di assicurazione per la responsabilità civile in relazione alle loro attività, a meno che detta responsabilità non competa allo Stato membro in base al diritto nazionale o che lo Stato membro stesso non sia direttamente responsabile della valutazione della conformità.

10. Il personale dei servizi tecnici è tenuto al segreto professionale in relazione a tutte le informazioni di cui viene a conoscenza nell’esercizio delle sue funzioni ai sensi del presente regolamento o di qualsiasi disposizione attuativa di diritto interno, tranne che nei confronti dell’autorità di omologazione designante o qualora lo richieda la normativa dell’Unione o nazionale. Sono tutelati i diritti di proprietà.

Articolo 39 Affiliate e subappaltatori dei servizi tecnici

1. I servizi tecnici possono subappaltare alcune delle attività per le quali sono stati designati ai sensi dell’articolo 40, paragrafo 1, o fanno svolgere tali attività da un’affiliata, solo con il consenso dell’autorità di omologazione designante.

2. Qualora subappaltino compiti specifici connessi alle categorie di attività per le quali sono stati designati oppure ricorrano a un’affiliata, i servizi tecnici garantiscono che il subappaltatore o l’affiliata soddisfano le prescrizioni di cui all’articolo 38 e ne informano l’autorità di omologazione designante.

3. I servizi tecnici si assumono l’intera responsabilità per i compiti svolti da subappaltatori o affiliate, indipendentemente dal luogo in cui questi sono stabiliti.

4. I servizi tecnici tengono a disposizione dell’autorità di omologazione designante i documenti riguardanti la valutazione delle qualifiche del subappaltatore o dell’affiliata e dei compiti da essi svolti.

Articolo 40 Designazione dei servizi tecnici

1. A seconda della loro sfera di competenza, i servizi tecnici sono designati per una o più delle categorie di attività seguenti:

a) categoria A: servizi tecnici che eseguono le prove di cui al presente regolamento presso le proprie strutture;

b) categoria B: servizi tecnici che effettuano la supervisione di prove previste dal presente regolamento, qualora tali prove siano eseguite presso strutture del fabbricante o di terzi;

c) categoria C: servizi tecnici che valutano e verificano a scadenze regolari le procedure seguite dal fabbricante per controllare la conformità della produzione;

d) categoria D: servizi tecnici che effettuano la supervisione o eseguono prove o ispezioni destinate alla sorveglianza della conformità della produzione.

2. L’autorità di omologazione può essere designata quale servizio tecnico in relazione a una o più delle attività di cui al paragrafo 1.

3. I servizi tecnici di un paese terzo, diversi da quelli designati ai sensi dell’articolo 41, possono essere notificati ai fini dell’articolo 44, ma solo se tale accettazione di servizi tecnici è prevista da un accordo bilaterale tra l’Unione e il paese terzo in questione. Ciò non impedisce a un servizio tecnico istituito ai sensi della normativa nazionale conformemente all’articolo 38, paragrafo 2, di stabilire affiliate in paesi terzi, a condizione che siano direttamente gestite e controllate dal servizio tecnico designato.

Articolo 41 Servizi tecnici interni accreditati del fabbricante

1. Il servizio tecnico interno accreditato di un fabbricante può essere designato solo ai fini dello svolgimento delle attività appartenenti alla categoria A di cui all’articolo 40, paragrafo 1, lettera a). Tale servizio tecnico è separato e distinto dall’impresa e non partecipa alla progettazione, alla fabbricazione, alla fornitura o alla manutenzione delle macchine mobili non stradali, dei sistemi, dei componenti o delle entità tecniche indipendenti sottoposti alla sua valutazione.

2. Il servizio tecnico interno accreditato è designato dall’autorità di omologazione di uno Stato membro e rispetta le prescrizioni seguenti:

a) il servizio tecnico interno accreditato è accreditato da un organismo nazionale di accreditamento, quale definito all’articolo 2, punto 11, del regolamento (CE) n. 765/2008 del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio e conformemente alle norme di cui all’articolo 42 del presente regolamento;

b) il servizio tecnico interno accreditato è identificabile, al pari del relativo personale, per quanto concerne l’organizzazione e dispone, all’interno dell’impresa di cui fa parte, di metodi di comunicazione tali da garantirne e dimostrarne l’imparzialità all’organismo nazionale di accreditamento competente;

c) né il servizio tecnico interno accreditato né il suo personale intraprendono alcuna attività che possa entrare in conflitto con la loro indipendenza di giudizio o la loro integrità per quanto riguarda le categorie di attività per le quali sono designati;

d) il servizio tecnico interno accreditato fornisce i propri servizi esclusivamente all’impresa di cui fa parte.

3. I servizi tecnici interni accreditati non devono essere notificati alla Commissione ai fini dell’articolo 44, ma l’impresa di cui fanno parte o l’organismo nazionale di accreditamento trasmettono informazioni sul relativo accreditamento all’autorità di omologazione designante, su richiesta di quest’ultima.

Articolo 42 Norme in materia di valutazione dei servizi tecnici e dei servizi tecnici interni accreditati

Alla Commissione è conferito il potere di adottare, conformemente all’articolo 50, atti delegati che integrano il presente regolamento stabilendo le norme che i servizi tecnici devono rispettare nell’ambito della loro valutazione, ai sensi dell’articolo 43, e dell’accreditamento dei servizi tecnici interni, ai sensi dell’articolo 41.

Articolo 43 Valutazione delle competenze dei servizi tecnici

1. L’autorità di omologazione designante redige una relazione di valutazione attestante che il servizio tecnico candidato e, se del caso, eventuali subappaltatori o affiliate, sono stati valutati in ordine alla loro conformità alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento e agli atti delegati adottati a norma dello stesso. Tale relazione può includere un certificato di accreditamento rilasciato da un organismo di accreditamento.

2. La valutazione su cui si basa la relazione di cui al paragrafo 1 è effettuata conformemente alle norme stabilite in un atto delegato di cui all’articolo 42. La relazione di valutazione è riveduta almeno ogni tre anni.

3. La relazione di valutazione è inviata alla Commissione, su richiesta di quest’ultima. In tali casi, se la valutazione non è basata sul certificato di accreditamento rilasciato da un organismo nazionale di accreditamento attestante che il servizio tecnico soddisfa le prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento, l’autorità di omologazione designante fornisce alla Commissione le prove documentali attestanti la competenza del servizio tecnico e le modalità predisposte per garantire che quest’ultimo sia periodicamente controllato dall’autorità di omologazione designante e soddisfi le prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento e agli atti adottati a norma dello stesso.

4. L’autorità di omologazione che intenda essere designata quale servizio tecnico ai sensi dell’articolo 40, paragrafo 2, documenta la conformità attraverso una valutazione, effettuata da controllori indipendenti, dell’attività oggetto della valutazione. Detti controllori possono provenire dalla stessa organizzazione purché siano gestiti separatamente dal personale che esegue l’attività oggetto della valutazione.

5. Un servizio tecnico interno accreditato soddisfa le disposizioni pertinenti del presente articolo.

Articolo 44 Procedure di notifica

1. Gli Stati membri notificano alla Commissione nome, indirizzo postale e indirizzo di posta elettronica, persone responsabili e categoria di attività di ciascun servizio tecnico che hanno designato, nonché eventuali modifiche successive di tali designazioni. Tale notifica indica gli elementi elencati all’articolo 16, paragrafo 2, o qualsiasi altro elemento specificato negli atti delegati di cui al secondo comma di tale paragrafo per i quali i servizi tecnici sono stati designati.

2. Un servizio tecnico può svolgere le attività di cui all’articolo 40, paragrafo 1, per conto dell’autorità di omologazione designante competente per l’omologazione solo se è stato in precedenza notificato alla Commissione in conformità del paragrafo 1 del presente articolo.

3. Il servizio tecnico di cui al paragrafo 2 può essere designato da più autorità di omologazione designanti e notificato dagli Stati membri di tali autorità di omologazione designanti indipendentemente dalla categoria o dalle categorie di attività che svolgerà ai sensi dell’articolo 40, paragrafo 1.

4. Gli Stati membri notificano alla Commissione ogni successiva modifica di rilievo della designazione.

5. Se un’organizzazione specifica o un’entità competente che svolge un’attività non rientrante fra quelle di cui all’articolo 40, paragrafo 1, deve essere designata in conformità degli atti adottati a norma del presente regolamento, la notifica è effettuata ai sensi del presente articolo.

6. La Commissione pubblica sul proprio sito web un elenco e gli estremi dei servizi tecnici notificati ai sensi del presente articolo.

Articolo 45 Modifiche delle designazioni

1. Qualora un’autorità di omologazione accerti o sia informata del fatto che un servizio tecnico da essa designato non è più conforme alle prescrizioni di cui al presente regolamento o non adempie ai suoi obblighi, l’autorità di omologazione designante limita, sospende o ritira la designazione, a seconda dei casi, in funzione della gravità del mancato rispetto di tali prescrizioni o dell’inadempimento di tali obblighi, e ne informa tale servizio tecnico. Lo Stato membro che ha notificato il servizio tecnico ne informa immediatamente la Commissione. La Commissione modifica di conseguenza le informazioni pubblicate di cui all’articolo 44, paragrafo 6.

2. In caso di limitazione, sospensione o ritiro della designazione, ovvero di cessazione dell’attività del servizio tecnico, l’autorità di omologazione designante adotta le misure necessarie a garantire che le pratiche di tale servizio tecnico siano evase da un altro servizio tecnico o siano messe a disposizione dell’autorità di omologazione designante o dell’autorità di vigilanza del mercato, su richiesta di queste ultime.

Articolo 46 Contestazione della competenza dei servizi tecnici

1. La Commissione indaga su tutti i casi che ritiene dubbi, o che siano portati alla sua attenzione in quanto tali, in relazione alla competenza di un servizio tecnico o al costante rispetto, da parte dello stesso, delle prescrizioni applicabili e delle responsabilità che gli competono.

2. Lo Stato membro dell’autorità di omologazione designante fornisce alla Commissione, su richiesta, tutte le informazioni relative al fondamento della designazione o del mantenimento della designazione del servizio tecnico in questione.

3. La Commissione garantisce la riservatezza di tutte le informazioni sensibili raccolte nel corso delle sue indagini.

4. Qualora accerti che un servizio tecnico non è conforme alle prescrizioni per la sua designazione, o non lo è più, la Commissione ne informa lo Stato membro dell’autorità di omologazione designante.

Qualora necessario, la Commissione chiede a tale Stato membro di limitare, sospendere o ritirare la designazione.

Se uno Stato membro non adotta le misure correttive necessarie, la Commissione può adottare atti di esecuzione per decidere di limitare, sospendere o ritirare la designazione del servizio tecnico in questione. Tali atti di esecuzione sono adottati secondo la procedura d’esame di cui all’articolo 49, paragrafo 2. La Commissione notifica tali atti di esecuzione allo Stato membro interessato e aggiorna di conseguenza le informazioni pubblicate di cui all’articolo 44, paragrafo 6.

Articolo 47 Obblighi operativi dei servizi tecnici

1. I servizi tecnici svolgono le categorie di attività per le quali sono stati designati per conto dell’autorità di omologazione designante e conformemente alle procedure di valutazione e di prova di cui al presente regolamento.

2. I servizi tecnici esercitano la supervisione o effettuano essi stessi le prove richieste per un’omologazione o le ispezioni indicate nel presente regolamento. I servizi tecnici non effettuano prove, valutazioni o ispezioni per le quali non siano stati debitamente designati dalla rispettiva autorità di omologazione.

3. In ogni momento, i servizi tecnici:

a) autorizzano la propria autorità di omologazione designante ad assisterli all’atto della valutazione della conformità, se del caso; e

b) fatti salvi l’articolo 38, paragrafo 10, e l’articolo 48, forniscono alla propria autorità di omologazione designante le informazioni sulle categorie di attività rientranti nell’ambito di applicazione del presente regolamento che possano essere richieste.

4. Se constata il mancato rispetto da parte del fabbricante delle prescrizioni stabilite dal presente regolamento, il servizio tecnico ne dà comunicazione all’autorità di omologazione designante affinché questa imponga al fabbricante l’obbligo di adottare le opportune misure correttive e successivamente non rilasci un certificato di omologazione UE a meno che non siano state adottate le opportune misure correttive che soddisfino l’autorità di omologazione.

5. Qualora, nel corso del controllo della conformità della produzione dopo il rilascio di un certificato di omologazione UE, un servizio tecnico che agisce per conto dell’autorità di omologazione designante riscontri che la macchina mobile non stradale non è più conforme al presente regolamento, lo comunica all’autorità di omologazione designante. L’autorità di omologazione adotta le opportune misure previste dall’articolo 23.

Articolo 48 Obblighi di informazione dei servizi tecnici

1. I servizi tecnici informano la propria autorità di omologazione designante in merito:

a) a ogni caso di non conformità riscontrata che possa comportare il rifiuto, la limitazione, la sospensione o il ritiro di un certificato di omologazione UE;

b) ad ogni circostanza che influisca sulla portata e sulle condizioni della loro designazione;

c) ad eventuali richieste di informazioni ricevute dalle autorità di vigilanza del mercato in relazione alle proprie attività.

2. Su richiesta della propria autorità di omologazione designante, i servizi tecnici forniscono informazioni sulle attività rientranti nell’ambito della loro designazione e su qualsiasi altra attività svolta, incluse quelle transfrontaliere e di subappalto.

CAPO XIII ATTI DI ESECUZIONE E ATTI DELEGATI

Articolo 49 Procedura di comitato

1. La Commissione è assistita dal Comitato tecnico per i veicoli agricoli (TC-AV), istituito dal regolamento (UE) n. 167/2013. Esso è un comitato ai sensi del regolamento (UE) n. 182/2011.

2. Nei casi in cui è fatto riferimento al presente paragrafo, si applica l’articolo 5 del regolamento (UE) n. 182/2011.

3. Qualora il comitato non esprima alcun parere, la Commissione non adotta il progetto di atto di esecuzione e si applica l’articolo 5, paragrafo 4, terzo comma, del regolamento (UE) n. 182/2011.

Articolo 50 Esercizio della delega

1. Il potere di adottare atti delegati è conferito alla Commissione alle condizioni stabilite nel presente articolo.

2. Il potere di adottare atti delegati di cui all’articolo 5, paragrafo 6, all’articolo 16, paragrafo 2, all’articolo 22, paragrafo 9, all’articolo 23, paragrafo 6, e all’articolo 42, è conferito alla Commissione per un periodo di cinque anni a decorrere dal 28 gennaio 2025. La Commissione redige una relazione sulla delega di potere al più tardi nove mesi prima della scadenza del periodo di cinque anni. La delega di potere è tacitamente prorogata per periodi di identica durata, a meno che il Parlamento europeo o il Consiglio non vi si opponga al più tardi tre mesi prima della scadenza di ciascun periodo.

3. La delega di potere di cui all’articolo 5, paragrafo 6, all’articolo 16, paragrafo 2, all’articolo 22, paragrafo 9, all’articolo 23, paragrafo 6, e all’articolo 42 può essere revocata in qualsiasi momento dal Parlamento europeo o dal Consiglio. La decisione di revoca pone fine alla delega di potere ivi specificata. Gli effetti della decisione decorrono dal giorno successivo alla pubblicazione della decisione nella Gazzetta ufficiale dell’Unione europea o da una data successiva ivi specificata. Essa non pregiudica la validità degli atti delegati già in vigore.

4. Prima dell’adozione dell’atto delegato la Commissione consulta gli esperti designati da ciascuno Stato membro nel rispetto dei principi stabiliti nell’accordo interistituzionale «Legiferare meglio» del 13 aprile 2016.

5. Non appena adotta un atto delegato, la Commissione ne dà contestualmente notifica al Parlamento europeo e al Consiglio.

6. Un atto delegato adottato ai sensi dell’articolo 5, paragrafo 6, dell’articolo 16, paragrafo 2, dell’articolo 22, paragrafo 9, dell’articolo 23, paragrafo 6, o dell’articolo 42 entra in vigore solo se né il Parlamento europeo né il Consiglio hanno sollevato obiezioni entro il termine di due mesi dalla data in cui esso è stato loro notificato o se, prima della scadenza di tale termine, sia il Parlamento europeo che il Consiglio hanno informato la Commissione che non intendono sollevare obiezioni. Tale termine è prorogato di due mesi su iniziativa del Parlamento europeo o del Consiglio.

7. La Commissione adotta gli atti delegati di cui all’articolo 5, paragrafo 6, all’articolo 16, paragrafo 2, all’articolo 22, paragrafo 9, all’articolo 23, paragrafo 6, e all’articolo 42 entro il 29 gennaio 2027.

CAPO XIV DISPOSIZIONI FINALI

Articolo 51 Modifica del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020

Nell’allegato I del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020 è aggiunto il punto seguente:

«72. Regolamento (UE) 2025/14 del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio, del 19 dicembre 2024, relativo all’omologazione e alla vigilanza del mercato delle macchine mobili non stradali circolanti su strade pubbliche, che modifica il regolamento (UE) 2019/1020 (GU L, 2025/14, 8.1.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/14/oj).».

Articolo 52 Forum per lo scambio di informazioni sull’applicazione

1. Il forum per lo scambio di informazioni sull’applicazione («forum») istituito dalla Commissione a norma dell’articolo 11 del regolamento (UE) 2018/858 prende in considerazione:

a) le questioni relative all’interpretazione uniforme delle prescrizioni stabilite dal presente regolamento;

b) i risultati delle attività relative all’omologazione e alla vigilanza del mercato;

c) le questioni di rilevanza generale per l’applicazione delle prescrizioni stabilite nel presente regolamento in relazione alla valutazione, alla designazione e al monitoraggio dei servizi tecnici;

d) le violazioni da parte degli operatori economici;

e) l’attuazione delle misure correttive o restrittive stabilite al capo X;

f) la pianificazione, il coordinamento e i risultati delle attività di vigilanza del mercato.

2. L’articolo 11, paragrafi 1, 4, 5, 6 e 7, del regolamento (UE) 2018/858 si applica mutatis mutandis. Se pertinente ai fini dell’attuazione del presente regolamento, i portatori di interessi del settore della sicurezza in materia di circolazione stradale sono invitati al forum in qualità di osservatori.

3. Ai fini del presente regolamento:

a) non si applicano l’articolo 30, paragrafo 2, e l’articolo 32 del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020;

b) i riferimenti all’«ADCO» di cui all’articolo 11, paragrafo 8, all’articolo 30, paragrafi 1 e 3, all’articolo 31, paragrafo 2, e all’articolo 33 del regolamento (UE) 2019/1020 si intendono fatti al forum.

Articolo 53 Sanzioni

1. Gli Stati membri stabiliscono le norme relative alle sanzioni da applicarsi in caso di violazione del presente regolamento e adottano tutte le misure necessarie per assicurarne l’applicazione. Le sanzioni previste sono effettive, proporzionate e dissuasive. Gli Stati membri notificano tali norme e misure alla Commissione entro il 28 gennaio 2028 e provvedono poi a dare immediata notifica delle eventuali modifiche successive.

2. Le violazioni soggette a sanzioni comprendono:

a) il rilascio di dichiarazioni mendaci durante le procedure di omologazione o mentre sono imposte misure correttive o restrittive a norma del capo X;

b) la falsificazione dei risultati delle prove relative all’omologazione UE ai fini della conformità in servizio o della vigilanza del mercato;

c) la mancata comunicazione di dati o specifiche tecniche che potrebbero determinare il richiamo, il rifiuto o il ritiro del certificato di omologazione UE;

d) il rifiuto di consentire l’accesso alle informazioni;

e) la messa a disposizione sul mercato o la messa in circolazione, da parte di operatori economici, di macchine mobili non stradali che necessitano di omologazione senza che la posseggano, oppure la falsificazione di documenti o marcature a tale scopo;

f) il mancato rispetto di obblighi da parte di operatori economici;

g) la non conformità, da parte dei servizi tecnici, alle prescrizioni concernenti la loro designazione.

Articolo 54 Riesame

1. Entro il 29 gennaio 2033 la Commissione presenta al Parlamento europeo e al Consiglio una relazione sull’attuazione del presente regolamento, corredata, se necessario, di adeguate proposte legislative.

2. La relazione si basa su una consultazione dei portatori di interessi e tiene conto delle norme europee o internazionali vigenti in materia, nonché delle informazioni di cui al paragrafo 3.

3. Entro il 29 gennaio 2032, gli Stati membri riferiscono alla Commissione in merito a quanto segue:

a) l’applicazione delle procedure di omologazione e di vigilanza del mercato stabilite nel presente regolamento;

b) il numero di omologazioni UE e di omologazioni individuali UE rilasciate a norma del presente regolamento;

c) le prescrizioni nazionali in materia di omologazione nazionale di piccole serie, di omologazione individuale nazionale e di omologazione nazionale, nonché il numero di tali omologazioni rilasciate dal 28 gennaio 2025.

Articolo 55 Disposizioni transitorie

In deroga al presente regolamento, fino al 29 gennaio 2036 gli Stati membri possono applicare qualunque normativa nazionale in materia di omologazione nazionale per la circolazione sulle strade pubbliche delle macchine mobili non stradali immesse sul mercato tra il 29 gennaio 2028 e il 29 gennaio 2036. Durante tale periodo di tempo, il fabbricante può scegliere di richiedere l’omologazione UE, richiedere l’omologazione individuale UE, oppure conformarsi alla normativa nazionale pertinente.

Articolo 56 Entrata in vigore e applicazione

Il presente regolamento entra in vigore il ventesimo giorno successivo alla pubblicazione nella Gazzetta ufficiale dell’Unione europea.

A decorrere dal 28 gennaio 2025, le autorità nazionali possono rilasciare l’omologazione UE per un nuovo tipo di macchina mobile non stradale o l’omologazione individuale UE per una nuova macchina mobile non stradale e, fatti salvi l’articolo 5, paragrafo 6, e il capo X, non vietano l’immatricolazione, l’immissione sul mercato o l’entrata in circolazione di una nuova macchina mobile non stradale qualora la macchina mobile non stradale in questione sia conforme al presente regolamento e agli atti delegati e di esecuzione adottati a norma dello stesso, se un fabbricante lo richiede.

Una volta rilasciata l’omologazione UE per un nuovo tipo di macchina mobile non stradale o l’omologazione individuale UE per una nuova macchina mobile non stradale a norma del secondo comma, le autorità nazionali non rifiutano il rilascio di un’altra omologazione UE o di un’altra omologazione individuale UE qualora la macchina mobile non stradale in questione sia conforme al presente regolamento e agli atti delegati e di esecuzione adottati a norma dello stesso, se un fabbricante lo richiede.

Il presente regolamento si applica a decorrere dal 29 gennaio 2028.

...

Attachments:
Download this file (Regolamento (UE) 2025_14.pdf)Regolamento (UE) 2025/14[ ][IT]1234 kB155 Downloads
  • Published: 10 January 2025
  • Hits: 354

CEM4 Demo/Trial

CEM4 September 2024 Update

Update 12 September 2024

Trial Version Free for 30 days, complete with all the features, at the end trial period, you can activate the product by purchasing a license. 
Info: CEM4 / MS SQL Server Express / SAP Crystal Reports
SO: 10, 11, XXXX Server

About CEM4 September 2024 | 12 September 2024

Changelog

12/09/2024: 4.24.09.00 - September 2024 Update

  • 0003372: [Print report] Title not translated for the RA Complete Summary report in English
  • 0003373: [Print report] Texts not translated for the Requirement report in English
  • 0003370: [Print report] Error for page counter in the Technical File/Technical Documentation summary reports in English
  • 0003366: [Fix] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Wrong default document type when adding new Declarations
  • 0003375: [Fix] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Character "/" not valid in the default file name when exporting from the Print Preview window

About CEM4 June 2024 | 07 June 2024

Changelog

07/06/2024: 4.24.06.00 - June 2024 Update

  • 0003346: [Setup] Added support for SQL Server 2022 (on new installations with Windows 10 - 64 bit or Windows 11)
  • 0003347: [Fix] Fixed error when reading setup details during the dump generation
  • 0003350: [GUI] Double width for the down arrow clickable area for ToolStripSplitButtons
  • 0003352: [GUI] New colour theme for the advanced HTML tooltips of the nodes
  • 0003345: [Fix] RA1/RA2/RC2/RX1/RX2/CK1: Fixed generation error or editing of report for chapters

About CEM4 October 2023 | 18 October 2023

Changelog

18/10/2023: 4.23.10.00 - October 2023 Update

  • 0003175: [Normativa] PL/ISO calculation, table ISO/TR 14121-2
  • 0003333: [Fix] Folder "Check list assessments" (legacy) deprecated on behalf of "Custom risk assessments"
  • 0003294: [Document Debugger] Added fatal errors when "RA2 Report Pictures" is empty
  • 0003334: [Document Debugger] Added warning errors for cards without RQAs when generating the report
  • 0003328: [Fix] "Tools" button in the RQA bar not visible after deleting all the RQAs
  • 0003332: [Fix] Fixed default signature and card date for risk assessments
  • 0003331: [Fix] Fixed date format for some fields
  • 0003329: [Print Report] Fixed title for the report "RA complete summary"

About CEM4 September 2023 | 15 September 2023

About CEM4 September 2023 Update

15/09/2023: 4.23.09.00 - September 2023 Update

  • 0003324: [Fix] Fixed error when loading the Technical File for line's components

About CEM4 July 2023 | 07 July 2023 | 10 July 2023 | 19 July 2023 | 25 July 2023 | 26 July 2023

Reasons to upgrade to CEM4 July 2023 Update 6

The latest release of CEM4 introduces the new Regulation (EU) 2023/1230. The setup is available with the automatic update system or can be installed manually by the user.

Before installing

Desktop Version

Before installing the setup for CEM4 July 2023 Update 6 Desktop version:

  1. Be sure to have already installed Microsoft SQL Server 2019 or newer;
  2. Make a backup of the database (important!);
  3. If CEM4 May 2022 Update was not yet installed:
    1. Download the setup of CEM May 2022 Update (in the attachments);
    2. At the end of the setup, launch CEM May 2022 Update;
    3. If the software requests it, start the update procedure for the database.
  4. If CEM4 March 2023 Update 3 was not yet installed:
    1. Download the setup of CEM4 March 2023 Update 3 (in the attachments);
    2. At the end of the setup, launch CEM4 March 2023 Update 3;
    3. If the software requests it, start the update procedure for the database.
    4. From the Home, export the legacy assessments not compatible, if any.
  5. If CEM4 June 2023 Update was not yet installed:
    1. Download the setup of CEM4 June 2023 Update (in the attachments);
    2. At the end of the setup, launch CEM4 June 2023 Update;
    3. If the software requests it, start the update procedure for the database.

Server Version

Before installing the setup for CEM4 July 2023 Update 6 Server version:

  1. Be sure to have already installed Microsoft SQL Server 2019 or newer;
  2. Make a backup of the database (important!);
  3. If CEM4 May 2022 Update was not yet installed:
    1. Download the setup of CEM May 2022 Update (in the attachments);
    2. At the end of the setup, launch CEM May 2022 Update;
    3. If the software requests it, start the update procedure for the database.
  4. If CEM4 March 2023 Update 3 was not yet installed:
    1. Download the setup of CEM4 March 2023 Update 3 (in the attachments);
    2. At the end of the setup, launch CEM4 March 2023 Update 3;
    3. If the software requests it, start the update procedure for the database.
    4. From the Home, export the legacy assessments not compatible, if any.
  5. If CEM4 June 2023 Update was not yet installed:
    1. Download the setup of CEM4 June 2023 Update (in the attachments);
    2. At the end of the setup, launch CEM4 June 2023 Update;
    3. If the software requests it, AND ONLY AFTER HAVE UPDATED ALL THE CLIENTS, start the update procedure for the database.

Warning: the database of CEM4 July 2023 Update 6 is not compatible with the previous versions of the software! Before starting the conversion, be sure to have updated all the clients to the latest version with the following procedure. Always do a periodical backup of your data!

Error 360

If a client clicks 'Yes' (Error 360) before everyone has updated, then non-updated clients will see the 'Error 353' message appear. In this case it is necessary to download and install the July 2023 update which can be found at the bottom of this page.

Error 353

For further information, please read the software user guide.

Changelog

25/07/2023: 4.23.07.40 - July 2023 Update 6
May require the automatic database conversion (4.23.x)

  • 0003313: [Fix] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Title for EHSRS 2.4.1 and 4.1.1 - [DBFIX 61]

25/07/2023: 4.23.07.40 - July 2023 Update 5

  • 0003312: [Documentation] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Updated the online guide and software user manual
  • 0003308: [Fix] Date format for documents according to european standard "dd.MM.yyyy" and not the system configuration
  • 0003310: [Fix] Different order for database patches
  • 0003162: [Fix] Technical File: Fixed error for the embed/link resource feature in the open file dialog window

19/07/2023: 4.23.07.30 - July 2023 Update 4

Mostly not compatible with previous versions!
May require the automatic database conversion (4.23.x)
- 0003300: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Technical Documentation (english) - [DBFIX 58]
- 0003299: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Support to new declarations (english)
- 0003297: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: New methods for risk assessments RA1/RA2/RC2 (english) - [DBFIX 60]
- 0003298: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: EHSR (english) - [DBFIX 59]
- 0003304: [Fix] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Fixed title EHSR 1.2.6 - [DBFIX 59]
- 0003305: [Fix] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Method of transmission for EU Declaration of Incorporation - [DBFIX 57]
- 0003306: [Rules] New rule type "Regulation" - [DBFIX 59]
- 0003291: [GUI] Changed some texts for the manufacturer
- 0003307: [Fix] Report name for the Technical File Cover (Machinery Directive)

10/07/2023: 4.23.07.20 - July 2023 Update 3

- 0003301: [Fix] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Another fix for procedure Annex I for Declarations of Conformity

10/07/2023: 4.23.07.10 - July 2023 Update 2

- 0003301: [Fix] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Fixed procedure Annex I for Declarations of Conformity

07/07/2023: 4.23.07.00 - July 2023 Update

Mostly not compatible with previous versions!
May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x, 4.18.x, 4.19.x, 4.20.x, 4.21.x, 4.22.x, 4.23.x)
- 0003277: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Technical Documentation (italian only) - [DBFIX 52/53/54]
- 0003274: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: EHSR (italian only) - [DBFIX 55]
- 0003278: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: New methods for risk assessments RA1/RA2/RC2 (italian only) - [DBFIX 56]
- 0003290: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Machinery properties, tab "Picture" - [DBFIX 52]
- 0003285: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Machinery properties, tab "EC Marking Process" (italian only)
- 0003282: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Machinery properties, tab "General"
- 0003283: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: New Declaration of Conformity (EU) - [DBFIX 52]
- 0003284: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: New Declaration of Incorporation (EU) - [DBFIX 52]
- 0003281: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Machinery properties, tab "Certification Procedure" (italian only)
- 0003275: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Certification Procedure (declaration)
- 0003276: [Rules] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Support to new declarations (italian only)
- 0003295: [Fix] Regulation (EU) 2023/1230: Fixed field "RESS All. III - Corrispondence"
- 0003293: [GUI] Manager window title changes
- 0003292: [Fix] Fixed error when generating hazard collections for risk assessments

About CEM4 June 2023 | 09 June 2023

Changelog

May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x, 4.18.x, 4.19.x, 4.20.x, 4.21.x, 4.22.x, 4.23.x)

  • 0003261: [Feature] VX1: New generic methods for custom risk assessments - [DBFIX 51]
  • 0003280: [Fix] AR1/VX1: Fixed generation error for fields "CEN" and "CENELEC" for risk assessments with English method "EHSR RA/rules" - [DBFIX 47]
  • 0003279: [Rules] Dir. 2006/42/EC: Fixed Technical File description written in the EC Marking Process

About CEM4 May 2023 | 30 May 2023

Reasons to upgrade to CEM4 May 2023 Update

The latest release of CEM4 removes the old "legacy" risk assessments for the new "method" risk assessments in order to prepare for the Machinery Regulation 2023. The update setup must be installed manually by the user.

Before installing

Before installing the setup for CEM4 May 2023 Update here attached:

  • Be sure that you already have the version May 2022 Update or newer installed (attached);
  • Be sure to have followed the procedure written for March 2023 Update;
  • Make a backup of the database.

Installation

Download and uncompress the attached zip, then start the setup. The software will ask to convert the database: during this procedure, the compatibile "legacy" risk assessments will be automatically converted into "method" risk assessments.

Warning: the "legacy" risk assessments not compatible and not converted cannot be opened or managed by this version of the software! Start the conversion and the update only if there aren't risk assessments not compatible and necessary for your work activity.

For further information, please read the software user guide.

Changelog

May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x, 4.18.x, 4.19.x, 4.20.x, 4.21.x, 4.22.x, 4.23.x)

  • 0003246: [Feature] The "legacy" risk assessments are replaced by the "method" risk assessments
  • 0003250: [Feature] Conversion from compatible "legacy" risk assessments to "method" risk assessments - [DBFIX 50]
  • 0003266: [GUI] New splash screen image CEM4 "certifico machinery regulation"
  • 0003270: [Fix] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2/CK1: Fixed resize error for attached pictures in A4 format when the width is larger than the height
  • 0003269: [Print report] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2/CK1: New RA1 Report Pictures
  • 0003273: [GUI: Document Window] Fixed a problem when opening custom documents of the Technical File

About CEM4 March 2023 | 31 March 2023

About CEM4 March 2023 Update

31/03/2023: 4.23.03.00 - March 2023 Update
- 0003254: [Feature] New statistics counters for documents types of Technical File
- 0003249: [Import/export] New identification system for exchange files formats
- 0003258: [Print report] Mass print: Crystal Report limit
- 0003252: [Home] Feature for searching "legacy" risk assessments not compatibile with the conversion and for exporting in PDF or RPT to the database
- 0003067: [Home] Dashboard: some changes to the last session widget for the working session of the user
________

Nota importante:

Dalla presente versione, è iniziata la procedura di aggiornamento di CEM4 al Regolamento macchine 2023. L'aggiornamento di CEM4 è suddiviso in 3 Step, tramite aggiornamenti software automatici proposti.

Fase Aggiornamento (*) Tipo  Valore Lato utente
Step 1/3 Regolamento macchine 2023 March 2023 Update Struttura  Obbligatorio Vedi Nota allegata
Step 2/3 Regolamento macchine 2023 June-August 2023 Update (**) Struttura    ---
Step 3/3 Regolamento macchine 2023 October-December 2023 Update (**) Database   Aggiornamento terminato

Note aggiornamento Regolamento macchine 2023

L'aggiornamento sarà trasparente lato Utente, ed al termine dello Step 3, sarà possibile, in fase di apertura del software ed in qualsiasi altro momento, effettuare la scelta sulla norma su cui operare con selezione tra la Direttiva macchine 2006/42/CE ed il nuovo Regolamento macchine 2023.

Il Regolamento macchine 2023, in pubblicazione probabilmente nel 1° semestre 2023, avrà un periodo transitorio di coesistenza con la Direttiva 2006/42/CE e dovrà essere applicato obbligatoriamente dopo 42 mesi (3 anni e 6 mesi) dalla sua data di entrata in vigore. 

Avvertenza Home conversione Valutazioni Rischio "Legacy".

Dopo l'installazione dell'Update March 2023, nella home di CEM4 appare l'avvertenza seguente (se presenti vecchie Valutazione dei Rischi denominate "Legacy"):

Avvertenza conversione VR Legacy

Preghiamo di prendere debita visione del Documento allegato inerente la gestioni dei Documenti di Valutazione dei Rischi "Legacy".

(*) In fasi di analisi ulteriori aggiornamenti all'interno dei 3 step previsti.
(**) Stima rilascio, si prega di prendere visione del Documento allegato.
________

Procedura salvataggio valutazioni non compatibili (estratto manuale di istruzioni)

Le valutazioni del rischio (vedi capitolo "Valutazione del rischio") rappresentano il documento più importante del Fascicolo Tecnico e sono gestite da CEM4 sin dalle primissime versioni. Tuttavia, col passare degli anni, per motivi tecnici e normativi, è stato necessario effettuare numerosi aggiornamenti su questa tipologia di documento. In particolare i più significativi sono stati, in ordine cronologico:

- Supporto completo alla Direttiva Macchine 2006/42/CE (a partire dalla versione 4.0.3, rilasciata il 22/07/2009);
- Stime del rischio iniziali e residue tramite "Metodo ibrido ISO/TR 14121-2:2013 p. 6.5" (a partire dalla versione 4.1.4, rilasciata il 17/09/2010);
- La nuova "Valutazione del rischio (per pericoli)" che utilizza un metodo selezionato dall'utente in base alle proprie necessità ed esigenze (a partire dalla versione 4.8.0 (Build 0), rilasciata il 18/11/2016);
- La nuova "Valutazione del rischio (per requisiti)" che utilizza un metodo selezionato dall'utente in base alle proprie necessità ed esigenze (a partire dalla versione 4.8.6 (Build 0), rilasciata il 19/05/2017).

Nell'ottica di semplificare la gestione del Fascicolo Tecnico e allo scopo di fornire nuove funzionalità future (quali l'introduzione del nuovo Regolamento Macchine), a partire dalle versioni successive a 4.23.03.00 - March 2023 Update saranno supportate esclusivamente le valutazioni che utilizzano un metodo. I vecchi documenti "legacy" saranno convertiti automaticamente al nuovo formato solamente quando possibile, ovvero in base alle condizioni riportate nella seguente tabella.

Click zoom

Tabella conversione VR RA Legacy

- Nota 1: nelle prossime versioni del software, il documento non potrà essere visualizzato, stampato, esportato, copiato o creato.
- Nota 2: come nella nota 1. Tuttavia in questo caso l'utente, se lo ritiene necessario, può convertire manualmente le stime del rischio dal Metodo semplificato al Metodo ibrido. La conversione può essere eseguita manualmente nella finestra di documento come ultima possibilità offerta in questa versione del software.

Per agevolare il passaggio al nuovo sistema, la versione 4.23.03.00 - March 2023 Update di CEM4 in via esclusiva fornisce la possibilità di esportare in formato PDF, Crystal Report e Microsoft Word tutte le valutazioni del rischio legacy non compatibili con le prossime versioni. L'utente potrà quindi tenere una copia di archivio dei documenti ed eventualmente allegare il singolo report esportato come risorsa del Fascicolo Tecnico. Per effettuare la copia ed il relativo salvataggio del file sul database, si consiglia di eseguire la procedura riportate nel manuale di istruzioni (in allegato).

About CEM4 February 2023 | 02 February 2023

About CEM4 February 2023

02/02/2023: 4.23.02.00 - February 2023 Update
- 0003242: [Fix] Fixed a refresh issues on the table when the RTF text has been changed by the editor on modal external window

 

About CEM4 November 2022 | 04 November 2022

About CEM4 November 2022

04/11/2022: 4.22.11.00 - November 2022 Update
- 0003229: [Feature] Editor on sizable modal external window for RTF fields
- 0003228: [Feature] Keybord shortcuts for RTF fields
- 0003234: [Documentation] Updated user manual
- 0003207: [Documentation] Updated CEM4 system requirements
- 0002211: [Feature] Default order and group for user in the login window
- 0003189: [GUI] Graphical changes to the user login window
- 0003214: [Fix] Fixed view error for notes on risk esteems (old assessments)
- 0003210: [Fix] Edited text models format
- 0003232: [Fix] Fixed unhandled exception when trying to save new items in "Sections Management"
- 0003221: [Fix] Added advanced options to turn off the editor reposition at value change

 

About CEM4 May 2022 | May 2nd 2022

Reasons to upgrade to CEM4 May 2022 Update

The latest release of CEM4 represents a huge evolutionary leap forward compared to the previous versions, thanks to the new support of the most recent technologies available nowadays and a closer integration with Windows 10 or newer. Above all:

  • The software is now based on Microsoft .NET Framework 4.8.
  • Support to SAP Crystal Report for Visual Studio SP31 (latest release available)
  • New setup with full support to 64 bit versions of Windows.

All of that will allow to develop new features related to the report system, the regulatory aspects, and the functions embedded with Windows 10 or newer.

Software requirements

In order to install the new update you need the following software requirements:

  • Windows 7 Service Pack 1 or newer (suggested: Windows 10 Pro 64 bit - Update of May 10th 2019 or better)
  • CEM4 March 2022 Update 2 (if possible installed in the default path suggested by the old setup)
  • Microsoft .NET Framework 4.8 (provided with the update setup and already installed with the latest versions of Windows 10)
  • SAP Crystal Report for Visual Studio SP31 (provided with the update setup)
  • Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 Redistributable (provided with the update setup)
  • Microsoft SQL Server 2019 Express Edition (only for 64 bit systems, provided with the full setup)

The following versions of Windows ARE NOT officially supported anymore::

  • Windows XP (any service pack)
  • Windows Vista (any service pack)
  • Windows 7 WITHOUT service pack

The last version officially compatible with those versions of Windows is CEM4 March 2022 Update.

Because of all the aforementioned reasons, exceptionally the update setup of CEM4 May 2022 WILL NOT be released using the automatic update system but must be downloaded and installed manually by the user following a particular procedure. The future updates next to this one will be released with the automatic update system to all the clients of CEM4 May 2022 Update that had been correctly upgraded by following the procedure.

Official and supported procedure to update to the version CEM4 May 2022 Update

We suggest to follow this procedure to correctly update the software to the new version.

  1. Perform a full backup of the database.
  2. OPTIONAL, ONLY DESKTOP LICENCES: copy the files cemfu.mdf and cemfu_log.ldf into a backup folder.
  3. Uninstall CEM4 March 2022 Update 2
  4. Uninstall SAP Crystal Report for Visual Studio (warning: be sure that the Runtime is not used by Certifico ADR Manager or third-party software!)
  5. Launch the setup Update-CEMFUL.exe “May 2022 Update”
  6. Select the recommended full installation
  7. Launch CEM4
  8. Restore the backup saved during the first step of the procedure.

The non-observance of the official procedure may cause loss of data, connection errors to the database or issues with the report system.

NOT official procedure to update to the version CEM4 May 2022 Update

This procedure is faster but IS NOT officially supported and may cause problems with some client. The procedure DOES NOT work if the user previously has installed CEM4 in a path different from the default one!

  1. Perform a full backup of the database.
  2. OPTIONAL, ONLY DESKTOP LICENCES: copy the files cemfu.mdf and cemfu_log.ldf into a backup folder.
  3. Launch the setup Update-CEMFUL.exe “May 2022 Update”
  4. Select the recommended full installation
  5. ONLY DESKTOP LICENCES: be sure that in the summary of the setup is selected the component “Previous database”!
  6. Launch CEM4
  7. The restore of the database should not be required if the previous database has been copied automaticated (see fifth step of the procedure).

The previous version of CEM4 will not be uninstalled automatically but will be still available: anyway, the report system will not be working anymore.

Changelog

  • 0003195: [Setup] New setup (requires Windows 7 SP1 or newer)
  • 0003192: [Feature] Upgraded to Visual Studio 2019 / .NET Framework 4.8 / Crystal Report for Visual Studio SP31
  • 0001533: [Fix] EXPERIMENTAL support to the native share panel available in Windows 10 or newer
  • 0003197: [GUI] Fixed unxpected behaviours caused by some editing tool window when they were docked into the document area
  • 0003193: [zz - Internal] Fixed issues related to the console and new RESET option per il comando -Ndj
  • 0003194: [Backup/restore database] Backup of the database with command line parameters
  • 0003190: [zz - Internal] EXPERIMENTAL native support to screens with high DPI
  • 0003196: [GUI] New splash screen image

About CEM4 March 2022 | 10 March 2022

About CEM4 March 2022

10/03/2022: 4.22.03.00 - March 2022 Update
- 0000786: [Feature] Added new feature "Mass Printing"
- 0003167: [Fix] Wrong multiple selection of the requirements in the checklist structure tree

About CEM4 July 2021 | 8 July 2021

About CEM4 July 2021

18/06/2021: 4.21.06.00 - June 2021 Update
May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x, 4.18.x, 4.19.x, 4.20.x, 4.21.x)
- 0003156: [Feature] Added new document "limits of machinery" - [DBFIX 49]

About CEM4 June 2021 |18 June 2021

About CEM4 June 2021

08/07/2021: 4.21.07.00 - July 2021 Update
- 0003157: [GUI: document windows] Added "EN ISO 12100 (p.5.3)" after the title "Machinery limits" in the document window
- 0003160: [Setup] Added support for SQL Server 2019 (only new installations on Windows 10 - 64 bit)
 

About CEM4 May 2021 | 07 May 2021

About CEM4 May 2021

07/05/2021: 4.21.05.00 - May 2021 Update
- 0003153: [Feature] AR1/AR2/VX1/VX2/CK1: Added context menu for hazards and requirements in the tree (new assessments)
- 0003149: [Fix] Added context menu for every RTF fields

About CEM4 December 2020 | 18 December 2020

About CEM4 December 2020

18/12/2020: 4.20.12.00 - December 2020 Update
- 0002568: [Home] "Current projects" page
- 0002569: [Home] "Current machineries" page
- 0002570: [Home] "Current documents" page

About CEM4 November 2020 | 19 November 2020

About CEM4 November 2020

19/11/2020: 4.20.11.00 - November 2020 Update
- 0001149: [Fix] Pictures attached to risk assessments not copied
- 0003057: [Fix] AR1/AR2/VX1/VX2/CK1: Fixed several errors when copying documents
- 0001372: [Funzionalita'] Added "New" button into copy destination window

About CEM4 May 2020 | 14 May 2020

About CEM4 May 2020

14/05/2020: 4.20.05.00 - May 2020 Update
May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x, 4.18.x, 4.19.x)
- 0003038: [Setup] New setup pictures
- 0003031: [GUI: Main Window] New graphical layout for main window
- 0002998: [Feature] CK1: New method for assessments created with check list - [DBFIX 48]
- 0003028: [LICENCE] Updated licence agreement
- 0003058: [Documentation] Updated user manual
- 0003064: [GUI: Main Window] Check list inside "Rule" panel tree view
- 0003061: [Fix] Fixed table view error after deleting a picture of assessment
- 0003063: [GUI: Main Window] Context menu for nodes in Rules tree
- 0003030: [GUI: Document Window] Full screen document window command
- 0003065: [Feature] Multiuser: the login window remembers the last logged user
- 0003059: [Internal] Increased connection timeout for NDJ activation service
- 0002686: [Home] Dashboard: new features for user last working session widget
- 0003029: [GUI: Document Window] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2/CK1: Keyboard shortcut for assessment edit
- 0003056: [GUI: Document Window] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2/CK1: Assessment tree view columns
- 0002378: [Fix] Removed United Kingdom from EU members (localisation and legislation references) - 31/01/2020
- 0003039: [Fix] Removed custom bullet command (RTF fields)
- 0002571: [Home] Dashboard: first open widget
- 0003027: [Setup] New default signs collection

About CEM4 November 2019 | 27 November 2019

About CEM4 November 2019

27/07/2019: 4.19.11.00 - November 2019 Update
- 0002976: [Feature] AR1: Added new "EHRS/rules" with fields "CEN" and "CENELEC" - [DBFIX 47]
- 0002997: [GUI: Document Window] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Added status bar panels with report counters
- 0002996: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: New summary table for chapter requirements/hazards
- 0002995: [Fix] AR1/VX1: Added report summary for requirements
- 0002457: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Fast change applicable and conformity reports
- 0002975: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Enabled checkbox for chapter nodes hazards and requirements
- 0002972: [Feature] AR2/VX2: New delete function for relations between hazards and requirements
- 0002971: [Fix] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Fixed "Reset" button for assessment risk editor
- 0002974: [Fix] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Fixed unhandled exception raised when saving relations

About CEM4 May 2019 | 02 May 2019

About CEM4 May 2019

02/05/2019: 4.19.05.00 - May 2019 Update
- 0002886: [GUI: document window] Added extensions .docx, .xlsx, .pptx for Technical File attachments
- 0002877: [Fix] Fixed export error for Technical File attachments
- 0002884: [Documentation] Removed old help topics in "Help" menu

About CEM4 December 2018 | 14 December 2018

About CEM4 December 2018

14/12/2018: 4.18.12.00 - December 2018 Update
- 0002844: [Feature] Better hint for "Help me choose tool" (Italian language)
- 0002849: [Home] Search: new layout

About CEM4 September 2018 | 07 September 2018

About CEM4 September 2018

07/09/2018: 4.18.09.00 - September 2018 Update
May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x, 4.18.x)
- 0002812: [Feature] Added new "Tool "EN ISO 12100 | Operative" - [DBFIX 46]
- 0002816: [GUI] Added new window with main fields and description for the selected tool (machinery properties)
- 0002811: [Print report] Fixed localisation error in report footer for rules requirements

About CEM4 August 2018 | 03 August 2018

About CEM4 August 2018 Update

03/08/2018: 4.18.08.00 - August 2018 Update
- 0002808: [Home] Home: new Home Machinery

About CEM4 July 2018 | 26 July 2018

About CEM4 July 2018 Update

26/07/2018: 4.18.07.00 - July 2018 Update
- 0002805: [Print report] Changed Machinery Details report and Machinery Home
- 0002807: [Fix] Fixed localisation for table ISO/TR 14121-2 (EN/IT)
- 0002804: [Fix] Compulsory method choice when creating a new machinery
- 0002802: [Fix] Fixed item creation error in Add menu for database tool window
- 0002798: [Localisation] Fixed translation error for "hazards collections" (property window, EC Marking Process)
- 0002797: [Localisation] Fixed translation error for "Partly completed machinery" (property window, EC Marking Process)

About CEM4 May 2018 | 24 May 2018

About CEM4 May 2018 Update

- 0002792: [Fix] Feature to add Technical File section models
- 0002780: [Rules] New privacy policy
- 0002764: [GUI] New splash screen images
- 0002779: [zz - Interno] New software versioning system - AFIN

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.13 | 24 April 2018

About CEM4 4813

- 0002294: [Feature] Advanced HTML tooltips HTML for tree nodes in Database Window
- 0002766: [GUI] Fixed column resize in table of management window (manufacturer, machineries, rules)

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.12 | 14 March 2018

About CEM4 4812

- 0000830: [Fix] Copy and paste of embedded resources
- 0001226: [Print report] Added pictures in report for Technical File covers, section separators, new risk assessments covers
- 0002761: [Setup] Embedded Microsoft SQL Server 2014 LocalDB into the full setup
- 0002748: [Performance] Better performance when loading or updating statical data for database records
- 0002749: [Fix] Fixed first import error for hazards structure of new risk assessment
- 0002752: [Fix] Export of machineries risk assessments with pictures
- 0002758: [Performance] Better features for import and export machineries
- 0002759: [GUI] Added progress bars in taskbar button background of Windows 7 (or newer) for machineries import and export operations
- 0002760: [Feature] Added export machineries function in popup menu for Database nodes
- 0002757: [Fix] Fixed hazards creation error for new risk assessments when user selected two or more collections in the machinery property window
- 0002746: [Fix] After copying the EC Marking Plate, its section disappered from the database tree
- 0002059: [Fix] Fixed an unexpected exception raised when trying to delete an embedded resource shared among several Technical Files
- 0002741: [Fix] Delete of embedded resources of Technical File documents only if not saved on database
- 0002754: [Fix] Cannot create new machineries with schemes if there are hazard collections with name longer than 50 characters
- 0002739: [zz - Internal] Added values for some header fields for requests sent to Certifico web service or web server
- 0002744: [Feature] Added a hero image to fast insert embedded resources to Technical File documents
- 0001547: [Fix] When exporting more reports, the default file name was still the first one
- 0002734: [Print Report] Report page number error with English localisation
- 0002727: [Home] Topnav: loading metatag Opengraph for RSS feed news

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.11 | 17 January 2018

About CEM4 4811

- 0002720: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Embedded pictures shown under the risk analysis (RQA/HZA) fields
- 0002726: [Fix] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Fixes and improvements when adding embedded pictures
- 0002721: [Fix] Fixed error "Add" button for declaration of incorporation
- 0002725: [zz - Internal] Added advanced option to set the maximum number of embedded pictures for risk analysis (RQA/HZA) fields

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.10 | 15 December 2017

About CEM4 4810

May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x)
- 0002709: [Fix] AR1/VX1: Fixed hazards collections filter error
- 0002698: [Fix] Saving function not enabled when editing the field "Machineries" in "Machinery data" tab for Declarations
- 0002697: [Print report] Fixed a view error for EC Declarations of Conformity for lines with several components on more than one page

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.9 | 12 October 2017

About CEM4 489

May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x)
- 0000759: [Home] Dashboard: added last user session widget - [DBFIX 45]
- 0002676: [Sessions] List of last closed documents and management windows for the current working session
- 0002674: [Fix] Fixed an error that prevented export for new risk assessments
- 0002670: [Fix] Fixed error for radiation hazards into "General" collection (English language only) [DBFIX 45] 
- 0002681: [GUI] New waiting window
- 0002667: [Document Debugger] Document Debugger
- 0002664: [Document Debugger] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Report conformity for new risk assessments warning
- 0002665: [Document Debugger] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Reduction factor warning
- 0002666: [Fix] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Fixed HZA view error of report previous state for new risk assessment report
- 0002669: [Fix] Button "Zoom" in report print preview allows to pass from "Page width" to "Full page"
- 0002668: [Fix] Fixed code error for risk estimate probability class
- 0002663: [Print report] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Reduction factor inside the print report

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.8 | 27 July 2017

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.8

- 0002640: [GUI] Context menu for tree nodes and table rows in management window
- 0002641: [Feature] Property window for EHSR Conformity
- 0002639: [Feature] Copy operation by drag&drop of database tree nodes
- 0002646: [Fix] Fixed an export error for signs pictures in English collection when software language is set to Italian
- 0002645: [Fix] Data refresh for management windows and database tree
- 0002644: [Fix] Fixed a hazard copy error for new risk assessments in English

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.7 | 30 June 2017

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.7

- 0002585: [Home] Dashboard: better performance when loading widgets
- 0002630: [Fix] Fixed view error for character & in database tree nodes
- 0002629: [Search engine] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Enabled database search for new risk assessments
- 0000869: [Search engine] Support for search logical operators AND, OR, NOT
- 0001384: [Search engine] Fixed software halt when user try to stop searching
- 0002628: [Search engine] Added search scopes: all database, selected window, selected tables
- 0002632: [Fix] Fixed a search error for some potential results in some situations

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.6 | 19 May 2017

About CEM4 486

May require the automatic database conversion (4.7.x, 4.8.x)
- 0002612: [zz - Internal] Added advanced option to enable a different loading mode of report libraries
- 0002611: [Fix] Added more log details when loading report libraries
- 0002462: [Feature] New risk assessment by requirement (document AR1) - [DBFIX 43]
- 0002607: [Feature] New scheme by hazards "Tool EN ISO 12100 | Standard" - [DBFIX 43]
- 0002546: [Rules] Updated rules reference for Machinery Directive - [DBFIX 44]
- 0002478: [Fix] Fixed error when editing assessment properties where added all EHSRs
- 0002609: [Fix] Fixed problem with error message when trying to edit properties machineries without hazard checked
- 0002610: [Fix] Automatic dump for globalogger windows

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.5 | 03 March 2017

About CEM4 485

May require the automatic database conversion (4.3.x, 4.4.x, 4.5.x, 4.6.x, 4.7.x, 4.8.x)
- 0002463: [Localisation] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: English localisation and language support - [DBFIX 41]
- 0002543: [Feature] VX1/VX2: Added new scheme "Tool | Assessment" for custom assessment by requirements and by hazards - [DBFIX 42]
- 0002544: [Fix] Fixed authentication error for LDAP users

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.4 | 24 February 2017

About CEM4 484 

May require the automatic database conversion (4.3.x, 4.4.x, 4.5.x, 4.6.x, 4.7.x, 4.8.x)
- 0002460: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Editor for adding pictures to the document fields
- 0002433: [LICENCE] Updated licence terms
- 0002450: [Print report] Fixed item order for report "AR Pictures"
- 0001954: [GUI: Property Windows] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Description editing for assessments pictures - [DBFIX 40]
- 0002532: [Fix] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Requirement and hazard description always visible also for assessments cards
- 0002535: [Fix] Changed Certifico s.r.l. address
- 0002533: [Fix] Height resize according to the content of assessments RTF fields after user editing
- 0002524: [Feature] New text notes features for Technical File external documents
- 0002521: [Fix] Updated external links into CEM4 Home

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.3 | 27 January 2017

About CEM4 483

- 0002464: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2: Support of user authorizations for document windows (14034 and 14035)
- 0002456: [Feature] AR2/VX2: Added delete function for hazards in the tree of the document
- 0002502: [zz - Internal] Command line parameter to check the Ndj licence status for current or next release
- 0002503: [Setup] Check licence status before installing the UPDATE setup
- 0001164: [Fix] Cannot start the automatic update service when UAC or other Windows security policies are enabled
- 0002518: [Print report] AR1/CR2/VX1: Summary report for assessments (Italian language only)
- 0002517: [Print report] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Report for applicable/present cards, comply, not applicable/not presents, not compy, selection (Italian language only)
- 0002511: [Fix] Experimental support for proxies which require authentication with Windows user credentials
- 0002458: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2: Tools to filter the tree structure of the document and move among the cards

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.2 | 16 December 2016

About CEM4 482

- 0002483: [Feature] Cut, copy and paste for AR/CR of new risk assessments (Italian language only)
- 0002485: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: Card delete for present hazards or applicable requirements selected in the tree (Italian language only)
- 0002484: [Print report] AR1/AR2/CR2/VX1/VX2: New cover report (Italian localisation only)
- 0002423: [Fix] Fixed visualisation error for copied and pasted pictures in RQAs
- 0002453: [Fix] AR2: Fixed error when copying AR2 and CR2 documents inside a machinery
- 0001294: [Performance] Better performance for delete operation
- 0002481: [GUI] Added progress bars in taskbar button background of Windows 7 (or newer) for copy and delete operations
- 0002482: [Performance] Better performance for copy operation
- 0002330: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2: Full support for copy/delete/export/import operation for new risk assessments.
- 0002454: [Fix] AR2: Better document deletion

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.1 | 30 November 2016

About CEM4 481
 
May require the automatic database conversion (4.3.x, 4.4.x, 4.5.x, 4.6.x, 4.7.x, 4.8.x)
- 0002472: [Syntax Errors] Fixed error for radiation hazards into "Generale" collection (Italian language only) - [DBFIX 39]
- 0002466: [GUI] AR1/AR2/CR2: New icons for hazard cards and field types
- 0002470: [Fix] Fixed error into "EN ISO 12100 Pericoli" collection (Italian language only) - [DBFIX 39]
- 0002473: [Feature] VX2: New custom risk assessment by hazards (Italian localisation only)
- 0002452: [Feature] AR1/AR2/VX1/VX2: Added property window for new documents
- 0002471: [Fix] Fixed schema display error in sections models
- 0002467: [Fix] AR1/AR2/CR2: Fixed report pagination for mulitple AR/CR in the same card
- 0002461: [Feature] AR1/AR2/CR2: Add delete and rename functions for AR/CR into analysis cards
- 0002381: [GUI] AR1/AR2/AR2/VX1/VX2: New document icons

About CEM4 Rel. 4.8.0 | 18 November 2016

About CEM4 480

May require the automatic database conversion (4.3.x, 4.4.x, 4.5.x, 4.6.x, 4.7.x)
- 0001473: [Feature] Risk assessment EN 12100:2010 (VR2/CR2). Italian localisation only - [DBFIX 38]
- 0002447: [Fix] Removed option "user instances" from database connection window
- 0002443: [Fix] Fixed error when calculating demo start date with other time zones and particular cases
- 0002436: [Import/export] Fixed a version compatibility error when importing rules exported with version 4.7.2 or newer for 4.7.1 or newer

About CEM4 Rel. 4.7.6 | 02 September 2016

About CEM4 476

May require the automatic database conversion (4.3.x, 4.4.x, 4.5.x, 4.6.x, 4.7.x)
- 0002412: [Fix] Increased field size "Valore" for risk analysis (RA) fields - [DBFIX 37]
- 0002413: [Fix] Cue banners for editable controls not correctly displayed on Windows 10
- 0002418: [GUI] Added two new themes ("Random Native System Theme" and "Aero Style (Dark Blue)")
- 0001952: [Fix] Increased height when editing assessments fields

About CEM4 Rel. 4.7.5 | April 26, 2016

About CEM4 475

May require the automatic database conversion (4.3.x, 4.4.x, 4.5.x, 4.6.x, 4.7.x)
- 0002300: [Feature] New scheduled activities manager window
- [DBFIX 36] - 0002299: [Feature] Automatic save periodic activity for document windows (Autosave)
- 0002352: [Fix] Disabled section "Store" in CEM4 Home (Italian localisation only)
- 0002343: [zz - Internal] Initial support of SQLite and SQL Server Compact databases
- 0002351: [Fix] Fixed crash when loading event log report

About CEM4 Rel. 4.7.4 | February 25, 2016

About CEM4 474

Mostly not compatible with previous versions! May require the automatic database conversion (4.3.x, 4.4.x, 4.5.x, 4.6.x, 4.7.x) 
- 0001829: [Feature] New set of 22 security authorizations for print, export and share document reports 
- 0002309: [Feature] New set of 14 security authorizations for new CEM4 items 
- 0002277: [Setup] Microsoft SQL Server 2012 embedded into full setup - 0002288: [Fix] Increased allowed characters for address ZIP Code from 5 to 10 - [DBFIX 34] 
- 0002224: [Feature] Support to assessments schemes - [DBFIX 35] 
- 0002302: [Feature] Added button "Open selected item" in main toolbar for manangement windows - 0002303: [zz - Internal] Client locked in read-only mode if the database release is newer 
- 0002313: [Fix] Text graphical issue for description in signs and hazards selection tables 
- 0002326: [Fix] Error when parsing system information for released licenses when activating and revoking a key 
- 0002316: [Fix] Icon graphical issue for tables in management windows (English localisation only)
- 0002227: [Fix] Fixed English terms for "Hazardous event" and "Hazardous situation"

About CEM4 Rel. 4.7.3 | December 18, 2015

About CEM4 473

May require the automatic database conversion (4.3.x, 4.4.x, 4.5.x, 4.6.x, 4.7.x)
- 0002215: [Rules] New Directives for EC Declaration of Conformity - [DBFIX 33]
- 0002264: [Product documentation] Update several chapters for software user manual (Italia language only)
- 0002244: [Print report] Better localisation system for print reports
- 0002268: [Fix] Better graphical redrawing for picture comboboxes items
- 0002265: [Feature] New language support level combobox
- 0002269: [Fix] Fixed saving error for fields "Code" and "Revision" inside document windows of DC, DF and MC
- 0002267: [Fix] "Localisation" field of the document now shown in archive node text, after the code

Download Demo/Trial

Attachments:
Download this file (Setup-CEM.zip)cem4 Desktop Trial[Last Trial Version Available][IT/EN]1273553 kB36319 Downloads
  • Published: 26 August 2024
  • Hits: 59458

DECISION (EU) 2024/1329

Decision (EU) 2024/1329 of 13 May 2024 amending and correcting Implementing Decision (EU) 2023/1586 as regards harmonised standards for explosion prevention and protection in explosive atmospheres, laser related equipment, safety-related parts of control systems, plastics and rubber machines, refuse collection vehicles, aircraft ground support equipment, driverless industrial trucks and their systems, electrically power assisted cycles, conveyor belts for winter sport or tourist use, pedestrian-propelled trucks, tenoning and profiling woodworking machines, tractors and machinery for agriculture and forestry, commercial vacuum packaging appliances, commercial refrigerating appliances and ice-makers, grass shears and motor-operated pedestrian controlled walk-behind garden machinery

(OJ L 2024/1329 of 15.5.2024)

Attachments:
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 1329 IT.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 1329 IT[ ][IT]507 kB364 Downloads
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024 1329 EN.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2024/1329 EN[ ][EN]502 kB315 Downloads
  • Published: 15 May 2024
  • Hits: 1333

Fascicolo Tecnico completo Attrezzatura automatica lavorazione traversini

FT Attrezzatura lavorazione traversini

Fascicolo Tecnico completo Attrezzatura automatica lavorazione traversini | File CEM Ed. 2024

Esempio di Fascicolo Tecnico realizzato con CEM4 - File da importare in CEM4

In allegato all'articolo il file .CEM dal quale sarà possibile esportare i seguenti documenti:

00. Indice del Fascicolo Tecnico
01. Quadro complessivo stato Stato VR
02. Dichiarazione CE di Conformità
03. Marcatura CE
04 Valutazione dei Rischi RESS all. I (Metodo Classico)

Dati Macchina

Figura 1 - Dati macchina

Valutazione dei rischi

Figura 2 - Valutazione dei rischi

Dichiarazione di conformit

Figura 3 - Dichiarazione CE di Conformità

Il Fascicolo, in formato .CEM, per essere visualizzato ed esportato in formato .pdf,  deve essere importato in Certifico Machine 4 con la funzione "Importa macchine".

Si ringrazia USA Stampi S.r.l. - PG

Attachments:
Download this file (FT Attrezzatura lavorazione traversini Ed. 2024.zip)Fascicolo Tecnico Attrezzatura automatica lavorazione traversini[File CEM - 2024][IT]405 kB284 Downloads
Download this file (Fascicolo Tecnico Attrezzatura automatica lavorazione traversini.zip)Fascicolo Tecnico Attrezzatura automatica lavorazione traversini[File CEM - 2022][IT]417 kB268 Downloads
Download this file (Fascicolo Tecnico Attrezzatura lavorazione traversini.zip)Fascicolo Tecnico Attrezzatura automatica lavorazione traversini[File CEM - 2017][IT]474 kB378 Downloads
  • Published: 22 April 2024
  • Hits: 12278

Upgrade segnaletica ISO 7010:2019 Amd 7 2023 | File CEM

Upgrade segnaletica ISO 7010:2019 Amd 7 2023 | File CEM

File CEM importabile in CEM4 (*)

File CEM upgrade della raccolta segnaletica ISO 7010:2019 Ed. 2020 aggiornata alla versione ISO 7010:2019/Amd 1:2023.

ISO 7010:2019 Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety signs - Registered safety signs

Corrigenda/Amendments:

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 2:2020
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 3:2021
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 4:2021
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 5:2022
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 6:2022
ISO 7010:2019/Amd 7:2023

ISO 7010:2019: https://www.iso.org/standard/72424.html

Upgrade segnaletica

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 2:2020

E017 Firefighters lift
E064 First aid responder
M055 Keep out of reach of children
W071 Warning - Substance or mixture presenting a health hazard
W072 Warning - Substance or mixture that can cause an environmental hazard

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 3:2021

E067 Evacuation mattress
E068 Lifebuoy with light and smoke
E069 Person overboard call point
F019 Unconnected fire hose

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 4:2021

F018 - Fire alarm flashing light
M059 - Wear laboratory coat
W073 - Warning; Large-scale fire zone
W074 - Warning; Tornado zone
W075 - Warning; Active volcano zone
W076 - Warning; Debris flow zone
W077 - Warning; Flood zone
W078 - Warning; Landslide zone

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 5:2022

M056 - Ventilate before and during entering
M057 - Ensure continuous ventilation
M058 - Entry only with supervisor outside

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 6:2022

E065 Natural disaster outdoor refuge area
E070 Evacuation lift for people unable to use stairs
M060 Hold the trolley handle
P073 Do not shut lid when burners are operating
P074 Child seat installation prohibited

ISO 7010:2019/Amd 7:2023

P075 Do not stare at light source
W079 Warning; Hot content
W080 Warning; Hot steam

Attenzione: l'importazione della raccolta non sovrascrive la Raccolta segnaletica ISO 7010 ED. 2020 - FILE CEM. Usando il filtro per la selezione delle raccolte sarà possibile usare l'edizione 2020 oppure l'upgrade 2023.

Importare come Raccolta segnaletica: File / Importazione da file di scambio / Raccolta.

Download Raccolta file JPG/PNG

(*) Attenzione: Importare in CEM4 come "Raccolta segnaletica":

Da CEM4 - File/Importa file di scambio/Raccolte di cartelli

Attachments:
Download this file (Upgrade ISO 7010_2019 Amd 7_2023 (IT).zip)Upgrade ISO 7010_2019 Amd 7_2023 (IT)[Certifico Srl - Ed. 2023][IT]903 kB297 Downloads
Download this file (Upgrade ISO 7010_2019 Amd 7_2023 (EN).zip)Upgrade ISO 7010_2019 Amd 7_2023 (EN)[Certifico Srl - Ed. 2023][EN]862 kB264 Downloads
  • Published: 09 October 2023
  • Hits: 1819

DECISION (EU) 2023/1586

Decision  EU  2023 1586 harmonised standards of machinery directive August 2023

Decision (EU) 2023/1586 / Harmonised standards for machinery directive 2006/42/EC - August 2023

Commission implementing Decision (EU) 2023/1586 of 26 july 2023 on harmonised standards for machinery drafted in support of directive 2006/42/EC of the european parliament and of the council

(OJ L 194/45 of 02.08.2023)

Attachments:
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2023 1586 IT.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2023/1586 IT[Norme armnonizate Direttiva macchine Agosto 2023][IT]764 kB497 Downloads
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2023 1586 EN.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione (UE) 2023/1586 EN[Norme armnonizate Direttiva macchine Agosto 2023][EN]746 kB486 Downloads
  • Published: 23 August 2023
  • Hits: 930

Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry: Safety signs and hazard pictorials

Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry
Safety signs and hazard pictorials

ISO 11684:1995

Tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, powered lawn and garden equipment -- Safety signs and hazard pictorials -- General principles This International Standard establishes general principles for the design and application of safety signs and hazard pictorials permanently affixed to tractors, machinery for agriculture and forestry, and powered lawn and garden equipment as defined in: 

- ISO 3339-0 
and 
- ISO 5395 

This International Standard outlines safety sign objectives, describes the basic safety sign formats and colours, and provides guidance on developing the various panels that together constitute a safety sign. 

Formats for safety signs

- two-panel safety sign: signal panel, message panel (see 5.4);
- three-panel safety sign: signal panel, pictorial panel, message panel (see 5.5);
- two-panel safety sign: pictorial panel, message panel (see 5.6);
- two-panel safety sign: two pictorial panels (see 5.7).

File CEM importable CEM4

view file jpg

Attachments:
Download this file (ISO 11684 Raccolta Pittogrammi.zip)ISO 11684 Raccolta pittogrammi [[Per Versione di CEM4 dalla 471 in poi][EN]1706 kB302 Downloads
Download this file (ISO 11684.zip)ISO 11684 Raccolta pittogrammi[Per Versione di CEM4 dalla 471 in poi][IT]2060 kB498 Downloads
Download this file (Raccolta pittogrammi ISO 11684.zip)ISO 11684 Raccolta pittogrammi[Per Versione di CEM4 fino alla 470][IT]2060 kB576 Downloads
  • Published: 03 May 2023
  • Hits: 28792

Regolamento (UE) n. 1025/2012

Regolamento (UE) n. 1025/2012

Regolamento (UE) n. 1025/2012 del Parlamento Europeo e del Consiglio del 25 ottobre 2012 sulla normazione europea, che modifica le direttive 89/686/CEE e 93/15/CEE del Consiglio nonché le direttive 94/9/CE, 94/25/CE, 95/16/CE, 97/23/CE, 98/34/CE, 2004/22/CE, 2007/23/CE, 2009/23/CE e 2009/105/CE del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio e che abroga la decisione 87/95/CEE del Consiglio e la decisione n. 1673/2006/CE del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio

GU L 316/12 del 14.11.2012

Aggiornamento al Regolamento

Pubblicato nella GU L 323/1 del 19.12.2022 il Regolamento (UE) 2022/2480 del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio del 14 dicembre 2022 recante modifica del regolamento (UE) n. 1025/2012 per quanto riguarda le decisioni delle organizzazioni europee di normazione relative alle norme europee e ai prodotti della normazione europea. Entrata in vigore: 08.01.2023. Applicazione: 09.07.2023

Aggiornamento 18.01.2018

Il Regolamento è stato adottato nelle disposizioni della normativa nazionale con il Decreto Legislativo 15 dicembre 2017, n. 223 (GU n. 14 del 18 gennaio 2018) che ha modificato la Legge 21 Giugno 1986 (GU n. 151 del 2 luglio 1986)

________

L’importanza del Regolamento dell’Unione Europea n. 1025/2012
A costituire la piattaforma legale della normazione tecnica è il Regolamento dell’Unione Europea n. 1025/2012 del 25 ottobre 2012, entrato in vigore il 1° gennaio 2013, secondo il quale “le norme europee svolgono un ruolo molto importante nel mercato interno, ad esempio grazie all'uso di norme armonizzate nella presunzione di conformità dei prodotti da immettere sul mercato”.

Una norma armonizzata è adottata sulla base di una richiesta avanzata dalla Commissione europea ai fini dell'applicazione della legislazione dell’Unione sull'armonizzazione del mercato unico.

I riferimenti presenti nel Testo unico per la sicurezza.
 
Alla “norma tecnica”, ancora, fa riferimento lo stesso Testo Unico in materia di tutela della salute e della sicurezza nei luoghi di lavoro (dlgs. 81/2008), dove viene definitiva come “specifica tecnica” che deve essere stata “approvata e pubblicata da un’organizzazione internazionale, da un organismo europeo o da un organismo nazionale di normalizzazione”, ed è qualificata come una fonte “la cui osservanza non sia obbligatoria”.

Sono diversi i livelli di emissione delle norme volontarie:

- quello internazionale: (ISO, International organization for standardization, IEC, l’International electrotechnical commission, per il settore elettrotecnico; Itu, l’International telecommunications union, per il settore delle telecomunicazioni);

- quello europeo (CEN, Comitato europeo di normazione; Cenelec, Comitato europeo di normazione elettrotecnica; ETSI, Istituto europeo per le norme di telecomunicazione);

- quello nazionale (UNI, Ente italiano di normazione; CEI, Comitato elettrotecnico italiano).

Modifiche:

Direttiva (UE) 2015/1535 del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio del 9 settembre 2015

Attachments:
Download this file (Regolamento UE n. 1025 2012 Consolidato 2015.pdf)Regolamento (UE) n. 1025/2012 Consolidato 2015[ ][IT]299 kB515 Downloads
Download this file (Regolamento UE n. 1025_2012.pdf)Regolamento (UE) n. 1025/2012[ ][IT]888 kB524 Downloads
  • Published: 10 January 2023
  • Hits: 1397

DECISION (EU) 2022/621

DECISION (EU) 2022/621

Decision (EU) 2022/621 of 7 April 2022 amending Implementing Decision (EU) 2019/436 as regards harmonised standards for truck mixers, cranes and other machinery drafted in support of Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council

GU L 115/75 del 13.04.2022

 
Attachments:
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione UE 2022 621 IT.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione UE 2022/621[ ][IT]449 kB604 Downloads
Download this file (Decisione di esecuzione UE 2022 621 EN.pdf)Decisione di esecuzione UE 2022/621[ ][EN]446 kB582 Downloads
  • Published: 13 April 2022
  • Hits: 1905

EN ISO 13855 Posizionamento dei mezzi di protezione | File CEM

EN ISO 13855 Posizionamento dei mezzi di protezione | File CEM

ID 13831 | File .CEM importabile in CEM4 / Download in allegato

EN ISO 13855:2010
Sicurezza del macchinario - Posizionamento dei mezzi di protezione in funzione delle velocità di avvicinamento di parti del corpo umano

La presente norma è la versione ufficiale in lingua inglese della norma europea EN ISO 13855 (edizione maggio 2010). La norma stabilisce il posizionamento dei mezzi di protezione in funzione delle velocità di avvicinamento di parti del corpo umano.La norma specifica i parametri basati sui valori delle velocità di avvicinamento delle parti del corpo umano e fornisce un metodo per determinare le distanze minime tra una zona pericolosa e la zona di rilevamento o il dispositivo di azionamento dei mezzi di protezione.
________

I File CEM

I file .CEM sono file nativi di CEM4 importabili/esportabili dal Software relativi a norme/check llst/altro o generabili dall'Utente estremamente importanti  per avere "un'archivio di riferimento di Sicurezza" che può essere aggiornato nel tempo.
________

La Guida all'utilizzo dei File CEM

I file .CEM sono dei file nativi di CEM4 importabili/esportabili dal Software, e possono essere:

- Norme Tecniche o Requisiti/Estratti di Norme Tecniche (norme .CEM);
- Check list (checklist .CEM);
- Macchine (macchine .CEM);
- Raccolte segnaletica;
- Raccolte pericoli

Mediante l’editor interno al software l’utente potrà arricchire il proprio database di file .CEM creando/aggiungendo nuove categorie.

E' presa in esame, per lo sviluppo e costruzione dei file .CEM rilasciati da Certifico Srl, documentazione di Istituzioni/Enti/Associazioni e Aziende che riteniamo di significativo interesse, "estratti/parti/requisiti" di Norme Tecniche Armonizzate EN/Norme Tecniche/Specifiche Tecniche/Requisiti di Norme Tecniche/altro pubblicate anche sulla GUUE.
Non intendiamo sfruttare commercialmente i file .CEM, ma mettiamo a disposizione degli Utenti una funzione di CEM4 che consente di importare/esportare direttamente tali file.

La funzione di gestione dei file CEM, consente agli Utenti di poter procedere:
a) alla corretta applicazione delle Direttive "Nuovo Approccio" che prevedono la marcatura CE, che rimandano alle Norme Tecniche Armonizzate EN per la "Presunzione di Conformità" ai Requisiti Essenziali di Sicurezza e Salute "RESS" previsti da tali direttive;
b) alla corretta applicazione della Legislazione nazionale che rimanda direttamente e indirettamente alle norme tecniche.

Indice
Introduzione
Liberatoria file .CEM
Importazione delle macchine
Importazione delle norme e check list
Importazione delle raccolte
Esportazione delle macchine
Esportazione delle raccolte
Gestione/uso delle macchine importate
Gestione/uso delle norme/check-list importate

Download Guida File CEM

Vedi tutti i File CEM

Download CEM4 Trial

Tutta la liberatoria File CEM

Attachments:
Download this file (EN ISO 13855-2010.zip)EN ISO 13855;2010[Certifico S.r.l. - File CEM][EN]1333 kB327 Downloads
  • Published: 22 June 2021
  • Hits: 2075

Regulation on machinery | Consolidated text 2025

Ed: 2.0 April 2025
Operating Systems: iOS/Android
Publication Date: 09/4/2025
Author: Dr. Eng. Marco Maccarelli
Publisher: Certifico s.r.l.
ISBN: 978-88-98550-11-1

Download PDF

Google Play

Apple Store

Regolamento  UE  2023 1230

Regulation (EU) 2023/1230

Download Text Machinery Regulation EN

Regulation (EU) 2023/1230 of the European parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2023 on machinery and repealing Directive 2006/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Council Directive 73/361/EEC.

(OJ n. 165/1 del 29.06.2023)

Enter into force: 19.07.2023

All web text

Changelog 2005-2020

What we did from 2005 to December 2020. 

The evolution of CEM4 2005-2020: Everything that has been done from version 2 to 4. 

Copyright Certifico S.r.l. - IT

Download Report

Machinery Directive

Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC of the Parliament and of the Council of 17 May 2006 on machinery, and amending Directive 95/16/EC (recast)

Download Directive

Read More

Machinery directive HS

ebook Machinery Directive & Harmonised Standards Ed. 8.0 March 2021

Directive 2006/42/EC & HAS Harmonised Standards database 2021

Operating System: iOS/Android
Pubblicate Date: 26/03/2021
Publisher: Certifico s.r.l.
Language: English

Download PDF

Download Android

Download iOS



Guide to application of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC

Edition 2.2 - October 2019
(Update of 2nd Edition)

Download



Archive Harmonized standards Machinery Directive

All the Communications of the harmonized standards published since 2014. The application of the harmonized standards is "Presumption of Conformity" to compliance with the RESS of Annex I of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.

Harmonized Standards

View online

Archive

Don't have an account yet? Register Now!

Sign in to your account